country specific localization handbook - oracle … · connected world. connected experiences...

Connected World. Connected Experiences

Country Specific Localization HandbookVersion V-3

Date: 18 November 2015

Copyright © 2015 Tech Mahindra. All rights reserved.

Proprietary Notice This document contains confidential information of Tech Mahindra, which is provided for the sole purpose of permitting the recipient to evaluate the proposal submitted herewith. In consideration of receipt of this document, the recipient agrees to maintain such information in confidence and to not reproduce or otherwise disclose this information to any person outside the group directly responsible for evaluation of its contents, except that there is no obligation to maintain the confidentiality of any information which was known to the recipient prior to receipt of such information from Tech Mahindra, or becomes publicly known through no fault of recipient, from Tech Mahindra, or is received without obligation of confidentiality from a third party owing no obligation of confidentiality to Tech Mahindra. The information contained herein is proprietary to Tech Mahindra and may not be used, reproduced or disclosed to others except as specifically permitted in writing by Tech Mahindra. The recipient of this document, by its retention and use, agrees to protect the same and the information contained therein from loss or theft.


Contents

1. Argentina 4

2. Australia 22

3. Austria 32

4. Belgium 40

5. Brazil 54

6. Canada 70

7. Chile 80

8. CHINA 88

9. Columbia 93

10. Croatia 104

11. Czech Republic 117

12. Denmark 141

13. Finland 148

14. France 163

15. Germany 176

16. Greece 193

17. HONG KONG 213

18. Hungary 220

19. INDIA 234

20. IRELAND 260

21. ISRAEL 269

22. ITALY 284

23. JAPAN 303

24. KAZAKHSTAN 318

25. KOREA 336


26. KUWAIT 346

27. Mexico 349

28. NetherLand 355

29. New Zealand 367

30. Norway 370

31. PERU 384

32. Poland 391

33. PORTUGAL 412

34. Romania 441

35. Russia 446

36. SAUDI ARABIA 466

37. SINGAPORE 469

38. Slovakia 478

39. South Africa 491

40. Spain 495

41. Sweden 506

42. Switzerland 517

43. TAIWAN 524

44. THAILAND 529

45. UK 533

46. Ukraine 548

47. United Arab Emirates 558

48. Venezuela 561

Copyright © 2015 Tech Mahindra. All rights reserved. Page 4

1. ARGENTINA

1. Country Overview

Functional Categories for Financials Oracle Partner

Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book √

Transaction Tax √

Argentina Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Argentina. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book

Fiscal Valuation

• Restatement of Financial Statements for the efects of inflation

Statutory Accounting reports

• Statutory Accounting Books

Transaction Tax

Excise

• Excise Tax Calculation (Impuestos Internos)

Movement of Goods

• Customer information validation (CUIT) • Supplier information validation (CUIT) and Turnover Registration Number

VAT

• Company information validation. • Input Taxes (IVA, IIBB) • Input Taxes Reporting (IVA, IIBB) • Invoice Formatting and Sequencing numbering • Municipal Tax Calculation (Impuestos Municipales) • Ouput VAT (IVA) • Output VAT Reporting (IVA) • Turnover Tax Calculation and Reporting (Impuesto a los Ingresos Brutos)

Withholding and Reporting

• Income Tax Withholding Calculation and Reporting (Retencion Impuesto a las Ganancias) • Social Security Withholding Regimes Calculation and Reporting (Retenciones Regimenes de Seguridad Social)


2. Country Complexity

Complexity Medium

Frequency of legal changes Very Dynamic

Interpretation of law text Very Diffrence

3. Language Information

Languages Supported by Oracle

Spanish

4. Financials

a. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book

Restatement of Financial Statements for the efects of inflation

Requirement Name Restatement of Financial Statements for the efects of inflation

Product Family Financials

Description In Argentina, under high inflationary periods, Companies report both historical balances and inflation-adjusted balances to Government.Government has the authority to determine when companies need to restate its Financial Statements under high Inflationary periods.As part of this requirement it is necessary to maintain historical balances and inflation-adjusted balances, calculate the inflation adjustment based on Price Indexes and to use the Inflation Adjustment Date to adjust a journal entry for a period that is before the effective date, adjust for inflation the assets costs, the accumulated depreciation and the year-to-date depreciation expense.Manage and report historical and inflation-adjusted balances in accordance with Local Accounting Rules while reducing manual tasks, allowing better information visibility and improving mandatory reporting.

Functional Category Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book - Fiscal Valuation

Requirement Type Legal Requirement


Feature Name Feature Description Delivery Type

Assets Inflation Adjustment

This feature provides the ability to maintain historical and inflationadjusted assets information.Oracle Assets allows you in inflationary periods, to adjust for inflation the assets costs, the accumulated depreciation and the year-to-date depreciation expense.It also provides the following features: • A mass revaluation feature to adjust the cost, accumulated depreciation and year-to-date depreciation expense for inflation. • Historical and inflation-adjusted balances in different depreciation books. • Price indexes for specific periods and levels of precision, which can be assigned to different asset categories. • Inflation adjustment for depreciation books, asset categories or individual assets. • User-definable inflation adjustments start date for assets. • A preview of the results of inflation adjustment on a depreciation book, using different indexes.

Product Localization

Inflation Adjustment Using Oracle General Ledger for Argentina you can maintain both balances by keeping your historical balances in one ledger and your inflation-adjusted balances in a different ledger.Oracle General Legder allows you to calculate the inflation adjustment based on Price Indexes and to use the Inflation Adjustment Date to adjust a journal entry for a period that is before the effective date.

Global Capability

Statutory Accounting Books

Requirement Name Statutory Accounting Books


Description Companies are required to present accounting information to the Government using different Accounting books such us Daily Book, Major Book and Inventory and Balances Book.The Statutory Accounting Books address the journal reporting requirements for multinational organizations and report all posted debit and credit journal entries, both historical and adjusted, for a given period, and all debit and credit transactions and account balances by journal entry date and accounting flexfield as well.Companies in Argentina need to comply with accounting reporting requirements set by the government to support their financial statements. Accounting reporting is also used for internal auditing.

Functional Category Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book - Statutory Accounting reports




General Ledger Reporting

To generate the Daily Book run the General Ledger Journal Entry Report to show all posted debit and credit journal entries, both historical and adjusted for a given period. This report can be ordered by accounting date. When a page break occurs before a day's output is completely printed, the Carry Forward feature shows the running totals of debit and credit amounts for the day.To generate the Major Book use the General Ledger Journal and Balance Report to show all debit and credit transactions and account balances. This report calculates the accounting flexfield balances by journal entry date and accounting flexfield. The report is divided by accounting flexfield. If a page break occurs before an accounting flexfield transaction is completely printed, the Carry Forward feature shows the running totals for debit, credit and balance amounts for that accounting flexfield.

Global Capability

b. Transation Tax

Excise Tax Calculation (Impuestos Internos)

Requirement Name

Excise Tax Calculation (Impuestos Internos)


Description Calculate Excise Tax on certain goods. Thresholds, different rates, minimums taxable and tax amount. Quantity based Tax.Calculate Excise Tax on different transactions to comply with legal requirements.Government has levied specific goods with Excise Tax, this tax is only applicable in the first sale.

Functional Category

Transaction Tax - Excise - Tax Determination Rules

Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Latin Tax Engine

Use Latin Tax Engine to setup and maintain transaction tax requirements in a flexible way. The following taxes are currently levied in Argentina for Receivables purposes: You must define a separate tax category in Receivables for each tax that you are obliged to report, account for, or print separately. Oracle Receivables for Argentina calculates taxes on an invoice according to the following criteria: • Tax condition of the customer, company, and invoiced item or service • Location where the transaction takes place • Effective tax date



Customer information validation (CUIT)

Requirement Name

Customer information validation (CUIT)


Description Customer information validation is sensitive for a correct management and reporting purposes.In Argentina, tax registration number, known as CUIT , has a specific format and validation digit logic that needs to be validated in order to comply with legal reporting.Record and validate the Taxpayer ID from Third Parties according to the law is part of this requirement.In Argentina, the government assigns unique tax registration numbers to different taxable entities, for example, the Codigo Unico de IdentificaCion Tributaria (CUIT) for domestic companies or the Codigo Unico de Identificacion Laboral (CUIL) for domestic employees. It is important in order to avoid manual processing errors and miss reporting of this information to validate and store valid taxpayer Ids from third parties.

Functional Category

Transaction Tax - Movement of Goods - Third Party Information

Requirement Type

Business Practice


Customer taxpayer ID Validation

After you enter a taxpayer ID and validation information, Oracle Receivables for Argentina validates the taxpayer ID for either a domestic or foreign customer according to the criteria set by the Argentine government.If the validation digit matches the validation digit from the government, the taxpayer ID is considered valid. The validation digit is the last number that follows a hyphen in the taxpayer ID, for example, 30-00786578-9 and can be any value from 0 to 9.Oracle Receivables for Argentina use validation information to verify the following: • The taxpayer ID is the required length. • The taxpayer ID is numeric. • The taxpayer ID is unique for domestic entities. • The taxpayer ID is the same for a domestic corporation (CUIT), individual (DNI), or employee (CUIL) that is also set up as a supplier, customer or company in Oracle Applications. • The validation digit is correct for the CUIT, CUIT Exterior, and CUIL taxpayer IDs.



Supplier information validation (CUIT) and Turnover Registration Number

Requirement Name

Supplier information validation (CUIT) and Turnover Registration Number


Description Supplier information validation is sensitive for a correct management and reporting purposes. In Argentina tax registration number, known as CUIT, has a specific format and validation digit logic that needs to be validated in order to comply with legal reporting.Record and validate Taxpayer ID from Third Parties according to legal requirements.In Argentina, the government assigns unique tax registration numbers to different taxable entities, for example, the Codigo Unico de Identificacion Tributaria (CUIT) for domestic companies or the Codigo Unico de Identificacion Laboral (CUIL) for domestic employees. It is important in order to avoid manual processing errors and missreporting of this information to validate and store valid taxpayer Ids from third parties.In addition to the CUIT/CUIL, domestic suppliers have assigned a provincial registration number. This number is assigned to those suppliers that are subject of provincial tax Withholdings and its associated to a Provincial Tax Authority.

Functional Category

Transaction Tax - Movement of Goods - Third Party Information

Requirement Type

Business Practice


Business Entity Relationship

Each supplier has a unique provincial inscription number for each province where the supplier is subject to provincial tax withholdings.The Business Entity Relationships window defines the inscription numbers of each supplier and the associated tax authority that applies for each inscription number. For each provincial tax authority associated with a supplier, maintain both the province code and the supplier's inscription number.


Supplier Taxpayer ID Validation

After you enter a taxpayer ID and validation information, Oracle Payables for Argentina validates the taxpayer ID for either a domestic or foreign supplier according to the criteria set by the Argentine government.If the validation digit matches the validation digit from the government, the taxpayer ID is considered valid. The validation digit is the last number that follows a hyphen in the taxpayer ID, for example, 30-00786578-9 and can be any value from 0 to 9.Oracle Payables for Argentina use validation information to verify the following: • The taxpayer ID is the required length. • The taxpayer ID is numeric. • The taxpayer ID is unique for domestic entities. • The taxpayer ID is the same for a domestic corporation (CUIT), individual (DNI), or employee (CUIL) that is also set up as a supplier, customer or company in Oracle Applications. • The validation digit is correct for the CUIT, CUIT Exterior, and CUIL taxpayer IDs.



Company information validation.

Requirement Name

Company information validation.


Description Company information is used to be reported in Legal Reports and Documents. Information such as Taxpayer ID, Legal Denomination, Legal Address, Creation date should be stored and validated.The purpose of this requiremnt is record and validate Company information according to legal requirements.Company mandatory information needs to be recorded and reported for Legal and Fiscal purposes.

Functional Category

Transaction Tax - VAT - Legal Entity Information

Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Legal Entity Configurator

Use the Legal Entity Configurator to set up legal entities and legal establishments to represent your company and its divisions and offices, and to set up and maintain related company information, including locations, classifications, and legal registrations.


Input Taxes (IVA, IIBB)

Requirement Name

Input Taxes (IVA, IIBB)


Description Purchase transactions are levied with different taxes, information on Supplier documents need to be validated and appropriately accounted for fiscal auditing and reporting purposes Calculate and validate tax on purchasing invoices, credit memos, and debit memos for Input Taxes.In Argentina, individuals or companies have to pay taxes to federal, provincial and city governments on most of the goods and services that they purchase.

Functional Category

Transaction Tax - VAT - Tax Determination Rules

Requirement Type

Legal Requirement



eBTax Use eBusiness Tax to setup and maintain transaction tax requirements in all geographic locations where you do business.You can calculate tax on purchasing for the following Argentine taxes: • VAT (including VAT perceptions) • Other Federal Perceptions • Provincial Perceptions • Municipal Perceptions • Excise You have to define a separate tax in eBTax for each tax or tax concept that you have to report, account for and print separately.VAT can have up to three taxes (VAT, VAT Non Taxable and VAT Perceptions) because these taxes have different applicability rules and rates. For Provincial and Municipal Perceptions, each province and municipality can be defined as separate tax. Alternatively, you can create one tax for Provincial Perceptions, one tax for Municipal Perceptions and separate tax rates for each of the different provinces and municipalities.

Global Capability

Input Taxes Reporting (IVA, IIBB)

Requirement Name

Input Taxes Reporting (IVA, IIBB)


Description There are different reporting requirements on purchase transactions information (tax and taxable base), Fiscal Authority has defined different printed and flat file reports. E.g. Perceptions taken Flat File, VAT Report, Purchasing Flat File (RG1361). Comply with Legal Reporting on purchasing invoices, credit memos, and debit memos for Input Taxes. Generate information on taxes and transactions to comply with Federal and Provincial Fiscal Authorities reporting requirements.

Functional Category

Transaction Tax - VAT - VAT Reporting and Auditing

Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Argentine Payables Perceptions Taken Flat File

This flat file electronically reports VAT perceptions performed by suppliers.


Argentine Payables Purchasing Flat File (AFIP's RG 1361 Regime)

This flat file electronically lists tax information on purchases to report to the Fiscal Authority.


Argentine VAT Buying Report This report is used to list VAT information on purchases.



Invoice Formatting and Sequencing numbering

Requirement Name

Invoice Formatting and Sequencing numbering


Description Legal Documents in Argentina have a specific numbering format and rules. Invoice letter and Document Type identification, Branch number, Sequential transaction numbering, Numeric Bar code determination, CAI (Código Autorización Impresión - Printing Authorization Code) number and due date handling.The purpose of this requirement is provide the functionality to bill and print invoices flexibly based on business practices and also meet Argentine invoice sequencing requirements.In Argentina, companies must issue invoices following certain legal requirements for numbering and formatting. These requirements are determined by the Argentine government and apply to all companies operating in Argentina.In order to be legally compliant, all bills, such as invoices, debit and credit memos, must follow the same number format, which has the following three segments X-9999-99999999: -X: Invoice Document Letter that represents the contributor VAT registration situation in relation with the Tax Authority. -9999: Point of Sale that represents the branch number or the product line branch for that invoice -99999999: Sequential numbering assigned to the combination of Letter and Point of Sale

Functional Category

Transaction Tax - VAT - Document Numbering

Requirement Type

Legal Requirement



Copy and Void Invoice Process

Argentine customers have the Copy/Void Invoices process and report for managing the audit trail of recreated invoices – for example, in cases where a printer error has invalidated the original pre-printed invoice.The following reports are available as part of the copy and void invoice process: • Receivables Copy and Void Invoices Preview Report • Receivables Copy and Void Invoices Report


Invoice Sequencing Numbering

Oracle Receivables for Argentina provides the ability of define the VAT classification of the company's ship from location and the VAT classification of the customer's ship to. Given this, Oracle Receivables provides the tool to number gapless invoices according to Argentinean law as follow:Document letter:The first segment (X) represents the contributor VAT registration situation in relation with the Tax Authority. Authorized values are -Letter A: For invoices generated by a supplier VAT Registered to a customer that it's VAT Registered. -Letter B: For invoices generated by a supplier VAT Registered to a customer that it isn't VAT Registered (End consumer), Exempt orMonotributista. -Letter C: Invoices generated by a Monotributo contributor to any consumer. -Letter X: For invoices that are not commercially valid. -Letter E: Used in invoices related with foreign comerce. Point of Sale: The second segment (9999) is the branch number, a four-digit numeric code that represents either a point-of-sale branch or a product line branch. The branch numbering method in the transaction number is defined as either point-of-sale (a ship from location) or product line. Companies must decide which method to use, and after they have chosen their branch numbering method in Oracle Financials, the method cannot be changed.Sequential Numbering: The last segment represents the sequential invoice numbering related with the combination of letter and point of sales.


Numeric Bar Code

This feature allows you to automatically generate the numeric bar code to be reported on your legal documents based on the following data: Company´s taxpayer id, DGI Document Type code, Point of sale, CAI number, CAI due date and a validation digit obtained from an algorithm.



Municipal Tax Calculation (Impuestos Municipales)

Requirement Name

Municipal Tax Calculation (Impuestos Municipales)


Description Transactions are also levied with other taxes such us Municipal Tax Perceptions. Applicability rules (Ship to/Bill to location determining factors), thresholds, different rates, minimums taxable and tax amount.Calculate Municipal Tax on different documents to comply with legal requirements from Municipalities.Municipalities can apply Perception regimes to transactions along with Federal Taxes, depending on different applicability and calculation rules.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Latin Tax Engine

Use Latin Tax Engine to setup and maintain transaction tax requirements in a flexible way. You must define a separate tax category in Receivables for each tax that you are obliged to report, account for, or print separately.Municipal Perceptions are defined as separate tax categories and are grouped by tax regime and reported separately to each municipality.Oracle Receivables for Argentina calculates taxes on an invoice according to the following criteria: • Tax condition of the customer, company, and invoiced item or service • Location where the transaction takes place • Effective tax date


Ouput VAT (IVA)

Requirement Name

Ouput VAT (IVA)


Description Determine tax applicability for First and Third Party according to different tax conditions, tax rate determination, Ship to/Bill to location determining factors, exemptions handling, thresholds, minimum taxable and tax amount. Vat perceptions calculation. Calculate Output VAT on different documents to comply with legal requirements. In Argentina, legal entities must collect and remit taxes to federal, state, and city governments on most of the goods and services that they sell.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement



Latin Tax Engine

Use Latin Tax Engine to setup and maintain transaction tax requirements in a flexible way. You must define a separate tax category in Receivables for each tax that you are obliged to report, account for, or print separately.For example, depending on your requirements, VAT can have up to five tax categories (VAT, Additional VAT, VAT Not Categorized, VAT Non Taxable, and VAT Perceptions) because these taxes have different applicability rules and rates.You only have to define the taxes that are applicable to your organization; more than one tax may apply to an invoice line. Oracle Receivables takes into account the minimum taxable amounts and minimum tax amounts for each tax, if required.When calculating taxes, Receivables determines the taxable base by considering a single transaction line, several transaction lines, or several related transactions, depending on the invoice.


Output VAT Reporting (IVA)

Requirement Name

Output VAT Reporting (IVA)


Description There are different reporting requirements on sales transactions information (tax and taxable base), Fiscal Authority has defined different printed and flat file reports. E.g. VAT Report, SICORE flat file for Perceptions performed, RG1361's Sales Flat File, Document Duplicates Flat File and Other Perceptions Flat File.Comply with Legal Reporting on sales invoices, credit memos, and debit memos for Output VAT. Generate information on taxes and transactions to comply with Fiscal Authority reporting requirements.

Functional Category

Transaction Tax - VAT - VAT Reporting and Auditing

Requirement Type

Legal Requirement



Argentine Receivables Other Perceptions Flat File (AFIP's RG 1361 Regime)

Use this report to list perceptions information on documents that are part of the Argentine Receivables Sales Document Duplicates Flat File.


Argentine Receivables Perceptions Flat File

Use this flat file to electronically report VAT perceptions information on your sales transactions to the Fiscal Authority.


Argentine Receivables Sales Document Duplicates Flat File (AFIP's RG 1361 Regime)

This flat file reports sales document duplicates details electronically for Fiscal Authority auditing.


Argentine Receivables Sales Flat File (AFIP's RG 1361 Regime)

Use this flat file to electronically report sales transactions to the Fiscal Authority.


Argentine VAT Sales Report

This report lists VAT information for invoices, credit memos and debit memos of your sales transactions.


Turnover Tax Calculation and Reporting (Impuesto a los Ingresos Brutos)

Requirement Name

Turnover Tax Calculation and Reporting (Impuesto a los Ingresos Brutos)


Description Transactions are also levied with other taxes such us Turnover Tax Perceptions. Applicability rules (Ship to/Bill to location determining factors), thresholds, different rates, minimums taxable and tax amount.Calculate Turnover Tax on different documents to comply with legal requirements from Provinces.Provinces can apply Perception regimes to transactions along with Federal Taxes, depending on different applicability and calculation rules.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement



Latin Tax Engine

Use Latin Tax Engine to setup and maintain transaction tax requirements in a flexible way. You must define a separate tax category in Receivables for each tax that you are obliged to report, account for, or print separately.Provincial Turnover Perceptions are defined as separate tax categories. Provincial Turnover Perceptions and Municipal Perceptions are grouped by tax regime and reported separately to each province or municipality. Oracle Receivables for Argentina calculates taxes on an invoice according to the following criteria: • Tax condition of the customer, company, and invoiced item or service • Location where the transaction takes place • Effective tax date


Income Tax Withholding Calculation and Reporting (Retencion Impuesto a las Ganancias)

Requirement Name

Income Tax Withholding Calculation and Reporting (Retencion Impuesto a las Ganancias)


Description Income Tax withholding regime calculates withholdings on top of the payment amount, there are different applicable rates depending on the transaction nature, and minimum tax and taxable amounts (comparable and deductable). Deductions and exemptions, flat rates vs amount ranges, taxable base accumulation.Federal Government has instrumented Withholding regimes applicable to almost all payments performed by Legal Entities in Argentina as a way to reduce fiscal fraud. Companies designated as Withholding Agents have to comply with these requirements every time a payment is issued.Severe fines are applicable if withholding requirement is omitted.

Functional Category

Transaction Tax - Withholding and Reporting - Calculation

Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Argentine Payables Withholding Certificate

It is the document that serves as a proof to the supplier of the withholding amount deducted from its payment.


Argentine Payables Withholding Flat File

This flat file reports withholdings performed to suppliers, which have to be paid to the corresponding Fiscal Authority.



Argentine Receivables Income Tax Selfwithholding Report

If your company is selected by the Fiscal Authority as Income Tax Self-Withholding Agent, this report helps you calculate selfwithholdings on your applied collections.


Extended Withholding Solution for LAD

Use the Extended Withholding solution along with Withholding core engine to setup Withholdings using the Withholding Tax Types window to define and maintain withholding tax types and their associated attributes for withholding calculation. A unique code and set of attributes must be defined for each withholding tax type. The attributes defined should relate to the withholding tax codes that are associated with each withholding tax type. For Income taxes, two separate Income Tax types must be defined, one for domestic suppliers and one for foreign suppliers (for example, Income- Domestic and Income-Foreign).

Global Capability

Payment exchange rate use for Withholding calculation

Withholding calculation is done at payment time, and for those cases where the payments are done in foreign currency the exchange rate used should the one at payment time.

Partner

Social Security Withholding Regimes Calculation and Reporting (Retenciones Regimenes de Seguridad Social)

Requirement Name

Social Security Withholding Regimes Calculation and Reporting (Retenciones Regimenes de Seguridad Social)


Description Social Security withholding regime defined by the Federal Government calculates withholdings in different ways. Taxable base can be payment amount or invoice amount, there are different applicable rates depending on the transaction nature, and minimum tax and taxable amounts (comparable and deductable). Deductions and exemptions, flat rates vs amount ranges, taxable base accumulation.Federal Government has instrumented Social Security Withholding regimes. There is one withholding regime that is general to all activities, and others that affect transactions with specific industries (Private Security and Professional Cleaning Services). Companies designated as Withholding Agents have to comply with these requirements every time a payment is issued. Severe fines are applicable if withholding requirement is omitted.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement










Use the Extended Withholding solution along with Withholding core engine to setup Withholdings using the Withholding Tax Types window to define and maintain withholding tax types and their associated attributes for withholding calculation. A unique code and set of attributes must be defined for each withholding tax type. The attributes defined should relate to the withholding tax codes that are associated with each withholding tax type.

Global Capability

Turnover Tax Withholding Calculation and Reporting (Retencion IIBB)

Requirement Name

Turnover Tax Withholding Calculation and Reporting (Retencion IIBB)


Description Each different Province defines its Turnover Tax Withholding regime. Common caracteristics of these regimes are: different tax rates applicability per transaction nature, ship to location and country wide rules are applicable, minimum taxable base and tax amount, flat rates vs amount ranges. Common flat file to report withholdings performed for Provinces.Comply with Provincial requirements on withholding regimes.Provincial Governments have instrumented Withholding regimes applicable to almost all payments performed by Legal Entities in their jurisdictions as a way to reduce fiscal fraud.Companies designated as Withholding Agents have to comply with these requirements every time a payment is issued. Severe fines are applicable if withholding requirement is omitted.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement







This flat file reports common and generic information on withholdings performed to suppliers, which have to be paid to the corresponding Fiscal Authority.



Use the Extended Withholding solution along with Withholding core engine to setup Withholdings using the Withholding Tax Types window to define and maintain withholding tax types and their associated attributes for withholding calculation. A unique code and set of attributes must be defined for each withholding tax type. The attributes defined should relate to the withholding tax codes that are associated with each withholding tax type. For Turnover taxes, a tax type must be defined for each province.

Global Capability

VAT Withholding Calculation and Reporting (Retencion IVA)

Requirement Name

VAT Withholding Calculation and Reporting (Retencion IVA)


Description VAT withholding regime calculates withholdings on top of the invoice amount, independently of the payment amount, there are different applicable rates depending on the transaction nature, and minimum tax amounts.Federal Government has instrumented Withholding regimes applicable to almost all payments performed by Legal Entities in Argentina as a way to reduce fiscal fraud. Companies designated as Withholding Agents have to comply with these requirements every time a payment is issued. Severe fines are applicable if withholding requirement is omitted.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement









Argentine Receivables Withholding Taken Flat File

This flat file electronically reports VAT withholdings taken by your customers on receivables collections.



Use the Extended Withholding solution along with Withholding core engine to setup Withholdings using the Withholding Tax Types window to define and maintain withholding tax types and their associated attributes for withholding calculation. A unique code and set of attributes must be defined for each withholding tax type. The attributes defined should relate to the withholding tax codes that are associated with each withholding tax type.

Global Capability


2. AUSTRALIA

1. Country Overview


Financial Reporting & Governance √

Functional Categories for Human Capital Management Oracle Partner

Human Resources √

Payroll √

Functional Categories for Supply Chain Management Oracle Partner

Valuation and Costing √

Australia Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Australia. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Financial Reporting & Governance

IFRS – IAS

• Assets Revaluation

Human Capital Management

Human Resources

Organization attributes

• Capture and Report Legal Employer Details

Person & Employment details

• Australian Person and Employment Details

• Person and Deployment Actions

Payroll

Payroll processing

• Maintain & Process Payroll to meet country's legal requirements

• Payroll Data Capture

• Payroll Processing Direct Payments

Payroll reporting and interfaces

• Australian Legislative Reports


Supply Chain Management

Valuation and Costing

Transfer Price

• Import Requisitions

• Inventory Imprest Count

• Inventory Internal Charges

• Sub Inventory and Location Associations


Complexity Medium

Frequency of legal changes Stable

Interpretation of law text Medium



English

4. HRMS c. Human Resources

Capture and Report Legal Employer Details

Requirement Name Capture and Report Legal Employer Details

Product Family Human Capital Management

Description In Australia a Legal Employer is a business that employs people and has registered with the Australian Tax Office as an employer. Employers are required to enter and maintain their Australian Business Number (ABN) and branch number, employer name, trading name and a description of the nature of the business.

Functional Category Human Resources - Organization attributes



Australian Legal Employer Details

Oracle HRMS provides employers the ability to enter and maintain their legal employer details including Australian Business Number (ABN) and branch number, employer name, trading name, a description of the nature of the business, and optionally the Australian Company Number (ACN) or Tax File Number (TFN). They can also select a contact name and group certificate signatory, the Child Support Number and the appropriate Child Support Office and ATO Office. There is also a provision to nominate Designated Group Employers for payroll tax purposes.



Australian Person and Employment Details

Requirement Name Australian Person and Employment Details


Description Organizations are required to record HR data in line with Australian legislative requirements and general business practices. HR data is required for various person types, such as Employees, Applicants and Contingent workers, engaged as external resources. In addition there is a requirement to record Contacts, related to people held within the HCM system.

Functional Category Human Resources - Person & Employment details



Recording of Australian HR

Oracle HRMS for Australia provides the ability to record HR data in line with Australian legislative requirements for various person types, including Employees, Applicants and Contingent workers. Features also include the ability to record Contacts, related to people held within your HCM system, Tax File Numbers of employees, their address details and bank account details.


Data

Person and Deployment Actions

Requirement Name Person and Deployment Actions


Description In Australia multiple Legal Employers require the ability to transfer employees between Legal Employers without the need to terminate and rehire.




Change of Legal Employer Oracle HRMS for Australia enables the change of Legal Employer – via an employee's assignment details – for any completed financial period without the need to terminate and rehire the employee. The applications also provide for the generation of Payment Summaries for each Legal Employer the employee has worked for during the financial year.



d. Payroll

Maintain & Process Payroll to meet country's legal requirements

Requirement Name Maintain & Process Payroll to meet country's legal requirements


Description Australian employers are required to process payrolls according to Australian Legislation covering Pay As You Go (PAYG), Fringe benefits Tax, Superannuation, leave entitlements and Termination Payrments.

Functional Category Payroll - Payroll processing



Fringe Benefits Tax (FBT) Support

Fringe Benefits elements can be assigned to the Primary Classification of Fringe Benefits. The Fringe Benefits elements that are created are then picked up for inclusion on the Payment Summary. Payment of the Fringe Benefits Tax could then be made through Oracle Payables.


Leave Liability Oracle HRMS for Australia provides the ability to accrue Leave liability owed by an enterprise for the leave balances of its employees. Oracle HRMS allows you to calculate leave balances and the value of leave liability according to the employee's ordinary and/or average pay hourly rate which can be predefined within Oracle HRMS for Australia, or users can define their own.


Pay As You Go (PAYG) Support

Oracle Payroll provides as startup data all the elements, balances and other components you need to correctly administer PAYG. It includes support for HELP deductions, SFSS deductions, Rebates and Family Tax Assistance, Medicare Levy, Medicare Levy Surcharge, taxing of bonus payments, taxing of commission payments, leave loading, taxing of earnings at a fixed rate, tax variation, off cycle payments and taxing of retrospective payments.


Payment Frequencies Oracle Payroll for Australia allows for four supported pay frequencies in Australia: weekly (52 pay periods), fortnightly (26 pay periods), semi-monthly (24 pay periods) and monthly (12 pay periods).


Superannuation Support Oracle Payroll for Australia allows you to enter and record information about employer superannuation contributions including details about the superannuation fund, membership details and contribution amounts can be recorded. Oracle Payroll for Australia allows employees to have their contribution allocated to multiple funds and to make payments to Superannuation providers through the third party payment functionality provided with Oracle HRMS



Termination Payments Oracle HRMS for Australia allows the processing of termination payments and termination deductions calculated according to the type of termination and the appropriate payment or deduction classification. Terminations can be Normal termination, Bona-Fide Redundancy, Invalidity or Death with the appropriate taxation treatment of termination payments.


Payroll Data Capture

Requirement Name Payroll Data Capture


Description Australia employers are required to record Payroll data in order to process their payrolls according to Australian legislation.




Australia Specific Payroll Data

Additional data, specific for payroll processing, at person, employment and deployment levels can be recorded in line with Australian statutory requirements. For each assignment, the Employment Declaration form captures the tax situation of an employee to derive the relevant tax scale for an assignment. The Tax File Number (TFN) can also be captured as well as eligibility for leave loading and the number of working hours per week used for Superannuation Guarantee contributions. Finally, the date at which a payment summary was issued manually for an employee for agiven assignment can be recorded.


Seeded Classifications Seeded classifications are provided for payments, earnings and deductions, leave, terminations and information for distinguishing different types of transactions and steering processing order and additional rules within payroll calculations.


Seeded Elements Legislative elements are seeded for PAYG tax deductions, HELP deductions, SFSS deductions, Superannuation contributions, Long Service Leave and balance initialization.


Payroll Processing Direct Payments

Requirement Name Payroll Processing Direct Payments


Description Australian business practices requires employers to make direct deposits of their employees' pay through the banking system.


Requirement Type Business Practice



Direct Deposits in BECS Format

HRMS for Australia provides Direct deposits to be made in the Australian Bank's BECS format.


Australian Legislative Reports

Requirement Name Australian Legislative Reports


Description Australia employers are required to comply with legislative reporting requirements covering payroll payment summaries issued to employees during the financial year, manage leave liability, payroll taxes, fringe benefit taxes, Superannuation and year end processing.

Functional Category Payroll - Payroll reporting and interfaces



ATO Payment Summary Data File

The ATO Payment Summary Data File for submission of payment summary information to the ATO. It is produced after producing self printed payment summaries.


ETP Payment Summaries ETP Payment Summaries can be produced for terminated employees at the time of their termination or at the end of the financial year


End Of Year Reconciliation Summary Totals Report

The End of Year Reconciliation Summary Totals Report for the end of year processing reconciliation report is used to match to the summary page of the Payment Summary Validation Report and the printed Data file sent to the ATO.


Fringe Benefits Report The Fringe Benefits Report provides a breakdown of FBT included on the payment summaries.


Leave Liability Report The leave Liability report reports the accrued debt owed by the organization for the leave balances of their employees allowing them to reconcile leave balances and also determine excess leave balances.


Payment Summary Validation Report

The Payment Summary Validation Report is run prior to running the Payment Summary report and used to verify all data that will appear on the self-printed summaries for employees highlighting any exceptions that need to be corrected before producing the Payment Summaries.


Payroll Tax Report The Payroll Tax Report assists in the calculation of an employer's liability for payroll tax contributions for a specified legal employer,state and month.


Payslip Produce an Australian Legislative compliant Payslip with every salary payment. The payslip is also available online in employee self-service.



Self-Service Payment Summaries

Self-service viewing and printing of payment summaries is available.


Statement of Earnings The Statement of Earnings is available both n-line and as a report. It provides a summary of the calculated earnings and deductions for an assignment in a payroll period.


Superannuation Contribution Report

The Superannuation Contribution Report identifies the monthly figures for superannuation salary and employer superannuation guarantee contributions. This report will also check if the employer superannuation contributions meet Superannuation Guarantee Contribution (SGC) requirements. Individuals whose SGC payments are not being met will be highlighted through the report.


5. Financials a. Financial Reporting & Governance

Assets Revaluation

Requirement Name Assets Revaluation


Description Assets Revaluations, when performed, are required to be carried out according to Australian Accounting Standard AAS10, Accounting for the Revaluation of Non–current Assets. Compliance with AAS10 also complies with the International accounting standard IAS 16 'Accounting for Property, Plant and to the extent that it addresses accounting for revaluations of non-current assets.

Functional Category Financial Reporting & Governance - IFRS – IAS



Australian Assets Revaluations Report

The Australian Assets Revaluations Report enables you to determine the split of the revaluation movement between the reserve account and the profit and loss account, based on previous movements. This allows you to correctly post the transactions in the General Ledger.The report sorts by asset class and lists all assets in that class that have previously been revalued or are being revalued in the current revaluation. Assets that have been disposed of are not included.



Australian Revalued Asset Sales Report

The Australian Revalued Asset Sales Report shows sales of revalued assets over a period of time, as well as the revaluation balance for an asset class or all asset classes. You can use this report to identify the net revaluation movement life–to–date for an asset class and the net position for the asset being sold at a specific point in time (point of sale of an asset). Adjustments to the revaluation reserve for that asset and its net class movement can then be recorded via journal entries. The report lists all assets sold within the date range specified. It also provides a net revaluation position for the asset class at the start and end date of the period. The report facilitates the reconciliation of the movement in the revaluation reserve due to the sale of assets.


1. Supply chain

a.Valuation and Costing

Import Requisitions

Requirement Name Import Requisitions

Product Family Supply Chain Management

Description Australian customers, particularly health sites, when processing internal requisitions require the ability to change the accounting code combination required for non-tracked inventory items. They need to be able to allow for costing by item commodity rather than purpose. In other words, they want the natural account of the inventory item to form part of the account code combination.

Functional Category Valuation and Costing - Transfer Price



Auto Accounting on Import Requisitions Program

The Australian Import Requisitions feature provides the ability to apply transactions to the natural account defined at the inventory level, use the natural account to form part of the code combination so the inventory item information forms part of the general ledger cost centre management reports, view the description of goods in the General Ledger Report for each cost centre and allocate cost by item commodity rather than purpose (e.g. most general warehouses). The Australian Import Requisitions program derives the natural account from the inventory item so that the descriptions of goods appear in the General Ledger Report for each cost centre. The Australian Automatic Accounting window allows users to define how Import Requisitions generate your account numbers for internal requisitions with a delivery type of Inventory.



Inventory Imprest Count

Requirement Name Inventory Imprest Count


Description There is a requirement to allow replenishment counts to be made at an imprest location in the absence of the barcode replenishment facility. Multiple counts may be required without the need for reprinting the imprest count sheet every time a new count is required.




Australian Inventory Imprest Count Sheet report

The Australian Inventory Imprest Count Sheet report lists all items assigned to a non-tracked sub inventory (imprest location).


Inventory Internal Charges

Requirement Name Inventory Internal Charges


Description Businesses need to report on their stock expenditure in order to enable management to review expenditure for selected customers, periods and items and also facilitate reconciliation between stock issues and returns against the General Ledger.




Australian Inventory Internal Charges report

The Australian Inventory Internal Charges report lists all stock accounting transactions incurred during a selected period. This enables customers to report on their stock expenditure, management to review expenditure for selected customers, periods and items and also facilitates reconciliation between stock issues and returns against the General Ledger.


Sub Inventory and Location Associations

Requirement Name Sub Inventory and Location Associations


Description Businesses need to associate their sub inventories with specific deliver-to locations.





Australian Sub Inventory and Location Associations

The Sub inventory and Location Associations window allows users to associate sub inventories with specific deliver-to locations. The Sub inventory and Location association is used in Enter Replenishment Counts to default the deliver-to location for a sub inventory. The Sub inventory and Location association is also used in the Flex Builder rules for determining the distribution for a requisition. The relationship between deliver-to locations and sub inventories is one to one, and unique. That is, a deliver-to location can be associated with one sub inventory, and a sub inventory may be associated with only one deliver-to location. Only the sub inventories of the inventory organization to which the deliver-to location is attached (in the Define Locations window) are eligible for association.



3. AUSTRIA

1. Country Overview Functional Categories for Financials Oracle Partner

Payments √


Transaction Tax √

Austria Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Austria. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments

Electronic Banking Integration

• Bank Statement loader.

Payment Formats

• Direct Debit.

• Electronic payments.

Payment Methods

• Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA).


Book Keeping Rules

• Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards.

• Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone.

• Ability to setup document sequencing.

• Ability to support IFRS 'International Financial Reporting Standards'.


• GL Journal Details (Sequencing Control).

Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods

• European Sales Listing.

VAT

• VAT Declaration.

• VAT Reconciliation.


2. Country Complexity Complexity Medium

Frequency of legal changes Dynamic


3. Language Information Languages Supported by Oracle

German

4. Financials

a. Payments Bank Statement loader

Requirement Name Bank Statement loader


Description The requirement is for being able to load bank statements into E-Business Suite.

Functional Category Payments - Electronic Banking Integration



Bank Statement Loader

The purpose of 'CLE: Austrian Bank Statement Loader program' is to validate and load the Bank Statement data into the Bank Statement Open Interface tables of the Oracle Cash Management module. The import supports the loading of bank statements in MT940 format complying with the Austrian Standards. After the loading, the bank statements are imported into Oracle Cash Management module by running the standard 'Bank Statement Import' program.

Add-on Localization

Direct Debit

Requirement Name Direct Debit


Description The requirement is produce a file to be sent to the bank for direct debit processing.

Functional Category Payments - Payment Formats



Direct debit Generic extract : "Funds Capture" in Payment, specific template to be created.

Global Capability


Electronic payments

Requirement Name Electronic payments


Description The requirement is produce a file to be sent to the bank for electronic payment processing.




Electronic payments Austrian EFT format & Austrian Separate Remittance Advice provides Austrian Customers an EFT file Template and Separate Remittance Advice Template specific to Austrian banks. This EFT format, Separate Remittance advice templates can be used to generate EFT files for internal (Austria), inter EU and International (foreign) payments with appropriate Oracle Payments configuration.

Add-on Localization

Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA)

Requirement Name Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA)


Description The Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA) is a banking industry initiative governed by the European Payments Council with an aim to enable European citizens to make payments in the Euro area as securely, quickly and efficiently as payments within national borders. The SEPA initiative became effective as of January 1 2008 for Credit Transfers (SCT). Direct Debits (SDD) were launched in November 2009. The geographical scope of SEPA encompasses the 27 EU Member States, Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, Switzerland and Monaco.

Functional Category Payments - Payment Methods




SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)

A SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT) is a payment instrument used in order to perform credit transfers in Euros between customer payments accounts located in the SEPA area. The supported SEPA Credit Transfer process is based on the UNIFI (ISO 20022) message standards and in accordance to the European Payment Council (EPC) rulebook and implementation guidelines version 5.0.

Global Capability

SEPA Direct Debit A SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) is a method of payment wherein the debtor (payer) authorizes the creditor (payee) to collect the payment from his bank account. SEPA Direct Debit is used for making domestic and cross-border payments across 32 countries. The supported SEPA Direct Debit process is based on the UNIFI (ISO 20022) message standards and in accordance to the European Payment Council (EPC) rulebook and implementation guidelines version 5.0.

Global Capability

b. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book

Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards

Requirement Name Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards


Description Currency conversion, revaluation, remeasurement, and translation should be performed in accordance with local and international accounting standards.

Functional Category Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book - Book Keeping Rules



Foreign Currency Translation & Revaluation

General Ledger conforms to multiple national accounting standards, including SFAS #52 (Statement of Financial Accounting Standards) with regard to the translation, revaluation, and reporting of foreign currency denominated balances.

Global Capability


Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone

Requirement Name Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone


Description User's expect to be able to enter and view dates/times in their own local time zone. Global companies may submit their financial and statutory reporting using the local time zone of each legal entity or using corporate time zone: a single, unified time-zone for their entire worldwide operations.




Time Zone Support The Legal Entity Time Zone support gives the option to record transactions by referring to the time zone of the legal entity involved rather than a single worldwide location. It means that you can for example, select to have a rolling close, which allows you to close periods in relation to the local date, or you can continue to use a single world-wide reference when period close should take place.With the "User preferred timezone" time zone feature each user can specify their time zone preference, and the system will honor this preference for display and entry of date with time fields in interactive UIs (reports are excluded), while the data in the database continues to be stored in the standard corporate time zone.

Global Capability

Ability to setup document sequencing

Requirement Name Ability to setup document sequencing


Description Ability to setup document sequencing providing an audit trail back to the original document.




Document Sequencing Oracle Financials allows numbering subledger documents and journal entries, always per ledger, by means of the following sequences: The document sequence allows numbering documents entered in the subledger.The accounting sequence allows numbering journal entries when the journal entry is created.The reporting sequence allows numbering journal entries by the general ledger accounting period closing process.

Global Capability


Ability to support IFRS 'International Financial Reporting Standards'

Requirement Name Ability to support IFRS 'International Financial Reporting Standards'


Description The IFRS standards are a comprehensive set of standards designed to make the enterprise transparent to its owners, the investors, when public reporting is required. The countries of the European Union and several others around the world have mandated that external financial reporting be executed according to the IFRS.




IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards) Support

With Oracle Financial Applications, it is possible to create external and internal reporting according to IFRS standards, from daily business intelligence to post year-end statutory filing.

Global Capability

GL Journal Details (Sequencing Control)

Requirement Name GL Journal Details (Sequencing Control)


Description The requirement is to be able to verify that the GL journals are in sequence by journal posting date.




GL Journal Details Report The 'Journal Details Report' helps users in verifying that the journals are sequenced by posted date, as per the prevailing legal requirement. To aim at the correct sequencing of journals, the GL accounting sequence is setup to generate the sequence at time of journal posting. The report can be generated daily or for a range of posting dates and it shows all details of the sequenced journals.

Add-on Localization


c. Transaction Tax European Sales Listing

Requirement Name European Sales Listing


Description The European Sales Listing is the declaration of goods and services that are sold within the European Union to other VAT Registered Customers in other European Union member states.The EU Member States must provide a Services Recapitulative Statement (also known as European Sales Listing for Services) for supplies of taxable services that are subject to the reverse charge (Directive 2008/08/EC).

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Movement of Goods - Reporting and Auditing



European Sales Listing (ESL) Reporting

Financials provide the following features: • Generic ESL extract file which includes the requirements of most EU countries. • Generic ESL Summary Report which includes the requirements of most EU countries. • Generic ESL Detailed Report for audit purposes.

Global Capability

European Sales Listing-XML Electronic file

It produces a file using XML tags and structure, for electronic transmission to the tax authority website as per the VAT 2010 Reporting regulations.

Add-on Localization

VAT Declaration

Requirement Name VAT Declaration


Description In Austria there is a the requirement to periodically report VAT amounts as well as to report all exceptions for VAT transactions that do not reconcile.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - VAT Reporting and Auditing



Austrian VAT Statutory Report

Once the reconciliation process is completed, posted VAT amounts are reported to tax authority using 'CLE: Austrian VAT Statutory Report'. This report shows the Taxable Amount or Tax amounts as appropriate for each tax category under U30 Tax Submission format.

Add-on Localization


VAT Reconciliation

Requirement Name 12. VAT Reconciliation


Description Tax authorities require companies to verify the relationship between taxable amounts and related taxes for Output Tax. The amounts shown in General Ledger have to be the same as the amounts reported to the Tax authorities for later auditing.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - VAT Accounting



Austrian VAT Reconciliation Report

The 'Austrian VAT Reconciliation Report' helps Austrian user to adress this requirement by showing taxable transactions in Oracle Payables, Oracle Receivables and Oracle General Ledger and helps Austrian users to make the VAT reconciliation as per Austrian common business practice. The 'Austrian VAT Reconciliation Report' helps shows all taxable transactions related to the according reporting period and highlights transactions that have differences.


VAT Reconciliation Additional Report

The VAT Reconciliation Additional Report helps to identify tax discrepancies specifically on Output Tax. These discrepancies mainly include the turnovers not taxed and taxes not related to any turnovers. This information helps in reconciling total posted tax and tax applied on revenue or expenditures.

Add-on Localization


4. BELGIUM

1. Country Overview


Local Business Standards √

Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Belgium Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Belgium. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Local Business Standards

Local Business Processes

• Advanced Collections.

Payments


• Banking Solution.

Payment Formats

• Direct Debits.

• EFT Payment Formats.

Payment Methods



Book Keeping Rules





• Year-End Closing for the Income and Balance accounts.

Fiscal Filing and Audit Reports/Files

• Fiche 281.50 (income taxes individual slip) / 325.50 (income taxes summary slip) report and XML output.



• Statutory Accounting Books.

Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods

• European Sales Listing (ESL).

• XML Electronic file for European Sales Listing.

VAT

• Annual VAT Report.

• Monthly Purchase Journal.


Complexity Medium

Frequency of legal changes Medium



Languages Supported by Oracle Dutch, French

4. HRMS

a.Human Resources Record details of Employees and their Employment

Requirement Name Record details of Employees and their Employment


Description Organizations in Belgium are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All Belgian businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities.





Person and Employment Details

The follwing Belgian specific details are captured: • Personal and national registration numbers: You can record correctly formatted and validated Personal and national registration numbers for employees. • Tax information: You can record correctly formatted and validated tax information for employees. • Accidents and disabilities: You can track accidents and disability to support European reporting requirements. • Belgian address and Personal Data: You can enter correctly formatted and validated Belgian addresses and personal data for reporting purposes. • Employment Details: You can record and validate the employment, contract and taxation information used in Belgium. • Notice period: With Oracle HRMS you can derive length of notice period based on Claeys formula.


5. Financials a. Local Business Standards

Advanced Collections

Requirement Name Advanced Collections


Description The requirement is to support advanced collections standard business practices for preparation and generation of Dunning Letters in Western Europe.

Functional Category Local Business Standards - Local Business Processes



Advanced Collections - Pre-List Form

Feature provides a pre-list of dunning letters expected to be generated at customer, account and bill-to and delinquency level in a form, with the ability to display / edit and exclude dunning from this pre-list.

Add-on Localization

Advanced Collections - Pre-List Report

Feature provides a report to print the dunning pre-list in draft mode and final mode.

Add-on Localization

Advanced Collections -Printing of Dunning Letters

Feature provides a specific concurrent program which can be used to generate the dunning letters and send the dunning letters to a range of customers.

Add-on Localization


b. Payments Banking Solution

Requirement Name Banking Solution


Description It is a legal requirement in Belgium to provide the following: - Import bank statements automatically from ISABEL bank file (CODA 128 format). - Create receipts from ISABEL bank file (CODA 128 format) and automatically identify these receipts when the customer bank account is supplied in the upload information (also referred to as "auto learning"). - Reconcile automatically with customer invoices where possible. - Produce a Belgian financial report based on financial journals.




Banking Solution Solution includes : - Loading of bank statements: load the data file as bank statement lines using CODA 128 standards. After upload, the bank statements are to be imported into Oracle Cash Management and reconciled with payments / receipts. - Import of receipts: load the data file as receipts in the Receivables module using CODA 128 standards. - Obtain the financial journal register: include a posting from Cash Management to GL and a financial journal register (Financial Journal/Journal Financier). The financial information is sequentially numbered within a bank account reflecting the physical bank statements. The GL entries are categorized by bank.Enhanced control mechanisms are built within Cash Management in order to post completed bank statements only and not to permit changes once a statement has been posted to GL. - Direct debits file format: generate direct debits (debit directly the client's bank account). The format file output should be based upon standard functionality and uses bank standard DOM-80 format. The output file can be sent via ISABEL. - Auto Learning: This enables the automatic identification of uploaded receipts when the customer bank account is supplied in the upload information. Oracle Applications maintains a list of customer bank accounts in order to accomplish this. Auto learning supports the three cases of bank account, namely Belgian account, foreign account and IBAN (Belgian). - Default Operating Unit per bank: 'Bank date' file may contain receipts



for which customer / invoice information may not be available. The existing functionality creates all receipts under operating unit in which the program is run. There should be a default operating unit for each bank account in case the bank account is associated to multiple operating units so that receipts actually are created under that operating unit.

Direct Debits

Requirement Name Direct Debits


Description In Belgium, customers and suppliers agree to settle their outstanding amounts by using Direct Debits. The customer (debtor) agrees that the bank should, at a specified time, transfer funds for settlement of a particular invoice from his/her bank account to the supplier's (creditor's) bank account.




Direct Debits The Settlement Batch feature in R12 will be used for this feature to automatically generate automatic receipts for customers with whom predefined agreements exist to transfer funds from the customer's bank account to yours on the receipt maturity date.The Create Settlement Batch program creates the actual EFT-file for the supplier which is sent to its internal bank for Direct Debit Transactions in EUR currency only. When the bank receives the file it will ensure that funds are transferred from the debtor's account to the creditor's account on the receipt maturity date. The EFT file is according to standard DOM80 (Layout 128) that contains Collections and Reversal Instructions. Along with the EFT file, a Remittance Advice is also sent to the bank. Users will run this request "Direct Debit DOM 80 Format" from Oracle Payments to generate output.

Add-on Localization


EFT Payment Formats

Requirement Name EFT Payment Formats


Description Belgian companies use EFT payment formats in order to send payment instructions to both domestic and foreign banks. The Belgian EFT payment format has been defined by the Belgian Banking Association and provides the necessary electronic record formats to perform domestic and foreign payments.This requirement helps to capitalize on global opportunities with an integrated ERP system, which helps address common business practices for payment processing in Belgium. This requirement also helps in building a smarter business by enabling flexible electronic payment to streamline the payment process and to reduce manual errors associated with the traditional paper based payment process.




EFT Payment Format The Belgian EFT Payment Format allows you to format payments in accordance to the standards defined by the "Association Belge des Banques / Belgische Vereniging der Banken" (Belgium Bank Association). This format is utilized for domestic electronic funds transfers in euros and international electronic funds transfers in foreign currency. The EFT domestic payment program verifies that all bank accounts utilized are valid according to Belgian standards. The EFT international payment program verifies that all bank accounts utilized (IBAN's) are valid according to Belgian standards, allowing organizations in the Euro-zone to benefit from reduced bank charges for cross-border payments. BI Publisher is used to create the output and thus allows the implementor to modify the proposed layouts / formats.












Global Capability


Global Capability

c. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards









Global Capability









Time Zone Support The Legal Entity Time Zone support gives the option to record transactions by referring to the time zone of the legal entity involved rather than a single worldwide location. It means that you can for example, select to have a rolling close, which allows you to close periods in relation to the local date, or you can continue to use a single world-wide reference when period close should take place. With the "User preferred timezone" time zone feature each user can specify their time zone preference, and the system will honor this preference for display and entry of date with time fields in interactive UIs (reports are excluded), while the data in the database continues to be stored in the standard corporate time zone.

Global Capability








Document Sequencing

Oracle Financials allows numbering subledger documents and journal entries, always per ledger, by means of the following sequences: -The document sequence allows numbering documents entered in the subledger. -The accounting sequence allows numbering journal entries when the journal entry is created. -The reporting sequence allows numbering journal entries by the general ledger accounting period closing process.

Global Capability











Global Capability

Year-End Closing for the Income and Balance accounts

Requirement Name Year-End Closing for the Income and Balance accounts


Description At the end of the fiscal year the Income and Balance accounts must be closed in order to determine the profit & loss and balance sheet account closing balances.




Year-End Close Process

The year-end close process generates the closing journal entries for Income and Balance accounts.The journal entries can be generated in two different ways: a) accumulating the amount in debit and credit. b) netting the amount between debit and credit in case the debit is greater and netting the amount between credit and debit in case the credit is greater.

Global Capability

Fiche 281.50 (income taxes individual slip) / 325.50 (income taxes summary slip) report and XML output

Requirement Name Fiche 281.50 (income taxes individual slip) / 325.50 (income taxes summary slip) report and XML output.



Description It is a legal requirement in Belgium that all the companies have to submit the individual tax slip 281.50 and the summary slip 325.50 to the local Tax Authority for the justification of commissions, brokerage fees, trading and other returns of premiums, occasional or nonoccasional fees, gratuities, reimbursements or benefits of all kinds, which are business incomes for the beneficiaries.

Functional Category Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book - Fiscal Filing and Audit Reports/Files



Fiche 281.50 (income taxes individual slip) / 325.50 (income taxes summary slip) report

Feature provides the ability for Belgium customers to submit the individual tax slip 281.50 and the summary slip 325.50 in report format.

Add-on Localization




Description The Belgium accounting regulations require some accounting books in order to report: a) The daily operations subdivided into individual journals: Journal Book (Diverse postenboek – Journal des opérations diverses) and Financial Journal (Financieel dagboek -Journal financier); b) The inventory of all assets, rights, liability, commitments related to the business of the company or branch.




Fixed Assets Register Report

The Fixed Assets Register Report provides asset information such as original cost, starting depreciation year, depreciation rate, revaluation, devaluation, yearly depreciation amount, accumulated depreciation, and net book value.It is possible to define a specific attribute set in order to print the columns required by country legislation and according to the order defined by the user.

Global Capability

Global Account Analysis Report

The Global Account Analysis Report displays the information for all transactions entered within a single period or within a period range per single account or per account range. The beginning balances, period activity, and ending balances are displayed in either detail or summary modes.

Global Capability


Global Journal Ledger Report

The Global Journal Entries Report displays detailed header and line information for Subledger and General Ledger journal entries within a single period or within a period range.

Global Capability

Global Third Party Account Balance Report

The Global Third Party Account Balance Report displays for every third party all transactions entered within a single period or within a period range per single account or per account range. Beginning balances, period activity, and ending balances are reported, in either detail or summary modes.

Global Capability

a. Transaction Tax

European Sales Listing (ESL)

Requirement Name European Sales Listing (ESL)


Description The European Sales List is the declaration of goods and services that are sold within the European Union to other VAT Registered Customers in other European Union member states.The EU Member States must provide a Services Recapitulative Statement (also known as European Sales Listing for Services) for supplies of taxable services that are subject to the reverse charge (Directive 2008/08/EC).






Global Capability

XML Electronic file for European Sales Listing

Requirement Name XML Electronic file for European Sales Listing


Description An XML file in the prescribed format is required for electronic upload to the tax authorities.






It produces a file using XML tags and structure, for electronic transmission to the tax authority website as per the new 2010 VAT Reporting regulations.

Add-on Localization

Annual VAT Report

Requirement Name Annual VAT Report


Description All VAT registered companies in Belgium are required to submit an annual VAT declaration including turnover performed with each customer that exceeds a predefined amount. This declaration shows all taxable transactions supplied to customers registered in Belgium for tax purposes in the tax year. This requirement helps build a smarter business by reporting on Value Added Tax (VAT) taxable sales transactions in your annual VAT returns.




Belgian Annual VAT Return file

Users can prepare the transactions to be reported by running the Belgian Annual VAT Declaration Process. This process will select all eligible transactions. The transactions can then be revised and validated, before running the actual Belgian VAT Annual Return.


Monthly Purchase Journal

Requirement Name Monthly Purchase Journal


Description Belgian VAT laws require Belgian companies to record and maintain a VAT Purchases Journal.This report lists all purchase documents (Invoices, Credit Memos, Debit Memos, Expense Reports, Interests, Mixed Documents and Prepayments) in sequential order and is mainly used by VAT Authorities during a VAT Audit.





VAT Purchases Journal The Belgian VAT Purchases Journal is used as supporting documentation during an internal or external VAT audit. The Journal provides a complete listing of all taxable purchase transactions entered in Oracle Payables on a monthly basis. BI Publisher is used to create the output and thus allows the implementor to modify the proposed layouts / formats as desired, by creating additional versions of the output.


Monthly Sales Journal

Requirement Name Monthly Sales Journal


Description Belgian VAT laws require Belgian companies to record and maintain a VAT Sales Journal. This report lists all sales documents (Invoices, Credit Memos, Debit Memos, Deposits and Guarantees) in sequential order and is mainly used by VAT Authorities during VAT Audits.




VAT Sales Journal The Belgian VAT Sales Journal is used as supporting documentation during an internal or external VAT audit. The Journal provides a complete listing of all taxable sales transactions entered in Oracle Receivables on a monthly basis.BI Publisher is used to create the output and thus allows the implementor to modify the proposed layouts / formats as desired, by creating additional versions of the output.


Tax Registration Number (TRN) validation

Requirement Name Tax Registration Number (TRN) validation


Description Tax registration numbers (TRN) entered in Financials should be validated by the system. Assuring a correct TRN protect taxpayers who become innocently involved in a chain of fraudulent transactions such as carousel fraud.





Tax Registration (TRN) -VAT number validation

Oracle Financials validates the TRN numbers / VAT numbers of most of the EU countries. When a tax registration number is entered, it is validated by the system on line. In case a wrong value is entered, the system provides the pertinent error message.

Global Capability

VAT Preparation Report

Requirement Name VAT Preparation Report


Description VAT returns in Belgium are prepared on specific forms with a series of numbered boxes.These boxes are used to separate transaction types based on several criteria,such as tax rate, and whether the transaction took place within or outside of the EU.Taxable transactions must be summed and sorted, and the boxes populated with these amounts. Belgian companies must submit the VAT returns to the Tax Authorities on a monthly and annual basis.




VAT Return Preparation Report

This report shows a box summary of declared tax and taxable amounts that you must report. Use this report to complete the official VAT report that you submit to Belgian authorities.



5. BRAZIL

1. Country Overview


Payments √

Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book √ √(1)(2)(3)

Transaction Tax √ √(1)(2)(3)


Human Resources √

Brazil Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Brazil.The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments

Bank Calendars and Value Date Calculation

• Interest Handling

Cash Desk Processing

• Bank Statements reconciliation

Payment Methods

• Bank Transfer in Payables

• Bank Transfer in Receivables



• Consolidated Invoices

• SPED - Public System of digital bookkeeping


• Fiscal Books Reporting

• Subledger Reporting

Transaction Tax

Customs and Duty

• Printing Invoices

Sales Tax

• Input Taxes

• Output taxes

VAT

• General Ledger Reporting

• Taxpayer ID Validation


Human Resources



• Provide authorities with employees' personal and job details


Complexity High


Interpretation of law text Difficult



Brazilian Portuguese

4. HRMS a. Human Resources

Provide authorities with employees' personal and job details

Requirement Name

Provide authorities with employees' personal and job details


Description Companies in Brazil are required to support several reporting requirements of the Federal Tax Authority by providing information about the company, employees and the respective labor contracts.

Functional Category

Human Resources - Person & Employment details

Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Human Resources Complement

The Brazilian Human Resources Add-on localization provides the following functionality to meet legal and business requirements. - Personal Information and Documentation: (Education degree, city and state of birth, RG data (National ID). - Contractual Information: (Labor Union Information, Payment method (cash, payment order, etc), INSS (National Health Security) - Beneficiaries and Dependents information from employees

Add-on Localization


5. Financials a. Payments

Interest Handling

Requirement Name Interest Handling


Description In Brazil, it is a common business practice to calculate interest in overdue invoices on purchases and sales. It is possible to work with simple or compounded interest calculations; also companies can pay the interest amount later, cancel the interest, or accept and receive the interest.

Functional Category Payments - Bank Calendars and Value Date Calculation



Brazilian Receivables Customer Account Detail Report

Use the Brazilian Receivables Customer Account Detail report from the Standard Request Submission windows to review customer accounts for interest and bank transfer activity. For each customer listed in the report, Oracle Receivables prints all open transactions and total balance due in the ledger currency.


Interest Handling - Oracle Payables

Oracle Payables for Brazil automatically creates an interest invoice for the overdue invoice and creates a corresponding payment. You can choose to calculate interest based on either the total amount of the invoice or a partial payment.Interest handling allows customers to setup many interest scenarios and provides a great set of functionality as follows: Accounts Payable: • Calculate interest based on the business day calendar and see the interest amount and number of days the payment is late. If the payment due date is on a weekend or holiday, you can keep,change, or delete the due date that is used for the interest calculation. • Define the period that interest must be calculated for. • Define a penalty fee for an overdue invoice. • Allow for grace days in the event of a late payment. • Allow for simple or compounded interest calculations. • Allow for interest billing in percent or value. • Allow for interest invoice generation and accounting.



Interest Handling - Oracle Receivables

Oracle Receivables for Brazil determine the difference between calculated and received interest. If the calculated interest is greater than the received interest, you can either write off the difference or generate a debit memo. If the difference is greater than the received interest and you write off the difference, Receivables uses the writeoff tolerances and the Receivables adjustment limits. If the difference exceeds any of these tolerances, the adjustment that you created will have a Waiting for Approval status. If the calculated interest is equal to the received interest, Receivables does not use adjustment limits and write-off tolerances.Interest handling allows customers to setup many interest scenarios and provides a great set of functionality as follows: Accounts Receivable • Calculate interest according to when an invoice is received. • Handle the interest amount due. You can choose to pay the interest amount due and the invoice amount together, cancel the interest amount, or create an Interest Debit memo with the interest amount to pay later. • Calculate interest based on the total amount of the invoice or based on the paid amount. • Use simple or compounded interest calculation formulas to calculate the interest amount. • Use a rate or a value to calculate the interest amount for a specific period. • Define the period for interest calculation. • Create grace days for late payments.


Bank Statements reconciliation

Requirement Name Bank Statements reconciliation


Description In Brazil, each bank has its own bank statement format and some of them provide additional information such as the "document number" which helps companies during the reconciliation processes. It is a business practice to use this information in the reconciliation process for payables and receivables transactions.

Functional Category Payments - Cash Desk Processing




Cash Management Complement

The Cash Management add on solution available to Brazilian customers allows the setup of electronic bank statement and to load them into the bank statement Interface.The following are the major features available: Bank Reconciliation The Bank Reconciliation process makes it possible to use the "document number" in the core reconciliation process. Mostly in Brazil, banks provide only the date and document value. Using this information it is possible to match with Oracle Payables and Oracle Receivables to get 'document number". Transfer between Current Accounts It is possible to execute transfer of values between two current accounts. This handling could be Inter company or not. During the transfer, balances of accounts involved are updated, posted and a letter is issued to the source bank for the transfer request. Company Balances Company Balances allows users to view the total input and output of the day, beginning and ending balances per bank account for each bank used by the company.Balance adjustments are possible without affecting any other module in the system. Tax Information The Tax Information functionality allows users to query the calculated value of a tax according to various parameters. Reports - Authorization Letter of Bank Transfer

Add-on Localization

Bank Transfer in Payables

Requirement Name Bank Transfer in Payables


Description In Brazil, electronic payment transfers is a common business practice, payments are usually transferred from the customer's bank account to the supplier's bank account. With bank transfer, an invoice is released for payment only after the supplier's bank sends a collection document for the related invoice to a customer. A customer can either pay on the individual collection document or pay on several collection documents listed on a report called a Bordero.The customer sends this report to its bank for release of payment. Bank formats in Brazil do not include currency information; all amounts are assumed to be in Brazilian Real. If you make transactions with foreign suppliers, currencies other than the Brazilian Real are used.





Bank Transfers In Payables The Oracle Payments disbursement engine enables you to greatly simplify your procedures for managing complex payment processes that span multiple payment methods, formats, check stocks, transmission protocols, organizations, and bank accounts.Oracle Payments provides the infrastructure needed to connect these applications and others with third party payment systems and financial institutions. Additionally, a full audit trail and control is supported through a single point of payment administration. It also allows customers to set up additional bank formats since every bank in Brazil has its own format. XML Publisher is used to create some of the output and thus allows the implementer to modify the proposed layouts as desired, by creating additional versions of the output. A typical example would be to adjust the proposed layout to the company specific stationary and check layouts. Oracle Payments is used as a central payment engine, it processes transactions, such as invoice payments from Oracle Payables, bank account transfers from Oracle Cash Management, and settlements against credit cards and bank accounts from Oracle Receivables.


Brazilian Electronic File Transfer for Payables

The Regional Field Center provides customers with the most important bank formats in Brazil, since each bank has its own format.

Add-on Localization

Brazilian Payables Associated Trade Notes and Bank Collection Documents Report

Use the Brazilian Payables Associated Trade Notes and Bank Collection Documents report to list trade notes and associated bank collection documents. These documents can be ordered by invoice number or by supplier name and due date of the invoice.


Brazilian Payables Import Bank Collection Documents Report

Use the Brazilian Payables Import Bank Collection Documents report to list bank collection documents that are not validated during the import from the collection documents interface table to the system.The Brazilian Payables Import Bank Collection Documents report is automatically submitted after you run the Brazilian Payables Import Bank Collection Documents program.


Brazilian Payables Non-Associated Trade Notes and Bank Collection Documents Report

Use the Brazilian Payables Non-Associated Trade Notes and Bank Collection Documents report to list trade notes that are not associated with collection documents as well as bank collection documents that are not associated with trade notes. These documents can be ordered by document number or by supplier name and due date.



Brazilian Solution for Electronic Tax Payment

In Brazil, many companies use Brazilian Payables Electronic Tax Payments to send Withholding Tax payment to their banks. It is common in Brazil for customers to pay the tax Authority by transferring funds from the customer's bank to the Tax Authority's bank. The feature helps companies meet Brazilian Bank Transfer requirements by providing customers with the most important bank formats in Brazil, since each bank has its own format.

Add-on Localization

Collection Document (Boleto)

Use the Collection Documents window to enter bank collection documents into Payables and view them. After you enter a new collection document, the collection document is automatically associated with a payment schedule that is not associated according to the association method defined in the Payables Options window.After the association, the trade note is released to be paid.Use the Collection Document Association window to associate an unassociated bank collection document with an unassociated trade note (also known as a payment schedule). The trade note must be unpaid. You can also associate a trade note to a collection document as well as disassociate a collection document associated with a trade note. The manual association does not use the method you defined in the Payables Options window for automatic association. You can query invoices in the "Find Invoices to Match" window.


Bank Transfer in Receivables

Requirement Name Bank Transfer in Receivables


Description In Brazil, Bank Collection is one of the most common payment methods. The payment collection process involves a series of transactions between a supplier, customer, and a bank. A supplier starts the payment collection process after the supplier creates an invoice for the customer. The supplier generates collection documents based on the invoice payment terms and sends information about these documents to a collection bank. After the collection bank collects a payment from the customer, the bank transfers the payment information to the supplier to create receipts and apply the information to the customer's balance.





Bank Transfer in Receivables

Oracle Receivables for Brazil Bank Transfer feature provides all necessary means to manage payment collections: 1) Electronically transfer collection documents to the bank (electronic files in standard CNAB format); 2) Handle bank instructions and bank occurrences, such as discounts, protests, and address updates, for each collection document; 3) Automatically or manually create a batch of collection documents to transfer to different banks, as well as maintain and cancel these batches; 4) Select occurrences and create a batch of occurrences to transfer to a bank; 5) Automatically load or manually enter documents and occurrences that are transferred from the bank into Receivables; 6) Generate receipts from the documents that are transferred from the bank and apply the receipts to corresponding invoices. Collected interest and penalty fees automatically generate adjustments, debit memos, or both in Receivables; 7) Create account entries for each generated occurrence and post them to General Ledger.


Brazilian Electronic File Transfer Templates for Receivables

The Regional Field Center helps companies meet Brazilian Bank Transfer requirements by providing customers with the most important bank formats in Brazil, since each bank has its own format.

Add-on Localization

Brazilian Receivables Bank Collection GL Interface report

Use the Brazilian Receivables Bank Collection GL Interface report from the General Ledger Interface window to summarize the journal entries generated by the Bank Transfer function.


Brazilian Receivables Bank Return Import report

Use the Brazilian Receivables Bank Return Import error report from the Standard Request Submission windows to list bank return occurrences that were rejected by the validation process in the Import Bank Return program. The Import Bank Return program validates return occurrences in the electronic file received from the remittance bank.


Brazilian Receivables Collection Remittance Batch report

Use the Brazilian Receivables Collection Remittance Batch report from the Format Remittance Batches window to submit formatted collection document information to remittance banks. This report is a listing of collection documents administered by the remittance bank.



Brazilian Receivables Factoring Remittance Batch report

Use the Brazilian Receivables Factoring Remittance Batch report from the Format Remittance Batches window to submit formatted factoring remittance information to remittance banks. This report is a listing of collection documents traded to a remittance bank.


Brazilian Receivables Occurrences Remittance Batch report

Use the Brazilian Receivables Occurrences Remittance Batch report from the Format Remittance Batches window to submit formatted occurrence information to banks. The report is a listing of occurrences that contain updates to collection documents.


Brazilian Receivables Post Bank Return report

Use the Brazilian Receivables Post Bank Return report from the Post Bank Returns window to summarize the receipts, adjustments, interest, monetary corrections, and discounts for receipts for return occurrences in the bank return file. The records are validated by the Import Bank Return program. The report also includes the number of occurrences for each bank and each bank occurrence code within a bank in the bank return batch.


b. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Consolidated Invoices

Requirement Name

Consolidated Invoices


Description In Brazil, it is a business requirement for certain types of services, such as freight, to receive several invoices within a period, consolidate these invoices and then perform a single payment in order to save bank fees required to process payments.

Functional Category

Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book - Fiscal Filing and Audit Reports/Files

Requirement Type

Legal Requirement



Consolidated Invoices

Oracle Payables for Brazil has the Consolidated Billing feature, lets you enter fiscal information in a shipping invoice and then match it with a consolidated invoice for auditing purposes.Oracle Financials Consolidated billing functionality lets you satisfy the Brazilian Consolidated Billing requirements. You can enter shipping invoices as standard or consolidated invoices, associate one or more shipping invoices with a consolidated invoice,disassociate shipping invoices already associated with consolidated invoices, perform the normal invoice approval process, enter physical, tax, and financial information at the time the goods are received based on the shipping invoices or cancel a consolidated invoice. Use the Consolidated Invoices window to enter, query, and cancel consolidated invoices. You can also match shipping invoices to a consolidated invoice and query shipping invoices and consolidated invoices.The payables consolidated invoices features allow customers to enter fiscal information in a shipping invoice and then match it with a consolidated invoice for auditing purposes.


Payables Canceled Consolidated Invoices Register report

This report lists suppliers, amounts, related shipping invoices, and cancellation information for canceled consolidated invoices.


Payables Consolidated Invoice Register report

This report lists consolidated invoice information such as supplier,amount and the related shipping invoices. Information such as accounting, tax, and amount are provided for each shipping invoice.


SPED - Public System of digital bookkeeping

Requirement Name

SPED - Public System of digital bookkeeping


Description The Brazilian SPED is a federal project that aims the modernization of the tributary administration and consists in the implementation of new processes supported by information systems, IT and logistic infrastructure. Electronic files will replace the fiscal and accounting bookkeeping as well as other auxiliary obligations in paper. The SPED project is comprised of the following initiatives: • Federal Electronic Invoice; • Fiscal Books, • SPED PIS Cofins, and • Accounting Books.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement



Accounting SPED Oracle E-Business Suite allows companies to report their accounting transactions and transactional information from sales and purchases operations to comply with the Accounting SPED requirements.Users are able to generate the final text file with information available in Oracle E-Business Suite for Bookkeeping types G, R, A and B as described below: • Bookkeeping Type G It is applicable when company stores detailed accounting in GL • Bookkeeping Type R This bookkeeping type is applicable when company summarizes accounting data in GL and keeps the accounting details in the subledgers. • Bookkeeping Type A This bookkeeping type is the detailed accounting for bookkeeping types R or B. Oracle Financials will drill down and retrieve detailed accounting information from AP and AR subledgers. • Bookkeeping Type B This bookkeeping type is specific for Financials Institutions such as Banks. It requires additional registers to be reported. This book may also have auxiliary bookkeeping type A associated.


Brazilian Electronic Billing Information

The Brazilian Electronic Billing Information provides information tracking on Electronic Notas Fiscais.

Add-on Localization

Electronic Invoice Oracle Receivables allows companies to integrate with applications of fiscal partners to report Fiscal Books and to also format and communicate with the Federal Tax Authority to generate Electronic Invoices.The local partner communicates online with the Federal Tax Authority after completing the invoice process in Receivables. The invoice with status Completed is required to create the electronic invoice in the tax authority system and the local partner must submit the tax calculation and the invoice sequence as provided by Receivables after completing the invoice. The Federal Tax Authority returns information that complements the invoice previously created in Receivables and this data must be uploaded in Receivables.The Electronic Invoice Partner Communication Log controls the communication between Receivables, Local Partners and the Federal Tax Authority. Use the Find Electronic Invoices Status window to query invoices by Status, Invoice Date and Invoice Number. By querying by Status, you can take appropriate action on the electronic invoices that are not approved by the Federal Tax Authority and requires you to intervene manually, correct the issue and re-submit the electronic Invoice for approval again.


Fiscal Books - Fiscal SPED- SPED PIS Cofins

Oracle E-Business Suite supports several new data elements in Accounts Receivables, Accounts Payables, Order Management,Oracle Inventory and Company Information windows used by Partners to report monthly flat files in order to comply with Fiscal books.



Fiscal Books Reporting

Requirement Name

Fiscal Books Reporting


Description In Brazil companies are required to produce several legal reports usually called "Fiscal Books." In order to produce Fiscal Books Reporting, partners integrate with Oracle E-business suite to capture data from input and output transactions of goods and services.Brazil has several taxes for different jurisdictions (Federal, State, City) applicable to different types of commercial entities / transactions (industry, commercial, wholesales, etc.) Each of these variables can influence the content and format of the fiscal books.

Functional Category

Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book - Statutory Accounting reports

Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Fiscal Books / Fiscal SPED

Oracle E-Business Suite Partners provide users with fiscal books reporting and Fiscal SPED layout output to support Brazilian Legal requirements, such as: 1) Fiscal Book - Model 12: Interstate goods movements 2) Fiscal Book - Model 51, 56: List of Service documents 3) Fiscal Book - Model 8, 9: Summary on taxes ICMS, Summary on taxes IPI 4) Fiscal Book - Model 3, 7: Overview of production and inventory 5) Fiscal Book - Model 1, 2: List of Incoming/Outgoing Documents 6) Normative Instruction 68 (IN68) / 86 (IN86): Magnetic Media - It is magnetic media required by federal law 7) SINTEGRA / IN359 > Magnetic Media - It is a magnetic media required by federal law / Magnetic File of Notas Fiscaís 8) DIRF 2 > Magnetic Media - It is magnetic media required by federal law- Withholding tax.

Partner

Subledger Reporting

Requirement Name

Subledger Reporting


Description In Brazil, companies need to comply with accounting reporting requirements set by the government to support their financial statements. Accounting reporting is also used for internal auditing.

Functional Category

Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book - Statutory Accounting reports


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Brazilian Daily Journals Report with Opening and Closing Pages

The Opening and Closing pages report provides information about the company, dates and the person who is responsible to register the Global Third Party Detail and Balances Report in a commercial agency.


Global Third Party Detail and Balances Report

The Global Third Party Detail and Balances Report is used to review the daily debits and credits transactions within a specified period. The report gives a summary of daily transactions by account and shows debits and credits at customer and supplier level in chronological order. Also it is possible to review the initial and ending balances within a specified period. Global Third Party Detail and Balances Report displays balance and account activity information for suppliers and customers. It retrieves the following information: • Third party balances for third party control accounts • Subledger journal entry lines that add up to the total period activity for each control account, third party, and third party site • Third party and third party site information • User transaction identifiers for the associated event


c. Transation Tax Printing Invoices

Requirement Name Printing Invoices


Description In Brazil, it is a legal requirement to document transactions issuing invoices along with products. Besides with issuing and printing invoices companies should be able to generate invoices using a gapless document sequence, print invoices based on customer requirements, re-print shipping invoices, produce and print modified invoices. Brazilian law requires the presence of Nota Fiscal (Fiscal Document) document while receiving materials from any source; this includes external suppliers and internal divisions, a list of materials or services being transported stating quantity and unit price, the value of the taxes that are being collected, the payment's condition and dates, and fiscal and carrier information.The Nota Fiscal document contains entries informing supplier and buyer address information, a list of materials or services being transported stating quantity and unit price, the value of the taxes that are being collected, the payment's condition and dates, and fiscal and carrier information.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Customs and Duty - Fiscal Documents




Brazilian Printing Invoices

Oracle Receivables for Brazil gives the flexibility that companies needs to bill and print invoices to meet business needs and to adhere to the legal requirements.Oracle Receivables for Brazil provides several reports available for printing purposes that must be adjusted by each customer to fulfill specific invoice and complementary layout requirements.


Brazilian Receivables Invoice Print Complementary Invoice Immediately

Use the Brazilian Receivables Print Complementary Invoice Immediately report from the Complementary Invoice window, after you manually enter invoice information to print complementary invoices.


Brazilian Receivables Invoice Print Complementary Invoice in Batch

Use the Brazilian Receivables Invoice Print Complementary Invoice in Batch report from the Brazilian Print Invoice in Batch request set of the standard submission set to print complementary invoices in batch.


Brazilian Receivables Invoice Print Invoice in AutoInvoice

Use the Brazilian Receivables Print Invoice in AutoInvoice report from the Brazilian AutoInvoice request set of the standard submission set, to print invoices after you import invoice information from another system.


Brazilian Receivables Invoice Print Invoice in Batch

Use the Brazilian Receivables Invoice Print Invoice in Batch report from the request set of the standard submission set to print a completed payable invoice for shipment with goods.


Brazilian Receivables Print Invoice in Batch Immediately

Use the Brazilian Receivables Print Invoice in Batch Immediately report from the transaction window to print a completed payable invoice for shipment with goods.


Brazilian Receivables Re-Print Specific Invoice

Use Brazilian Receivables Re-Print Specific Invoice report from the Standard Request Submission windows to reprint a specific invoice.This report is printed on preprinted paper.


Input Taxes

Requirement Name Input Taxes


Description Purchase transactions are levied with different taxes. Therefore, information on Supplier documents needs to be validated and appropriately accounted for fiscal auditing and reporting purposes.It is necessary to calculate and validate tax on purchasing invoices, credit memos, and debit memos for Input Taxes.In Brazil, companies have to pay taxes to federal, state and city governments on most of the goods and services purchased.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Sales Tax - Tax Determination Rules




Brazilian Integrated Receiving

In Brazil, Brazilian Integrated Receiving is a product delivered by the Regional Field Center that provides a set of required functionalities needed to support Brazilian legal requirements. These requirements are mainly related towards taxing over the movement of goods, acquisition cost allocation, accounting, actual cost and Nota Fiscal treatment during receiving goods or services.

Add-on Localization

Brazilian Withholding Tax

The Brazilian Withholding Tax is a feature delivered by the Regional Field Center that provides a set of required functionalities needed to support Brazilian withholding tax calculation. This solution complements the Oracle Payables for Brazil solution.The following are major features of Brazilian Withholding Tax: · Cumulative Amounts Handling – This solution considers the taxable base and withholds the net amount cumulated from invoices and credit memos within a period for each supplier. · Thresholds Handling - The Brazilian legislation authority specifies thresholds that can be applied to the Withholding Tax calculation.The CLL F036 solution supports the Minimum taxable amount thresholds. It demands that the tax amount calculated must be greater than a given amount defined by the Tax Authority · Basis of Taxation Handling - The Brazilian legislation authority specifies deductions and reductions to the tax base of the calculated withholding taxes. The CLL F036 solution allows users to define it as: o A result for a formula: number of dependents * fixed amount; o A amount: alimony amount to deducted to the tax base o A percentage: a reduction % factor to be applied to tax base

Add-on Localization

Output taxes

Requirement Name Output taxes


Description In Brazil companies are required to determine tax applicability for the First and Third Party according to different tax conditions, tax rate determination, Ship to/Bill to location determining factors, exemptions handling and thresholds. Businesses in Brazil must collect and remit taxes to federal, state, and city governments on most of the goods and services that they sell.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Sales Tax - Tax Determination Rules




Latin Tax Engine Oracle Receivables and Oracle Order Management for Brazil have a tax functionality called Latin Tax Engine which helps you calculate tax for invoices of different types. This flexible and easy to setup feature will also provide you the ability to setup new complex tax scenarios according to your country specific needs. You can use Latin Tax Engine to setup and maintain transaction tax requirements, such as: IPI, ICMS, ICMS-ST, ISS, IRPJ, and others.



Requirement Name General Ledger Reporting


Description In Brazil, companies need to comply with accounting reporting requirements set by the government to support their financial statements. Accounting reporting is also used for internal auditing.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - Legal Entity Information



Brazilian Daily Journals Report with Opening and Closing Pages

The Opening and Closing pages report provides information about the company, dates and the person who is responsible to register the Global Account Analysis Report and Global Daily Journals Report in a commercial agency.



The Global Account Analysis Report (SLA) provides drill-down information about the movement on a particular account for a period or range of periods. It includes journal entries transferred to and posted to the General Ledger.


Global Daily Journals Report

Global Daily Journals Report is used to show all debit and credit transactions by journal entry date. The report is broken by day and period and shows the total amounts. You can also request a reprint of the report. When a page break occurs before a day's output is completely printed, the Carry Forward feature shows the totals of debit and credit amounts for the day.



Taxpayer ID Validation

Requirement Name Taxpayer ID Validation

Product Family Finance

Description In Brazil, the government assigns unique inscription types to different taxable entities, for example, the Cadastro Nacional da Pessoa Jurídica (CNPJ) for domestic companies or the Cadastro de Pessoa Física (CPF) for natural persons. It is important in order to avoid manual processing errors and misreporting of this information to validate and store valid Taxpayer IDs from third parties..

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - Third Party Information



Taxpayer ID Validation Oracle Payables and Receivables prevent users to enter with wrong taxpayer ids (CNPJ & CPF) when entering customers and suppliers registrations.


6. CANADA

Country Overview Functional Categories for Financials Oracle Partner


Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Payroll √

Canada Requirement Maps The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Canada. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments

Payment Formats • Canadian Bankers Association EFT Layout


Fiscal Valuation

• Capital Cost Allowance tax

Transaction Tax

VAT

• Harmonized Sales Tax • Value Added Tax (VAT) Compliance

Withholding and Reporting • Electronic Filing of Withholding Tax


Human Resources

Compliance Reporting • Legal Reporting of Equal Opportunity Employee & Applicant data


• Capture & report legal Employer details

Person & Employment details • Record details of Employees and their Employment

Payroll

Payroll Processing


Payroll reporting and interfaces • Payroll Legislative Reporting


Complexity Low



Interpretation of law text Easy



English

3. HRMS

a. Human Resources

Legal Reporting of Equal Opportunity Employee & Applicant data

Requirement Name Legal Reporting of Equal Opportunity Employee & Applicant data


Description Canadian employers may be required to report Employment Equity data and provide a Report on Hiring to the government.

Functional Category Human Resources - Compliance Reporting



Employment Equity Some employers are required to submit information regarding their compliance with Employment Equity legislation. An interface is provided to the government software Employment Equity Computerized Reporting System (EECRS) to facilitate reporting.


Report on Hiring The Report on Hiring is provided to the government agency responsible for monitoring the Employment Insurance program.


Capture & report legal Employer details

Requirement Name Capture & report legal Employer details


Description Canadian employers are required to register with the federal government to obtain a Business Number. For those operating in the province of Quebec, a Quebec Identification Number must also be obtained from the provincial government.





Employer Information Employers can maintain their legal employer details such as their Business Number and Quebec Identification Number. These numbers are used for remitting statutory deductions to the government and for year-end reporting.


Data

Record details of Employees and their Employment



Description Canadian employers are required to capture HR and Payroll data as per Canadian legislative requirements and general business practices.




HR Data Capture Personal information such as the Social Insurance Number, language preference and address details using the Canadian Address Style may be captured for each person. For those employers that submit information for Employment Equity, the designated group of the person is also maintained.


Payroll Data Capture Tax information required for the calculation of federal and provincial taxes are maintained for each assignment. The employee's bank information for direct deposit or other payment preference is also captured.


b. Payroll


Requirement Name Maintain & Process Payroll to meet country's legal requirements Product Family Human Capital Management Description Canadian employers are required to process payrolls according to Canadian legislation. This includes the withholding and remitting of statutory deductions, wage attachments and employer liabilities. Functional Category Payroll - Payroll processing Requirement Type Legal Requirement



Direct Deposit Processing Interfaces are provided to the major financial institutions for the processing of direct deposit information.


Taxation Canadian Payroll uses the Vertex tax engine to calculate taxes.


Vacation Banking The vacation banking feature provides employers with a seeded table and element to calculate the vacation pay liability for each employee. The minimum liability is based on the Employment Standards for each province.


Wage Attachment Processing

Employers are able to administer wage attachments such as garnishments, support orders or tax levies. Employers are able to define the earnings subject to the deduction and are provided with options to accommodate the various types of court orders for each province.


Payroll Legislative Reporting

Requirement Name Payroll Legislative Reporting Product Family Human Capital Management Description Canadian employers are required to provide legislative reports to employees and the government. This includes payment details, Record of Employment and year end documents. Functional Category Payroll - Payroll reporting and interfaces Requirement Type Legal Requirement


Business Payrolls Survey Canadian Payroll delivers a seeded report for the Business Payrolls Survey requested by Statistics Canada. This report provides statistical information on the number of hourly and salaried employees paid, hours worked and earnings.


Online Payslip, Cheques and Deposit Advices

An online payslip is available for employees to view the details of their pay statement online. A seeded cheque and direct deposit format has also been provided.


Payroll Register The Payroll Register displays employee details of payments and deductions made in the pay period. Totals are provided by organization or location.



Provincial Medical Canadian Payroll provides a seeded table to record the rates and seeded elements to calculate the employer provincial medical liability for those provinces that require it. A report generates a summary of the employer liability for remittances to Provincial Medical agencies. Taxability rules are available so that employers can specify the earnings that are subject to provincial medical premiums.


Record of Employment The Record of Employment is provided to an employee upon an interruption of earnings, such as termination. Canadian Payroll provides an archive to capture the data and a worksheet to view the ROE prior to submitting the data electronically to ROE Web.


Statutory Deductions Report

The Statutory Deductions Report displays the federal and provincial tax balances summarized for a range of pay dates. This report provides the information necessary for employers to make their remittances to the governments.


Workers' Compensation Employers are able to define their Workers' Compensation rates for the organization or by job. A seeded table to record the maximum assessable wages and seeded elements are provided to calculate the employer liability for Workers' Compensation. A report generates a summary of the employer liability for remittances to the Workers' Compensation agencies for each province. Taxability rules are available so that employers can specify the earnings that are subject to Workers' Compensation premiums.


Year End Exception Report

This report shows discrepancies in Canada / Quebec Pension, Employment Insurance and the Provincial Parental Insurance Plan when compared with pensionable and insurable earnings. This report is used to prevent or respond to the PIER report issued by the federal government and the Employee and Employer Contribution Report issued by the Quebec government. The report also highlights conditions such as missing Social Insurance Numbers and negative box values.



Year End Registers Employers are able to see a preview of every year end slip that will be generated. The year end registers are used for balancing each box reported on the T4, T4A, RL-1 and RL-2 slips issued to the employees.


Year End Slips and Interfaces

At the end of the calendar year, employers are required to issue statements of wages and taxes withheld for employees to file their income tax returns. The slips are issued to employees and an electronic interface is provided to report this information to the federal and provincial government.


4. Financials

a. Payments

Canadian Bankers Association EFT Layout

Requirement Name Canadian Bankers Association EFT Layout


Description Companies in Canada frequently pay their suppliers via bank transfers. These bank transfers can be performed by using standard file formats. The content of these formats (for example, CPA 005) is defined by the Canadian Bankers Association.




Oracle BI Publisher Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher is an enterprise reporting solution to author, manage, and deliver all types of highly formatted documents eliminating the need for costly point solutions. BI Publisher can be used to tailor any of the standard formats to adhere to the Canadian specific EFT formats.




Capital Cost Allowance tax

Requirement Name Capital Cost Allowance tax


Description The Capital Cost Allowance (CCA) is a "tax deduction that Canadian tax laws allow a business to claim for the loss in value of capital assets due to wear and tear or obsolescence" (Canada Revenue Agency). If you buy a property or a piece of equipment to use in your business, you don't deduct the entire cost of it against your income for that particular year. Instead, you deduct a calculated portion of the expense over a period of years as the property or the equipment depreciates. The Canada Customs and Revenue Agency has assigned classes to particular types of depreciable property, and there are assigned rates for each class.




Capital Cost Allowance (CCA) Calculation

E-Business Suite provides you with the ability to calculate and report Capital Cost Allowance (CCA) amounts as required by Schedule 8 of the Canada Revenue Agency. Also, the ability to setup or modify CCA tax classes, and the ability to specify the CCA percentage rates are provided. Asset pools or classes and CCA rates are set by governmental regulations. In the year that assets are acquired, 50 percent of the normal rate should be used. The value that you enter for an asset tax class for the CCA rate percent is used later for calculation of the CCA rate.


Group Depreciation The Group Depreciation functionality addresses the requirements of depreciating assets in a composite or aggregate form. It enables companies to depreciate assets in a composite or aggregate form, rather than individually for each asset.



c. Transaction Tax

Harmonized Sales Tax

Requirement Name Harmonized Sales Tax Product Family Financials Description Businesses in Canada need to charge and collect the Goods and Services Tax (GST), Harmonized Sales Tax (HST) and Provincial Sales Tax (PST) on their sales and pay the GST/HST on purchases they make to operate their business. Also, there is a need to handle provincial sales tax when it is both harmonized with the federal GST VAT tax and when it is not.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - VAT Accounting Requirement Type Legal Requirement


Sales Tax Calculation E-Business Tax Engine handles provincial sales tax when it is both harmonized with the federal GST VAT tax and when it is not. Also, it handles Quebec provincial tax that is based on the item amount that includes the GST amount. Provincial sales taxes can be coded to separate General Ledger (GL) accounts to easily identify tax liability by province.


Value Added Tax (VAT) Compliance

Requirement Name Value Added Tax (VAT) Compliance Product Family Financials Description Businesses in Canada need to comply with the Value Added Tax (VAT) in Canada which is known as the Goods and Services Tax (GST). In Canada the value added taxes are taken along with the sales taxes that are applicable for the particular provinces. The only exception to this is the province of Alberta. There are no sales taxes at the provincial level in Alberta. In some provinces a Harmonized Sales Tax (HST) is charged. The Harmonized Sales Tax is a combination of goods and services tax and the provincial sales tax.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - VAT Accounting Requirement Type Legal Requirement



E-Business Tax Engine E-Business Tax engine enables businesses to charge and collect the GST/HST/PST on their sales and pay the GST/HST purchases they make to operate their business. The engine handles compounded tax policies such as the Quebec Provincial tax compounded with the GST. It also helps define zero rated and exempt goods and services. If a business qualifies for tax credits, recovery rules can be defined to represent the tax position. For example, if an item has multiple intended uses, you can define recovery rules that accommodate different recovery rates for that item. Recovery rules offer a flexible way for you to define what portion of the tax amount is recoverable and whether or not you can claim the tax as tax credit. You control which criteria you want to use to determine your tax recoverability.


Electronic Filing of Withholding Tax

Requirement Name Electronic Filing of Withholding Tax Product Family Financials Description Companies in Canada are required to submit a yearly declaration on payments made to non employees such as individual contractors or single owner companies. Functional Category Transaction Tax - Withholding and Reporting - Reporting to Tax Authorities Requirement Type Legal Requirement


Generate withholding tax file E-Business Suite allows companies to record payments made to individual contractors or single owner companies, to classify them according to fiscal categories, and report them to the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA). E-Business Suite also supports Suppliers identification information which is required to be filed on payments made to them. It includes controlling amounts reported, sending confirmation letters to Suppliers, and generating the file to be sent to the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA).



7. CHILE


Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Regulated Transactions √

Valuation and Costing √

Chile Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Chile. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments

Factoring

• Payables Supplier Statement Report

Payment Methods

• Bills Receivables

• Payment Documents


Fiscal Valuation

• Assets Inflation Adjustment

• Inflation Adjustment and Revaluation



Transaction Tax

VAT

• Tax Treatment

• Tax Withholdings



Complexity Medium





Spanish

4. Financials

a. Payments

Payables Supplier Statement Report

Requirement Name Payables Supplier Statement Report


Description In Chile companies use supplier balance reporting to determine the account balance with a specific supplier to program their payments according to company´s cash flow. It is also used for control and auditing purposes to avoid billing and payment errors.

Functional Category Payments - Factoring



Payables Supplier Statement Report

The Chilean Payables Supplier Statement Report is used to provide supplier information based on a number of parameters. This report shows for each supplier included in the report, all transactions within a specified range of dates for a specified transaction type. The report groups transaction by currency. If run by functional currency, the report prints only one currency section for each supplier. If run by functional currency, the report prints a section for each transaction currency used by the specified supplier in the given date range. The Chilean Payables Supplier Statement report is divided into two sections. The first section lists all transactions, including invoices, credit memos, debit memos, payments, withholdings, and applied prepayments, applied to the supplier balance. The second section lists unapplied prepayments to show the supplier.



Bills Receivables

Requirement Name Bills Receivables


Description In Chile Credit Letters is an accepted payment method. Companies print credit letters following Fiscal Authority regulations to document them, customers use this as a credit instrument in the Financial System. When credit letters are printed, they all have a maturity date and when due,credit letters have to be formally accepted by customers in order to be valid, and they are executable at maturity date.




Bills Receivables Oracle Receivables provides a comprehensive solution to managing the entire life cycle of bills receivable: creation, acceptance, remittance, updates, history, and closing. A bill receivable is a document that your customer formally agrees to pay at some future date (the maturity date). The bill receivable document effectively replaces, for the related amount, the open debt exchanged for the bill. Bills receivable are often remitted for collection and used to secure short term funding.

Global Capability

Payment Documents

Requirement Name Payment Documents


Description Companies print their own checks to pay suppliers. Chilean bank system defined a standard check format to be used by companies.




Payment Documents Oracle Payments provides the standard and predefined check format to meet Chilean bank system requirements on payment checks. It also allows you to define other check formats to cover different bank requirements. It shows the amount of the payment in numbers and in words, the date of the payment, and the name of the supplier being paid. All text on the Chilean Check Format is printed in Spanish. You can also use the BI Publisher reporting tool to create your own reports.



b. Statutory accounting - Fiscal Book Assets Inflation Adjustment

Requirement Name Assets Inflation Adjustment


Description Under inflationary periods companies can have the need to restate their Assets balances for the effects of inflation to include them in their Inflation-adjusted Financial Statements when the inflation rates are significant.




Chilean Fixed Assets Inflation Adjustment

In Chile, companies must adjust the cost, accumulated depreciation, and year-to-date depreciation expense amounts of their assets for inflation. The Chilean government only requires companies to report inflation-adjusted amounts for their assets; you do not need to report historical amounts. You can choose the adjusted-only option in Oracle Assets. With the adjusted-only option, you perform inflation adjustment in your corporate depreciation book.

Global Capability

Inflation Adjustment and Revaluation

Requirement Name Inflation Adjustment and Revaluation


Description In Chile, companies must adjust non-monetary accounts for inflation and report the Inflationadjusted balances to the government.





Oracle General Ledger Adjustment/Revaluation Methods

Oracle General Ledger for Chile provides three methods for you to adjust your accounts for inflation: adjusting balances based on a price index, revaluing balances based on a direct foreign exchange rate, and revaluing balances based on a foreign exchange rate using a stable currency. Each of these three methods satisfies a different set of business requirements. When you adjust your nonmonetary accounts at the end of the month, choose the method that meets your requirements according to your ledger currency, the currency that the transactions are entered in, your industry, and the type of account that you want to adjust. Oracle General Legder allows you to calculate the inflation adjustment based on Price Indexes, and on the Inflation Adjustment Date to adjust a journal entry for a period that is before the effective date.





Description Companies in Chile need to comply with accounting reporting requirements set by the government to support their financial statements. Accounting reporting is also used for internal auditing.




General Ledger Cash Ledger Report

Shows the activity for your cash accounts in a particular period. For each account, this report lists the cash inflows and outflows from the journal entties posted to the account during the period. It also shows the beginning balance, total inflows and outflows, and ending balance for the account in the period. Only actual journal entries appear on the Chilean General Ledger Cash Ledger Report. The report sorts journal entries by currency, period, account number, and journal entry effective date, a separated section for each entered currency in each account is printed.


General Ledger Journal Entry Report

Shows all posted debit and credit journal entries. For each journal entry the report shows the posting status, entered currency, source, batch name, batch description, journal entry name, journal entry number, journal entry description, internal journal category, legal journal category, and effective date. For each journal entry line the report shows the line number, account, account description, line description, and the debit and credit amount in both the entered currency and your functional currency.



General Ledger Journal and Balance Report

This report shows detailed information about General Ledger account activity in a particular period. This report sorts journal entry lines by balancing segment, natural account, journal entry effective date, and journal entry number. Oracle General Ledger prints a separate section for each natural account in each balancing segment in the chart of accounts. However, if an account has a beginning balance of zero and there are no transactions for that account during the period specified, the account does not appear on the report. For each account this report prints the beginning balance, journal entry lines, and ending balance. For each journal entry line, the report shows the debit or credit amount and the running balance for the account after that amount is entered. The journal entry name and document sequence number also appear on the report to provide a clear audit trail.


General Ledger Trial Balance Report

This report reviews account balances and determines net income at the end of a period before closing the period. This information helps to verify if the closing journal entry correctly transfers net income to the equity account at the end of the period. At the end of the General Ledger Trial Balance Report, Oracle General Ledger prints the totals for the period. First, it shows the totals after all transactions for the period have been entered but before final closing procedures have been performed. Next, it shows the difference between the debit and credit totals for the balance sheet accounts, as well as the difference between the debit and credit totals for the income statement accounts. The difference between the debit and credit totals for the balance sheet accounts represents the change to equity during the period. Oracle General Ledger shows the general totals for the period after the net income or loss has been transferred from the income statement accounts to the equity account.

Add-on Localization

Oracle BI Publisher Oracle General Ledger for Chile is used to setup legal journal categories. BI Publisher reporting tool is used to create your own reports.


c. Transaction Tax Tax Treatment

Requirement Name Tax Treatment


Description In Chile, individuals or companies have to pay taxes to federal and city governments on most of the goods and services that they purchase.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - Tax Determination Rules




Tax Treatment E-Business Tax is used to setup and maintain transaction tax requirements in all geographic locations where you do business. Users will be able to setup their taxes in a flexible and easy way, creating different rules to support Chilean tax requirements. The following tax reports are used for reporting to the Fiscal Authority: (1) Chilean Purchase Ledger Report: This report is used to list VAT information on purchases. (2) Chilean Sales Ledger Report: This report lists VAT information for invoices, credit memos and debit memos of your sales transactions.


Tax Withholdings

Requirement Name Tax Withholdings


Description In Chile, customers who are withholding agents are responsible for withheld taxes from supplier invoices, when the supplier is subject to tax withholding and is not exempted by the tax authority. The customer pays the supplier invoice net the withheld amount, issues a withholding certificate for the withheld amount, and remits the tax withheld to the proper tax authority. Chilean companies must send their suppliers withholding tax certificates to certify that taxes were withheld from the professional service fees and participation amounts paid to them. Withholding tax certificates show both the gross invoice amounts and the tax withheld for each month in the tax year. If a supplier had only professional service fees in a particular tax year, that supplier must be sent a Fees Certificate. If a supplier had both professional service fees and participation, that supplier must be sent a Fees and Participation Certificate.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - VAT Withholding



Payables Withholding Certificate Report

The Chilean Payables Withholding Certificate Report in Oracle Payables for Chile can print both types of withholding tax certificates for suppliers. Before running the Chilean Payables Withholding Certificate Report, however, document sequences with sequential numbering must be defined for Oracle Payables to use in numbering the certificates. Document sequences can be assigned to the seeded Chilean Payables Withholding Certificate document category to determine which sequences are used for certificate numbering.






Description The Chilean government assigns a taxpayer ID to domestic entities, such as individuals and companies. Taxpayer ID validation ensures that the taxpayer information that you enter for a domestic or foreign supplier is valid according to criteria set by the Chilean government. It is important in order to avoid manual processing errors and missreporting of this information to validate and store valid taxpayer Ids from third parties.




Taxpayer ID Validation The taxpayer ID is validated when you enter taxpayer ID information in the Taxpayer ID, Primary ID Type, and Primary ID Validation Digit fields in the Suppliers window. Oracle Payables and Receivables for Chile uses validation information to verify: · The taxpayer ID does not exceed 12 digits. · The taxpayer ID, excluding the validation digit, is numeric. · The taxpayer ID is unique. · The taxpayer ID for a domestic entity is identical for the same entity in the Suppliers, Customers, and Company Information windows. · The validation digit is correct for a domestic taxpayer ID.



8. CHINA



Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Payroll √

China Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for China. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials



• CNAO V2 for Enterprise (including State-Owned Enterprise and Joint Venture)

• CNAO V2 for Public Sector & Government Ministry

• Cash Flow Statement

Transaction Tax

VAT

• Golden Tax


Human Resources


• Capture & report legal Employer details


• Record details of Employees and their Employment

Payroll

Payroll data capture

• Legal requirment to capture and maintain details of Employees' renumeration.

Payroll processing



• Legislative Reporting


2. Country Complexity Complexity High




Simplified Chinese

4. Financials a. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book

CNAO V2 for Enterprise (including State-Owned Enterprise and Joint Venture)

Requirement Name CNAO V2 for Enterprise (including State-Owned Enterprise and Joint Venture)


Description On June 30th, 2010, China National Audit Office (CNAO) issued GB/T 24589-2010 China Financial Information Technology-Data Interface of Accounting Software standards for Enterprise (GB/T 24589.1-2010) .This legislative requirement, referred as CNAO V2 for Enterprise replaced previous CNAO V1 (GB/T 19581-2004 China Information Technology-Data Interface of Accounting Software, referred to as CNAO V1.) and took effect on Dec 1st, 2010 in the whole country. CNAO V2 for Enterprise (GB/T 24589.1-2010) aims to enhance further data interchange and ensure completeness and correctness of accounting data. All Accounting/ Financial software in China must comply with this new interface standard. When CNAO audits the financial statements and accounting data periodically, all state-owned enterprises including joint ventures in China are required to export the financial statements and accounting data into xml files. The financial data covers FMS (GL, AP, AR and Fixed Assets) and HCM (Payroll).





CNAO V2 Solution for Enterprise

CNAO V2 Solution for Enterprise on EBS R12.1.3 has been certified and approved by CNAO successfully. CNAO V2 Solution for Enterprise has added the following features since its last release. 1. Cash Flow Statement: With CNAO V2 Solution for Enterprise, at login the user can run the following reports and programs: 1) Cash Flow Statement – Generation program 2) Cash Flow Statement – Cash Flow Statement Detail Report 3) Cash Flow Statement Program - Intercompany Transaction Validation 4) Cash Flow Statement Program - Data Collection 2. Data Export for Enterprise: In CNAO V2 Solution for Enterprise, Data Export for Enterprise is composed of the following five programs which export the corresponding financial statements and accounting data respectively: 1) China General Ledger Data Export (Enterprise) 2) China Receivables and Payables Data Export (Enterprise) 3) China Shared Information Data Export (Enterprise) 4) China Fixed Assets Data Export (Enterprise) 5) China Payroll Data Export (Enterprise) The following patch is required which is available on the Update Center: For 12.1 Customers: 10352825. If you have implemented Oracle Payroll please download the following patch from the Update Center to acquire full capability of the solution to include payroll part: For 12.1 Customers: 10365966.


CNAO V2 for Public Sector & Government Ministry

Requirement Name CNAO V2 for Public Sector & Government Ministry


Description On June 30th, 2010, China National Audit Office (CNAO) issued GB/T 24589-2010 China Financial Information Technology-Data Interface of Accounting Software standards for Public Sector & Government Ministry (GB/T 24589.2-2010) .This legislative requirement, referred as CNAO V2 for Public Sector & Government Ministry replaced previous CNAO V1 (GB/T 19581-2004 China Information Technology-Data Interface of Accounting Software, referred to as CNAO V1.) and took effect on Dec 1st, 2010 in the whole country. CNAO V2 for Public Sector & Government Ministry (GB/T 24589.2-2010) aims to enhance further data interchange and ensure completeness and correctness of accounting data. All Accounting/ Financial software in China must comply with this new interface standard. When CNAO audits the financial statements and accounting data periodically, all Non-profit Government agencies (public sector and Government Ministry) in China are required to export the financial statements and accounting data into xml files. The financial data covers FMS (GL and Fixed Assets) and HCM (Payroll).





CNAO V2 Solution for Public Sector & Government Ministry

CNAO V2 Solution for Public Sector & Government Ministry on EBS R12.1.3 has been certified and approved by CNAO successfully. CNAO V2 Solution for Public Sector& Government Ministry has added the following features since its last release. Data Export: In CNAO V2 Solution for Public Sector& Government Ministry, Data Export is composed of the following five programs which export the corresponding financial statements and accounting data respectively: 1) China General Ledger Data Export (Public Sector & Government Ministry) 2) China Shared Information Data Export (Public Sector & Government Ministry) 3) China Fixed Assets Data Export (Public Sector & Government Ministry) 4) China Payroll Data Export(Public Sector & Government Ministry) The following patch is required which is available on the Update Center: For 12.1 Customers: 10352825. If you have implemented Oracle Payroll please download the following patch from the Update Center to acquire full capability of the solution to include payroll part: For 12.1 Customers: 10365966.


Cash Flow Statement

Requirement Name Cash Flow Statement


Description The cash flow statement is the important financial report required by the Ministry of Finance, China. Cash Flow Statement contains cash inflow and cash outflow information for a specific period so that the audience of the report can know the cash flow of the company and do cash forecasting based on it.




Cash Flow Statement The cash flow statement provides the following information for a specific period: 1) Financial status of the enterprise 2) Influence of operating activities, investing activities and financing activities on cash and cash equivalents 3) Increase in cash and cash equivalents The cash flow statement includes two parts: the main statement and the supplemental statement. The main statement includes information about the cash inflow and outflow generated by the operating activities, investing activities and financing activities. In the supplementary statement, you define the account assignments for the corresponding lines and the formulas to calculate the values in the rows and columns. There is a seeded XML Publisher template



for the cash flow statement, which you can customize according to your requirements.

b. Transaction Tax

Golden Tax

Requirement Name

Golden Tax


Description Golden Tax is one of the Golden Projects initiated by the Chinese government. The Golden Tax project refers to an integrated nationwide value-added tax (VAT) monitoring system and was launched in a bid to establish a national computerized taxation network. Under this Golden Tax project, all businesses operating in Mainland China are required to use a government certified tax software referred to as the Golden Tax software for generating VAT invoices, VAT calculation, and statutory tax reporting. Chinese government policy requires all businesses to issue all VAT invoices through this Golden Tax system. The current version is V6.15.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Golden Tax Adaptor

In Mainland China it is mandatory to use government authorized software, called Aisino Golden Tax system, for generating VAT invoices and statutory tax reporting. Golden Tax Adaptor provides seamless integration between Oracle Receivables and the interface of Aisino Golden Tax software and streamlines the process of creating VAT invoices against the Receivables documents to make sure data consistency between Oracle Receivables and the Golden Tax software. The current Golden Tax Adaptor based on EBS R12.1.3 supports integration with Aisino Golden Tax system latest version 6.15. 1. Supports Receivables Invoices, Debit memos and credit memos. 2. Invoice splitting into multiple VAT invoices as per the VAT limits. 3. Consolidate invoices. 4. Supports sales list invoices. 5. Users can set up transfer rules that are specific to their needs. 6. Workbench to centrally manage the data. 7. Automated status control of interface invoices. 8. Auditing and reconciliation of data between Golden Tax. 9. Tracking VAT invoice from the Receivables Invoice UI. 10. Basic support to extract Item and Customer master data to the flat files in formats specified by the Aisino Golden Tax System. 11. Periodic purging of obsolete data to optimize data storage requirements.



9. COLUMBIA

1.Country Overview Functional Categories for Financials


Payments


Transaction Tax

Colombia Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Colombia. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials


FASB

• Financial Services – Banking Industry Reports

Payments

Payment Methods

• Cash Receipt Report

• Payment Documents



• Colombian ICA Magnetic Media

• Third Party Management

Fiscal Valuation

• Technical Appraisals



Transaction Tax

VAT

• Colombian Invoice creation for Simplified Regime

• Tax Treatment

• Taxpayer ID Validation


• Colombian IVA Withholding Certificate

• Tax Self-Withholdings


• Tax Withholding

2.Country Complexity

Complexity Medium

Frequency of legal changes Very Difficult


3.Language Information


English

Spanish

4.Financials

a. Financial Reporting & Governance

Financial Services – Banking Industry Reports

Requirement Name Financial Services – Banking Industry Reports


Description In Colombia, there are Financial Services - Banking Industry specific reports that are requested to Banks to comply with Colombian Banking Superintendence. The solution is also composed by some User Interfaces (UI) screens that allow users to enter the required setup covering basic information. All reports are based in General Ledger information.

Functional Category Financial Reporting & Governance - FASB



Comparative General Balance Comparative General Balance Add-on Localization

Daily Balance (Format 442) Daily Balance (Format 442) Add-on Localization

Daily Consolidated General Balance Report

Daily Consolidated General Balance Report Add-on Localization

Daily Income Report Daily Income Report Add-on Localization

Daily and Major Book Report Daily and Major Book Report Add-on Localization

FINAGRO Flat File F460 FINAGRO Flat File F460 Add-on Localization

FINAGRO: Investment Statement Required in Agricultural Development Titles (Format 460)

FINAGRO: Investment Statement Required in Agricultural Development Titles (Format 460)

Add-on Localization

Flat File F281 – F442 Flat File F281 – F442 Add-on Localization

Gain and Deposit for Municipality (Format 322)

Gain and Deposit for Municipality (Format 322) Add-on Localization


Gain and Deposit for Municipality Zone (Format 323)

Gain and Deposit for Municipality Zone (Format 323) Add-on Localization

Gain and Deposit for Municipality and Zone Flat File

Gain and Deposit for Municipality and Zone Flat File Add-on Localization

General Balance Bank General Balance Bank Add-on Localization

General Balance Board General Balance Board Add-on Localization

General Balance Flat File General Balance Flat File Add-on Localization

General Balance Foreign Currency

General Balance Foreign Currency Add-on Localization

General Balance Legal Currency

General Balance Legal Currency Add-on Localization

General Balance by Profit Center Daily

General Balance by Profit Center Daily Add-on Localization

General Balance by Profit Center Monthly

General Balance by Profit Center Monthly Add-on Localization

Income Flat File Income Flat File Add-on Localization

Income Report (Format 443) Income Report (Format 443) Add-on Localization

Monthly Consolidated General Balance Report

Monthly Consolidated General Balance Report Add-on Localization

State of Results Report Board Accumulated

State of Results Report Board Accumulated Add-on Localization

State of Results Report Board Month

State of Results Report Board Month Add-on Localization

Statement from Own Position Flat File

Statement from Own Position Flat File Add-on Localization

Statement from Own Position Report (Format 230)

Statement from Own Position Report (Format 230) Add-on Localization

Statement of Ownership Modify (Format 243)

Statement of Ownership Modify (Format 243) Add-on Localization

Summary General Balance Summary General Balance Add-on Localization

c. Payments Cash Receipt Report

Requirement Name Cash Receipt Report


Description In Colombia, companies are legally required to issue a cash receipt document each time a payment is received.





Colombian Receivables Cash Receipt Report

The Colombian Receivables Cash Receipt report is used to print cash receipts that you can send to your customers as a confirmation that payments were received for processing. The Colombian Receivables Cash Receipt report shows information about the company issuing the report, the customer, and the receipt. The receipt information includes the payment mode for the receipt. The payment mode is the mechanism that the customer used to make the payment, such as cash, check, credit card, debit card, or wire transfer. The Colombian Receivables Cash Receipt report also shows details about the application of the receipt. Oracle Receivables prints one line for each transaction to which the receipt was applied, as well as one line for on-account amounts and another line for unapplied amounts. The Colombian Receivables Cash Receipt report is ordered by receipt number and transaction number.


Payment Documents

Requirement Name Payment Documents


Description One of the most used payment methods in Colombia is the Check. Companies print their own checks to pay suppliers. Colombian bank system defined a standard check format to be used by companies.





Colombian Payables Check Format

The Colombian Payables Check Format provides the standard and predefined check formats to meet the legal and statutory requirements. Colombian banks have established two common check formats. Colombian Payables Check Format 1 can be used to create smaller check formats (16mm (L) X 71mm (W)). Colombian Payables Check Format 2 can be used to create larger check format (185mm (L) X 80mm (W). Each check format shows the date of the payment, the amount of the payment in numbers and in words, and the name of the supplier or beneficiary being paid. A separate column in the summary section prints the total amount in the functional currency. All text on the Colombian Payable Check Format is printed in Spanish. Another payment document for Colombia is the Colombian Payables Remittance Advice.


d. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book

Colombian ICA Magnetic Media

Requirement Name Colombian ICA Magnetic Media


Description In Colombia, companies based on Bogotá, Colombia's capital, have to submit an annual flat file detailing the ICA Withholding transactions. The ICA (Impuesto de Comercio y Avisos or Commerce Tax in English) Magnetic Media is a local city withholding tax.




Colombian ICA Magnetic Media report

Oracle provides the ICA Magnetic media report designed to meet the DIAN requirements. This flat file provides the following information: Supplier Identification, Supplier Name, Supplier Address, Supplier Economic Activity, taxable base amount (bimonthly accumulated) and the ICA Withholding Amount (bimonthly accumulated).

Add-on Localization

Third Party Management

Requirement Name Third Party Management



Description In Colombia, the tax authority (DIAN) uses an individual's or a Company's taxpayer identification number to identify tax obligations on invoices. The taxpayer ID is called the Third Party ID and the management of transactions is called Third Party management. For the natural accounts requiring Third Party information, the appropriate customer, supplier, or bank Third Party information must be associated with the corresponding transactions in General Ledger, Payables, Receivables, and Purchasing. Companies must submit reports to the DIAN that show natural account activity by Third Party ID. Magnetic media reports on Third Party natural account movements according to threshold levels assigned by the DIAN.




Colombian Magnetic Media Generate File program

Oracle Financials helps companies to meet the Colombian magnetic media requirements. Generating the electronic file involves accessing third party transaction information and organizing the information according to literal/subliteral definitions. The Colombian Magnetic Media Generate File program writes the information to the electronic file. Run the Literals, Accounts and Third Party Movements report after running the Colombian Magnetic Media Get Movements program. The magnetic media file generation process can be run as often as required to produce an accurate report, as long as General Ledger is not permanently closed. When General Ledger is permanently closed, the next run of the magnetic media file generation process must be the final run.


Colombian Magnetic Media Reporting for DIAN

Oracle complements the Magnetic Media product solution by adding changes required by DIAN according to the year end report. These changes basically refer to the way the information has to be reported to DIAN with the use of new attributes and output formatting with the proper layout.

Add-on Localization

Colombian Third Party Account Report

The Regional Field Center complements the Colombian Account/Third Party report provided trough Product Localization. This complements refers to the presentation of past balance per third party, even when there were no transactions on the period of the report generation.

Add-on Localization

Third Party information on Miscellaneous Receipt

Oracle supports users to enter Third Party information for miscellaneous receipts at Oracle Receivables in order to report this data at the Magnetic Media for DIAN file.

Add-on Localization


Technical Appraisals

Requirement Name Technical Appraisals


Description In Colombia, corporations must appraise the value of their fixed assets at least once every three years in a process known as technical appraisal. During a technical appraisal, an appraiser uses specific accounting procedures to determine the market value of the company's fixed assets. The appraiser gives the appraisal information to the company either on a paper report or electronically on media such as a floppy disk or CD-ROM. If the appraiser provides a paper report, the appraisal information must be manually entered into Oracle Assets. If the appraiser a flat file on a disk, this file may be imported into Oracle Assets, if the data is formatted correctly. After the appraisal information is entered into Oracle Assets, the assets' appraisal value is compared to the assets' net book value, and the difference can be transferred to General Ledger in special technical appraisal accounts.




Oracle Assests for Colombian technical appraisals

The Colombian Fixed Assets Technical Appraisal Revaluation report is used to review the asset revaluation for assets in a particular depreciation book in the current period. The report shows subtotals at the asset category, revaluation account, balancing segment, and depreciation book levels. The Colombian Fixed Assets Technical Appraisal Additions report is used to verify the technical appraisal data that was added in Oracle Assets. Oracle Assets runs the Colombian Fixed Assets Technical Appraisal Additions report automatically after running the Colombian Fixed Assets Technical Appraisal Mass Load process.





Description Companies in Colombia need to comply with accounting reporting requirements set by the government to support their financial statements. Accounting reporting is also used for internal auditing.





General Ledger Reporting Oracle allows you to address the journal reporting requirements for multinational organizations. The General Ledger Reporting features are used to report on all posted debit and credit journal entries, both historical and adjusted, for a given period, and on debit and credit transactions and account balances by journal entry date and accounting flexfield as well. The General Ledger Journal and Balance Report is used to list daily account activity for accounts in a given period. The General Ledger Journal and Balance Report shows the individual transactions for each account, providing a clear audit trail from account balance to individual journal entry. The transactions are sorted by journal category and journal entry number. It also shows the debit and credit totals for each account at the account level and can be run for any of the four legal account levels. The level determines which accounts are detailed on the report, and all accounts at or above the selected level appear on the report.


e. Transaction Tax

Colombian Invoice creation for Simplified Regime

Requirement Name Colombian Invoice creation for Simplified Regime


Description In Colombia, customers are legally required to generate an invoice report when they buy from suppliers under a special regime. This report must be generated by each purchase, and need to state the following information: Supplier Name, Supplier Identification, Supplier Address, Simplified Regime Invoice Number, Invoice Number and Invoice Accounting Date.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - Fiscal Documents


Feature Name Feature Description

Colombian Simplified Regime Invoice

This report is generated by each purchase, and states the following information: Supplier Name, Supplier Identification, Supplier Address, Simplified Regime Invoice Number, Invoice Number and Invoice Accounting Date.

Tax Treatment

Requirement Name Tax Treatment


Description In Colombia, legal entities must collect and remit taxes to federal, and city governments on most of the goods and services that they purchase.





Tax Treatment in Payables

E-Business Tax can be used to setup and maintain transaction tax requirements in all geographic locations where you do business. A set of different tax reports and flat files will help you to report tax information whether it is for internal auditing purposes or to report to Local Tax Authorities. You can calculate VAT on purchases by defining tax regimes, statuses and rates in Payables for each tax or tax concept that you have to report, account for and print separately. You can setup as many tax statuses as you need (Example, VAT and VAT Non Taxable), if they have different applicability rules and rates.

Tax Treatment in Receivables

You only have to define the taxes that are applicable to your organization; more than one tax may apply to an invoice line. Oracle Receivables takes into account the minimum taxable amounts and minimum tax amounts for each tax, if required. When calculating taxes, Receivables determines the taxable base by considering a single transaction line, several transaction lines, or several related transactions, depending on the invoice. Use the following tax reports for internal audit and for Fiscal Authority: "Colombian Receivables Sales Fiscal Book Report." Use this report to view all completed credit memos, debit memos, and invoices for a given accounting period.




Description In Colombia, the government assigns taxpayer ID to domestic entities, such as individuals, companies, and banks. It is important in order to avoid manual processing errors and misreporting of this information to validate and store valid taxpayer Ids from third parties.




Taxpayer ID Validation Oracle Receivables and Payables for Colombia validate the taxpayer information that you enter for a domestic or foreign customer according to the criteria set by the Colombia government. The taxpayer ID is validated when you enter taxpayer ID information in the Taxpayer ID, Primary ID Type, and Primary ID Validation Digit fields.

Colombian IVA Withholding Certificate

Requirement Name Colombian IVA Withholding Certificate



Description In Colombia, customers classified as a tax-withholding agent are responsible for withholding tax from supplier invoice and remitting the withheld amount to the proper tax authority. Buyers who are responsible for withholding taxes have to generate detailed withholding certificates and reports of all withholding activity.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Withholding and Reporting - Reporting to Tax Authorities



Colombian IVA Withholding Certificate

Use the Colombian IVA Withholding Certificate to print withholding Certificates for suppliers. This reports complements the VAT Withholding Certificate with the bimonthly-withheld amount, payment date and the total emission amount by company.

Tax Self-Withholdings

Requirement Name Tax Self-Withholdings


Description In Colombia, companies can obtain the right from the Departamento de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales (DIAN) to self-withhold income tax on a customer invoice as a prepayment for their own income tax. Companies accrue and account for the income tax per invoice and pay the self-withheld income tax to the government. A company may, for example, prefer to remit self withholding tax instead of having its customers withhold income tax on the company's behalf because this process involves collecting and reconciling a large amount of withholding income tax certificates before the income tax return due date.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Withholding and Reporting - Calculation



Colombian Receivables Income Tax Self-Withholding report

Oracle Latin Tax Engine provides the tools to calculate income tax self withholding following Colombian legal requirements, it also provides the Colombian Receivables Income Tax Self-Withholding report. Use the Colombian Receivables Income Tax Self-Withholding report to list self-withholding tax details for a particular accounting period for audit purposes. The Colombian Receivables Income Tax Self-Withholding report lists all the transactions during the selected period that were subject to income tax self-withholding and shows the taxable base amount and self-withheld amount for each transaction.

Tax Withholding

Requirement Name Tax Withholding



Description In Colombia, customers who are withholding agents are responsible for withholding taxes from supplier invoices, credit memos, and debit memos when the supplier is subject to withholding and is not Withholding agent. The customer pays the supplier invoice net the withheld amount and issues a withholding certificate for the withheld amount. The customer pays the supplier invoice net the withheld amount as well as the tax withheld to the proper tax authority. Several types of withholding tax can be levied on a single invoice line. The withholding tax types include: _ Income tax _ Industry and trade tax _ Remittance tax _ VAT _ Stamp tax




Colombian Payables Withholding Certificate report

The Colombian Payables Withholding report is an internal report that details tax withholding information for a taxable period and can be used for audit purposes. The report can be run for any tax withholding type and shows the document number, withholding accounting date, taxable base amount, and withholding amount by tax withholding type, accounting flexfield, and supplier. The VAT Tax withholding details also include the VAT amount. Totals for the supplier, accounting flexfield, and tax withholding type are calculated.


Use the Extended Withholding solution along with Withholding core engine to setup Withholdings using the Withholding Tax Types.


10. CROATIA


Payments √


Transaction Tax √



Croatia Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Croatia. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments


• Cash Desk (HR: Blagajna).


• Automatic creation of payments based on bank statement and.closing of the relative invoices.(HR: Zatvaranje izvoda).

Payment Formats

• Croatian EFT.

• Croatian Payment Format.

• Croatian Payments Specification report (HR: Specifikacija plaćanja).


Book Keeping Rules





• Accelerator Program for automatic creation advance invoices for the received prepayments.


• Detailed Account Analysis Report.


Transaction Tax

VAT

•Croatian Local Tax Report (HR: Hrvatske porezne knjige – (IRA URA), Hrvatski mjesečni obrazac za prijavu poreza – PDV).

• Tax Registration Number (TRN) validation.





Croatian

4. Financials

a. Payments Cash Desk (HR: Blagajna)

Requirement Name Cash Desk (HR: Blagajna)


Description Business requirement is to have a system enabling the following: • Support processing and reporting of Cash Report and Cash Transactions. • Helping fulfill statutory requirements. • Maintain Cash Balances for each currency of operation at Cash Box Level . • Have built in Internal Controls. • Flexibility to restrict functionality at user level As per a legal requirement in Croatia certain types of transactions made in cash (Petty Cash) should be specifically documented and maintained.





Cash Desk Key features provided with Cash Desk are: - Document Numbering: Dependant on set-up, documents numbers would be entered either manually, or would be automatically assigned by the system for both Cash Reports and Cash Documents. - Status Control: Status control is enforced for both Cash Reports and Cash Documents throughout the processing stages of Cash Desk. - Batch Naming and Transaction Numbering: When the Cash Report is accounted, transactions / accounting entries will be transferred from Cash Desk to the subledgers and General Ledger respectively. - Printing: This feature enables the user to make print-outs of Cash Reports and Cash Documents in different pre-defined modes. - Current Balance: Current cash balance in a Cash Box is displayed while entering Cash Documents. The transaction amount with the current cash balance will be validated during transaction entry, and a negative balance will not be allowed to be processed. - Access Rights: Access rights are granted at the Cash Box level and can be assigned to an individual user, or to a user group. - KW Document Valuation Method: Cash Desk supports various methods for converting from foreign currency to functional currency for output transactions (KW), methods such as User, LIFO (Last In First Out), FIFO (First In First Out) and Average Yield are supported. - Internal Control: Cash Desk supports several different internal controls. - Bank Reconciliation: Cash Desk supports the automatic creation of a technical bank statement and reconciliation of Cash Management. - Accounting: An accounting entry will be processed in General Ledger for each transaction created in Cash Desk.

Add-on Localization

Automatic creation of payments based on bank statement and closing of the relative invoices.(HR: Zatvaranje izvoda)

Requirement Name Automatic creation of payments based on bank statement and closing of the relative invoices.(HR: Zatvaranje izvoda)


Description Through the import of Bank Statements, receipts are created and matched to the open invoices.





Receipts Integration and Bank Statement Reconciliation

The Receipts Integration and Bank Statement Reconciliation solution will: - Import bank statements with predifined HUB mapping. - Enter receipts in the system based on information in the bank statement lines. - Book receipts on appropriate account. - Close open invoices based on predefined rules. - Reconcile bank statement lines.

Add-on Localization

Croatian EFT

Requirement Name Croatian EFT


Description Electronic data file creation for payments




Croatian EFT Creation of payment Electronic data file according to FINA format. Add-on Localization

Extension of payment package

Extension of payment package functionality to extract additional information entered in flexfields at the time of invoice entry.

Add-on Localization

Croatian Payment Format

Requirement Name Croatian Payment Format


Description The Payment order sent to Customer must be printed as per the format required by the Croatian Law. (HUB 1-1)




Croatian Payment HUB 1-1 Format Report

Croatian Payment HUB 1-1 Format Report prints the Payment order as per the format required by the Croatian Law.

Add-on Localization

Extension of payment package

Extension of payment package functionality to extract additional information entered in flexfields at the time of invoice entry.

Add-on Localization


Croatian Payments Specification report (HR: Specifikacija plaćanja)

Requirement Name Croatian Payments Specification report (HR: Specifikacija plaćanja)


Description If more than one invoice is paid by a single payment, details about the various invoices must be provided.




Summary Order for the Payment Transfer

The Summary Order for the Payment Transfer is used to print the detail of all paid transactions included in one payment batch. Printout displays all elements prescribed by the Croatian Banking Association.

Add-on Localization

b. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards








General Ledger conforms to multiple national accounting standards, including SFAS #52 (Statement of Financial Accounting Standards) with regard to the translation,revaluation, and reporting of foreign currency denominated balances.

Global Capability










Global Capability








Document Sequencing Oracle Financials allows numbering subledger documents and journal entries, always per ledger, by means of the following sequences: The document sequence allows numbering documents entered in the subledger. The accounting sequence allows numbering journal entries when the journal entry is created. The reporting sequence allows numbering journal entries by the general ledger accounting period closing process.

Global Capability











Global Capability

Accelerator Program for automatic creation advance invoices for the received prepayments.

Requirement Name Accelerator Program for automatic creation advance invoices for the received prepayments.


Description Accelerator Program for creation and adjustment of AR transactions which represent the issued advance invoices for the received prepayments.




VAT on Prepayment VAT on prepayment feature provides the functionality to create prepayment invoice with Tax lines based on the prepayment receipts and proforma invoice. Prepayment invoice will be treated as regular invoice for preparation of tax returns and calculation of tax liability without impacting the customer balances. This feature provides the following functionality: - Ability to create the prepayment invoice based on the prepayment receipt and proforma invoice. - Ability to reverse the prepayment invoice by generating credit memo, once it is matched with the final invoice. - Option to match Prepayment invoice with final invoice at Header and line level (Functionality available only for Czech and Slovak users only) - Option to unapply the prepayment invoice matched to a final invoice. - Automated application/unapplication of receipt to final invoice, when prepayment invoice is matched/unapplied with final invoice.

Add-on Localization

Detailed Account Analysis Report

Requirement Name Detailed Account Analysis Report


Description Requirement is to provide a report of accounting transaction details. The report is required to provide flexible analysis determined by various selection criteria ranges.






This report provides analysis for each GL Line reported with details of sub ledger information (where applicable). The report prints the amount in Functional Currency and Transaction currency. Debit amounts and Credit amounts are displayed in different columns. Sub ledger details (where applicable) are also displayed in the report. The report can be run from any GL date to any GL date or from any GL Period to any GL Period.

Add-on Localization

c. Transaction Tax Croatian Local Tax Report (HR: Hrvatske porezne knjige – (IRA URA), Hrvatski mjesečni obrazac za prijavu poreza – PDV)

Requirement Name Croatian Local Tax Report (HR: Hrvatske porezne knjige – (IRA URA), Hrvatski mjesečni obrazac za prijavu poreza – PDV).


Description Croatian companies that receive or issue transactions with VAT must declare their input and output VAT in their corresponding tax reports. These reports are run on a monthly basis.




Croatian Customer Invoice Tax Report

The Croatian Customer Invoice Tax Report is used to print all customer invoices, credit memos, debit memos, as well as the general ledger journal entries at the end of each accounting period on a monthly basis, and shows the total VAT amounts, total deductible amounts and the total non deductible tax amounts. The report is grouped and totaled by tax and period. It can be submitted per VAT period in different modes: Preliminary mode, Final and in Reprint modes. The Croatian Customer Invoice Tax Report is built on XBRL Publisher allowing customers to to modify the default template and create their own personalised version.


Croatian Vendor Invoice Tax Report

The Croatian Vendor Invoice Tax Report is used to print all vendor invoices and pertaining documents at the end of each accounting period on a monthly basis, and shows the total VAT amounts, total deductible amounts and the total non deductible tax amounts. The report is grouped and totaled by tax and period. It can be submitted per VAT period in different modes: Preliminary mode, Final and in Reprint modes. The Croatian Vendor Invoice Tax Rep.ort is built on XBRL Publisher allowing customers to modify the default template and create their own personalised version.



Local Tax Report Local Tax Report allows to prepare the regular monthly VAT report for submission to the tax authority. The report includes summary information from outgoing and incoming invoices. The report shows all the customers and suppliers invoices, credit and debit memos (from AR and AP) and journal lines (from GL), which are posted in GL and marked as Tax Reporting lines. It shows the sum of total taxable and tax amount distributed in different cells.

Add-on Localization










Global Capability

Tax treatment of Account Receivable invoice cancellation

Requirement Name Tax treatment of Account Receivable invoice cancellation


Description When customer send a note that tax amount is canceled in its Account Payables Tax book, we can deduct the tax amount in Account Receivable Tax book.




VAT Credit Memo Tax Adjustments

The Credit Memo Tax Adjustments Program solution will: - Generate GL journals to move the tax amount from the tax account of the credit memo to the un-received tax correction account. - Remove or add rows for credit memos in the tax reporting table according to the confirmation for the reporting period.

Add-on Localization


Tax treatment of special type of vendor invoices R2 (HR: Nedospjeli porez)

Requirement Name Tax treatment of special type of vendor invoices R2 (HR: Nedospjeli porez)


Description For certain invoices, upon payment accounting entries with tax information needs to be created and transferred to GL so the tax amount can be considered in Tax books (Deferred tax).




Book of AP VAT R2 and undue AP Tax

The Book of AP VAT R2 report presents all accounting entries which are related to lines of AP invoices with deferred tax for a given period of time.

Add-on Localization

VAT On Prepayment

Requirement Name VAT On Prepayment


Description Requirement is to provide a solution for handling VAT on received prepayments which allows to have more than one prepayment matched to final invoice, with more VAT codes, including foreign currency.




VAT on Prepayment

VAT on prepayment feature provides the functionality to create prepayment invoice with Tax lines based on the prepayment receipts and proforma invoice. Prepayment invoice will be treated as regular invoice for preparation of tax returns and calculation of tax liability without impacting the customer balances. This feature provides the following functionality: - Ability to create the prepayment invoice based on the prepayment receipt and proforma invoice. - Ability to reverse the prepayment invoice by generating credit memo, once it is matched with the final invoice. - Option to match Prepayment invoice with final invoice at Header and line level (Functionality available only for Czech and Slovak users only) - Option to unapply the prepayment invoice matched to a final invoice. - Automated application/unapplication of receipt to final invoice, when prepayment invoice is matched/unapplied with final invoice.

Add-on Localization


VAT Reporting Entities

Requirement Name VAT Reporting Entities


Description Croatian companies that receive or issue transactions with VAT must declare their input and output VAT according to the correct reporting entities structure.




EMEA VAT Reporting Entity Setup

Oracle eBusiness Suite enables users to setup different numbering for different types of transactions and ensure that the transactions are reported in the appropriate VAT registers. The EMEA VAT Reporting Entity Setup allows users to define their Reporting Entity for the VAT reports. Since the EMEA VAT Reporting Entity is based on a VAT calendar, a company can define the yearly VAT calendar regardless of its fiscal year. The defined VAT Reporting Entity is used as report parameters when submitting the VAT reports.


5. Supply chain Management

a. Local Business Standards Inventory Item Card report

Requirement Name Inventory Item Card report


Description This report is designed to display the initial quantity, initial value, ending quantity, ending value and moving transactions of a particular item (or a set of items, included in the selection criteria of the report) for a specific inventory organization in a given period.

Functional Category Local Business Standards - Business Documentation Standards



Inventory Quantitative and Cost Accounting Card

The Inventory Quantitative and Cost Accounting Card is used to print the quantitative and cost information of an inventory item.

Add-on Localization


Partial Inventory Move Order Issue

Requirement Name Partial Inventory Move Order Issue


Description Partial move order transactions should have numbers based on printing batch. These numbers are used for reprinting the same partial Move order issue.

Functional Category Local Business Standards - Business Documentation Standards



Goods Issue Slip Report Goods issue slip is printed when warehouse clerk physically issues goods from the inventory, according to received Move Order requests. Warehouse clerk is able to create and print new report, for new transactions and to reprint old existing reports. Unique number of Goods Issue Slip document (Issue Slip ID) will be system generated sequence. Goods issue slip allows printing of that report and generating ID numbers.

Add-on Localization

Goods Issue Slip (HR: Izdatnica)

Requirement Name Goods Issue Slip (HR: Izdatnica)


Description This requirement should allow to print the approved and transacted move order.




Goods Issue Slip Report Goods issue slip is printed when warehouse clerk physically issues goods from the inventory, according to received Move Order requests. Warehouse clerk is able to create and print new report, for new transactions and to reprint old existing reports. Unique number of Goods Issue Slip document (Issue Slip ID) will be system generated sequence. Goods issue slip allows printing of that report and generating ID numbers.

Add-on Localization


Inventory document numbering

Requirement Name Inventory document numbering


Description This feature is used to automatically generate numbers for Inventory Transactions. User will be able to define the format of the number and will be able to query the inventory transactions based on this number.




Inventory document printouts with number tracking

This feature is used to automatically generate numbers for Inventory Transactions. User will be able to define the format of the number and will be able to query the inventory transactions based on this number.

Add-on Localization

Miscellaneous Inventory Transactions Correction/Reversal

Requirement Name Miscellaneous Inventory Transactions Correction/Reversal


Description Automatic correction/reversal is required for transacted move order transactions.




Return to Inventory The Return to Inventory functionality is used to returning to Inventory goods which have been issued through standard manual Move Order mechanism.

Add-on Localization

Return to inventory transactions. (HR: Povratnica)

Requirement Name Return to inventory transactions. (HR: Povratnica)


Description Automation of process of returning of inventory goods.




Return to Inventory The Return to Inventory functionality is used to returning to Inventory goods which have been issued through standard manual Move Order mechanism.

Add-on Localization


11. CZECH REPUBLIC


Payments √


Transaction Tax √



Czech Republic Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Czech Republic. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments


• Cash Desk.


• Central European Banking Solution.

Payment Methods



Accounting Methods

• Adding Voucher Number for Mass Additions in Assets .

• Change Method After Technical Appraisal.

• Depreciation Rounding in Asset Book.

• Pre-payment Matching with Customer Invoice.

• Rounding of Invoices in Receivables.

Book Keeping Rules




• Year-End Closing for the Income and Balance accounts.

Fiscal Valuation

• Material on Receipt Report.


• Account Analysis Payables Detail Report.

• Account Analysis Report.

• Accounts Receivable Balance Report.


• Asset Inventory Report.

• Asset Retirement by Retirement Type.

• Detailed Account Analysis Report.

• General Ledger Trial Balance Report.

• Invoice Audit Listing.

• Invoice Register Report.

• Invoice on Hold Report.

• Journal Report for Foreign Currency.

• Payments to Physical / Natural Persons Report.

• Report of Asset Tax Group and SKP.

• Sub-Ledger Report for Foreign Currency.

• Sub-Ledger Report for Functional Currency.

• Tax Depreciation by Depreciation Groups.

• Unrealized Gain/Loss Report AP/AR.

• Unrealized Gain/Loss Report GL.

Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods

• European Purchases Listing.

• European Sales Listing.

VAT

• Printed Output Documentation.

• Specific Calculation of Last Depreciation in Case of Asset Retirement (in Tax Book).





Czech


4. Financials

a. Payments Cash Desk

Requirement Name Cash Desk


Description Business requirement is to have a user-friendly system enabling the following: • Support processing and reporting of Cash Report and Cash Transactions. • Integrate with Standard Oracle E-Business Suite. • Fulfill statutory requirements. • Maintain Cash Balances for each currency of operation at Cash Box Level . • Have built in Internal Controls. • User level flexibility to restrict some functionality. As per a legal requirement in Poland, Czech Republic, Slovakia and Croatia certain types of transactions made in cash (Petty Cash) should be specifically documented and maintained.




Feature Name

Feature Description Delivery Type


Add-on Localization

Central European Banking Solution

Requirement Name Central European Banking Solution


Description Banks in the Czech Republic deal with multiple home banking systems. Each bank has a specific designated format for payment orders transmitted, for both domestic and foreign payments.

Functional Category

Payments - Electronic Banking Integration




Bank Integration Feature provides interfaces between Oracle E-Business Suite and a number of local home-banking systems. The following key features are provided: - Accomplishment of Bank Remittance: Based on the Bank statements data, bank statements are created in the cash management module. - Import Bank Statement: Importing the data from the Home Banking system (External System) to the E-Business system. - Communication with Oracle Payments Module: Payments made in the Oracle Payables module is considered and communicated to the Home Banking system.

Add-on Localization

Central European Banking Solution

The objective of the Central European Banking solution is to maintain communication with Home Banking interfaces. The Central European Banking solution is developed as an extension to the cash management application. Banks in Czech Republic and Slovakia deal with multiple home banking systems (KB, CSOB multicash). Each bank has a specific designated format for payment orders transmitted to the bank - domestic and foreign. The bank statement received from various banks is also in different formats. The bank statement received is processed and matched in the extension application. The purpose of the Central European Banking Solution is to 1. Establish communication with banks. 2. Supporting two business processes. The Central European Banking solution provides for the following activities: - Payment Orders Export from AP to CM. - Payment Orders import from Third party systems to CM. - Payment Orders maintenance. - Payment Orders Batches generation. - Payment Orders Print/Data file generation. - Bank Statements Import. - Matching proposal Process. - Automatic Receipt generation. - Payment and Receipt auto reconciliation. - Third party payment reconciliation and posting in General Ledger.

Add-on Localization






Functional Category

Payments - Payment Methods





Global Capability


Global Capability


Adding Voucher Number for Mass Additions in Assets

Requirement Name Adding Voucher Number for Mass Additions in Assets


Description Requirement is to be able to register investment invoices as source documents for an asset cost in the assets module, by internal numbers (Voucher Numbers), and not by invoice number.

Functional Category Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book - Accounting Methods




Adding Voucher Number for Mass Additions in Assets

Feature addressed the requirement to be able to register investment invoices as source documents for an asset cost in the assets module, by internal numbers (Voucher Numbers), and not by invoice number.

Add-on Localization

Change Method After Technical Appraisal

Requirement Name Change Method After Technical Appraisal


Description Requirement is a legislative requirement to provide a solution which is able to change the asset depreciation method after completion of the technical appraisal, as per sections 31 and 32 in the Czech Republic Income Tax Act.




Change Method After Technical Appraisal

The feature provides a solution that transfers the information of the Technical Appraisal (TA) - Yes/No, captured in the 'Asset Work bench ' and 'Prepare Mass Addition Screen' to the Asset Inquiry Screen. It transfers the Technical Appraisal Information for adjustments made through Mass Addition, or manually in the assets workbench. TA – Technical Appraisal information captured in the Corporate Book is copied to the Tax Book. It changes the Tax Depreciation Method automatically for all the assets which have completed the Technical Appraisal. It carries out automated changes in the tax depreciation method for straight-line depreciated assets in the second year of their service life. Over the depreciation suspension period, it automatically monitors and extends the service life of assets, so that when depreciation recommences, it can continue as though depreciation had not been interrupted. The Target Depreciation Method is defined under Descriptive Flex field of the currently used Depreciation Method. In order to ensure depreciation takes place in accordance with Sections 31 and 32 of the Income Tax Act, it is necessary to have some of the Depreciation Methods set. These Depreciation Methods are required to be loaded into the system as a prerequisite before this add-on localization can be used.

Add-on Localization


Depreciation Rounding in Asset Book

Requirement Name Depreciation Rounding in Asset Book


Description The requirement is to provide a program that sets calculated depreciations so that they are rounded up to the whole currency, in conformance with the valid Slovak and Czech legislation and binding accounting procedures.




Depreciation Rounding

The program sets calculated depreciations such that they are rounded up to the whole currency, in conformity with the valid Slovak and Czech legislation and binding accounting procedures.

Add-on Localization

Form for Depreciation Running in Asset Book

Feature provides a form for depreciation running in an Asset Book ('CLE: Depreciation rounding program' is included in this form).

Add-on Localization

Pre-payment Matching with Customer Invoice

Requirement Name Pre-payment Matching with Customer Invoice


Description Apply prepayments for customer invoice only after payment and reconciliation with the bank statement.




Pre-Payment Matching with Customer Invoice

To have better credit control, and to have the records to represent a true status on invoice payments, the Prepayment Application feature validates the deposit while adjusting the invoices. The validation provides a check to allow the adjustment of deposits, where the amount of the deposit is already received. It does not allow adjusting an invoice with a deposit, if the amount of the deposit is not received.

Add-on Localization


Rounding of Invoices in Receivables

Requirement Name Rounding of Invoices in Receivables


Description It is a legal requirement in Czech Republic to ensure that all issued invoices are to be rounded up to the nearest whole crown. This rounding up is subject to tax.




Rounding of Invoices in Receivables

It is a legal requirement in Czech Republic to ensure that all issued invoices are to be rounded up to the nearest whole crown. This rounding up is subject to tax. Rounding is performed by two methods: The Concurrent Program "CLE: Round up Invoices" will be used to round off invoices created from external systems and which has not been rounded off in that system. User will be running this Program to round off all such invoices. All manually created Invoices in Accounts Receivable will be rounded, based on this trigger which will fire once the invoice is completed (by clicking the "complete" button) in the transaction screen.

Add-on Localization


Requirement Name Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards.








Global Capability










Global Capability








Document Sequencing Oracle Financials allows numbering subledger documents and journal entries, always per ledger, by means of the following sequences: -The document sequence allows numbering documents entered in the subledger. -The accounting sequence allows numbering journal entries when the journal entry is created. -The reporting sequence allows numbering journal entries by the general ledger accounting period closing process.

Global Capability





Description At the end of the fiscal year the Incomes and Balance accounts must be closed to determine the profit & loss and the balance sheet. The closing journal should be generated from end balances on the Income and Balance accounts and the opening journal should be generated for Balance accounts.





The year-end close process generates the closing journal entries for Income and Balance accounts. The journal entries can be generated in two different ways: a) accumulating the amount in debit and credit, b) netting the amount between debit and credit in case the debit is greater and netting the amount between credit and debit in case the credit is greater.

Global Capability

Material on Receipt Report

Requirement Name Material on Receipt Report


Description Material on Receipt serves for determining the quantity and value of material in detail and summary, which has been received at the company ramp and has not yet been transferred into the store and has been transferred from the store back to the ramp and not yet returned to the vendor.




Material on Receipt Report

Material on Receipt serves for determining the quantity and value of material in detail and summary, which has been received at the company ramp and has not yet been transferred into the store and has been transferred from the store back to the ramp and not yet returned to the vendor.

Add-on Localization


Account Analysis Payables Detail Report

Requirement Name Account Analysis Payables Detail Report


Description The requirement is to provide an Account Analysis Payables Detail Report with an additional column for Voucher Number (internal invoice number) for functional and foreign currency.






Add-on Localization

Account Analysis Report

Requirement Name Account Analysis Report


Description The requirement is to provide an Account Analysis Report with an additional column for Voucher Number (Journal Number) for functional and foreign currency . Voucher Number (Journal Number) is the unique transaction specification essential for documentation and for controlling of account detail in Czech Republic.






Add-on Localization


Accounts Receivable Balance Report

Requirement Name Accounts Receivable Balance Report


Description Accounts Receivable Balance report with unique parameters to provide unique outputs, as per legislative requirements.




Accounts Receivable Balance Report

Feature provides an Accounts Receivable Balance report with unique parameters to provide unique outputs. - By source and customer. - By source, account and customer for foreign currency. - By source, account and customer for functional currency.

Add-on Localization

Asset Inventory Report

Requirement Name Asset Inventory Report


Description It is a legal requirement in Czech Republic to be able to provide an Asset Inventory Report. The requirement is to provide a report that captures asset details, including the name of the person against whom the asset has been issued and all of the financial details of that particular asset.




Asset Inventory Report

It is a legal requirement in Czech Republic to be able to provide an Asset Inventory Report. The requirement is to provide a report that captures asset details, including the name of the person against whom the asset has been issued and all of the financial details of that particular asset.

Add-on Localization

Asset Retirement by Retirement Type

Requirement Name Asset Retirement by Retirement Type


Description It is a requirement to provide a report that details the assets retired for a particular book, for a cost centre range, or for an accounting period range, or on the basis of retirement type.





Asset Retirement by Retirement Type

This report provides the details of the assets retired for a particular book, for a cost centre range, or for an accounting period range, or on the basis of the retirement type. This report should be used to control accounts with a Net Book Value in the General Ledger, also serving as a basis for the generation of reports for the Czech Statistical Office.

Add-on Localization


Requirement Name Detailed Account Analysis Report


Description Requirement is to provide a report of accounting transaction details. The report is required to provide flexible analysis determined by various selection criteria ranges.






Add-on Localization


Requirement Name General Ledger Trial Balance Report


Description Czech accounting laws require that companies provide Trial Balance reports confirming Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss statements prepared for accounting periods. Companies must support auditing of presented financial reports and verification of accounting books. A General Ledger Trial Balance Report must be provided to confirm monthly turnovers and balances reported on the General Ledger Journal Entry Report and GL and SLA Account Analysis Reports.





Czech General Trial Balance Report

The report supports the preparation of periodic balance sheets and income statements for submission to tax authorities. It is commonly a legal requirement to run the report for the entire Chart of Accounts to support the audit process, helping to verify account balances and turnovers. The General Trial Balance Report lists ledger account balances on a monthly or yearly basis. The Report prints detailed balances and net activity by accounting flexfield combination or by natural account value. The later optionally summarizes by account class, sub-class and group. Data in the General Ledger Trial Balance reports can be cross-referenced with monthly data reported in the General Ledger Journal Report and the Global GL and SLA Account Analysis Report.


Invoice Audit Listing

Requirement Name Invoice Audit Listing


Description Requirement is to provide an "Invoice Audit Listing" by Voucher Number (internal invoice number).




Invoice Audit Listing Feature provides an "Invoice Audit Listing" by Voucher Number (internal invoice number).

Global Capability

Invoice Register Report

Requirement Name Invoice Register Report


Description Requirement is to provide an "Invoice Register Report" by Voucher Number (internal invoice number).




Invoice Register Report

Feature provides an "Invoice Register" report by Voucher Number (internal invoice number).

Global Capability


Invoice on Hold Report

Requirement Name Invoice on Hold Report


Description Requirement is to provide an "Invoice on Hold Report" by Voucher Number (internal invoice number).




Invoice on Hold Report

Feature provides an "Invoice on Hold" report by Voucher Number (internal invoice number).

Global Capability

Journal Report for Foreign Currency

Requirement Name Journal Report for Foreign Currency


Description The requirement is to provide a Journal Report with an additional column for Voucher Number (Journal Number) for foreign currency.




Journal Report for Foreign Currency

This report prints the journal entries and journal entry lines, for a given posting status, currency, period, date range, source and batch name. It can be printed in Journal Entry Mode, Source Item Mode or Line Item Mode. For each journal entry, the report prints the batch name, journal entry name, category, currency, exchange rate, rate date, line number, accounting flexfield, transaction date, voucher number (document sequence number), line description, functional and foreign amounts and units.

Add-on Localization


Payments to Physical / Natural Persons Report

Requirement Name Payments to Physical / Natural Persons Report


Description CLE: Payment to Physical Persons Report enables you to comply with the below statutory requirement – S. 34(5) of Act No. 337/1992 Coll. on Administration of Taxes and Fees, as amended sets forth obligation of legal entities and natural persons having income from business or other independent for profit activities or from leases, who pay to physical persons for their independent for profit activities or for leases without withholding tax from such payments to report any such payment to natural persons exceeding CZK 40,000/year to one natural person to the respective tax authority of the paying legal entities or natural person. The notification includes name, address or place of business of natural person, amount paid, date of payment and reason for the payment. Such notice is send no later than by February 15 of the year following the year of such payment.




Payments to Physical /Natural Persons Report

The objective of this report is to print the payment orders to natural persons of any such payment exceeding CZK 40,000/year to one natural person, to the respective tax authority of the paying legal entities or natural person. The minimum amount parameter has been added in the report to capture the minimum amount of 40,000/year.

Add-on Localization

Report of Asset Tax Group and SKP

Requirement Name Report of Asset Tax Group and SKP


Description As per Czech Statutory Requirements it is required to assign SKP/CZ-CC codes to the Assets (SKP/CZ-CC is a unified code list for classification of all products, services and building in the Czech Republic works as from 01-01-2004). Business requirement is to compare the actually assigned tax depreciation groups and the assigned SKP/CZ-CC codes and check it against permissible depreciation groups defined at the SKP/CZ-CC display level and the depreciation methods.





Report of Asset Tax Group and SKP

Feature provides a report of Asset Tax Group and SKP/CZ-CC codes assigned to assets (SKP/CZ-CC is a unified code list for classification of all products, services and building in the Czech Republic since 01-01-2004), that displays assets with wrong combinations. The Report of Asset tax Group and SKP will capture relationships between the actually assigned tax depreciation groups and the assigned SKP/CZ-CC codes. These relationships will be compared with permissible depreciation groups defined at the SKP/CZ-CC display level.The report will also provide a check between the assigned depreciation group and the assigned depreciation method.

Add-on Localization

Sub-Ledger Report for Foreign Currency

Requirement Name Sub-Ledger Report for Foreign Currency


Description The requirement is to provide a Sub-Ledger Report with an additional column for Voucher Number (Journal Number) for foreign currency.






Add-on Localization

Sub-Ledger Report for Functional Currency

Requirement Name Sub-Ledger Report for Functional Currency


Description The requirement is to provide a Sub-Ledger Report with an additional column for Voucher Number (Journal Number) for functional currency.







Add-on Localization

Tax Depreciation by Depreciation Groups

Requirement Name Tax Depreciation by Depreciation Groups


Description Requirement is to provide a report that can be run in detail and overview, to serve as a document for the calculation of tax depreciation in a specific tax period.




Tax Depreciation by Depreciation Groups

This feature provides a report that can be run in detail and overview, serves as a document for the calculation of tax depreciation in a specific tax period. Data from this report will form a basis for compilation of tax returns for income tax for Legal Entities.

Add-on Localization

Unrealized Gain/Loss Report AP/AR

Requirement Name Unrealized Gain/Loss Report AP/AR


Description Requirement is to provide a report of unrealized exchange Gain/Loss by account string - Revaluation of AP/AR/GL transactions.






AP Open Balances Revaluation Report will show the revalued balance sheet accounts that are denominated in a foreign currency in accordance with SFAS 52 (USA). This report will display open balance revaluation for suppliers as on a specific date. The AR Open Balances Revaluation Report displays the revalued balance sheet accounts that are denominated in a foreign currency in accordance with SFAS 52 (USA). This report will display revaluation details such as unrealized gain/loss by Customer.

Add-on Localization

Unrealized Gain/Loss Report GL

Requirement Name Unrealized Gain/Loss Report GL


Description Requirement is to provide a report of exchange Gain/Loss by account string -Revaluation of AP/AR/GL transactions.





This report shows the profit or loss on account of revaluation due to exchange rate differences on different dates. All accounted revaluation records from all Journal categories and sources including manual and SLA are picked in this report. The report groups data by different account code combination and sorts the data by currency. The report can be run for a particular GL period. The report can be run for a particular currency or all currencies.

Add-on Localization

c. Transaction Tax European Purchases Listing

Requirement Name European Purchases Listing


Description Businesses registered for VAT and which sell or move goods to other businesses registered for VAT in other European Union (EU) member states, must record and report details of such purchase activities.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Movement of Goods - Fiscal Documents




European Purchase Listing Report

This feature provides the European Purchase Listing Report for declarations of intra-community delivery of goods transactions, built to satisfy Intra-EU Transactions reporting requirements in many European countries. The report must be submitted to the tax authorities on a monthly or quarterly basis; The European Purchase Listing lists intra EU deliveries from other VAT payers, totalized by tax identification number and supply code.

Add-on Localization

European Sales Listing



Description Requirement is to provide a European Sales Listing Report for declarations of intra-community delivery of goods transactions, built to satisfy Intra-EU Transactions reporting requirements in Czech Republic.






Global Capability

European Sales Listing Report

The CZ European Sales Listing Report provides a Summary, and Detail Report containing the required levels of sub-totalizing for reporting and audit purposes.

Add-on Localization

European Sales Listing- XML Electronic file


Add-on Localization

Printed Output Documentation

Requirement Name Printed Output Documentation


Description Requirement is to provide printed output documentation for AR transactions, including VAT transactions.





Printed Output Documentation

Feature provides printed output documentation for AR transactions, including VAT transactions.

Add-on Localization

Specific Calculation of Last Depreciation in Case of Asset Retirement (in Tax Book)

Requirement Name Specific Calculation of Last Depreciation in Case of Asset Retirement (in Tax Book)


Description Requirement is to provide an asset calculation as per Section 31 and 32 of Czech Income Tax Act, where is states that if an asset is fully retired during the year, then only half of the annual tax depreciation should be calculated on the asset.




Specific Calculation of Last Depreciation in Case of Asset Retirement (in Tax Book)

Feature provided is as per Section 31 and 32 of Czech Income Tax Act, that specifies if an asset is fully retired during the year, then only half of the annual tax depreciation should be calculated on the asset. If an asset is partially retired, then half of the annual tax depreciation is not calculated. In such a case, then a normal depreciation calculation will be done.

Add-on Localization

VAT Register

Requirement Name VAT Register


Description Requirement is to provide a report that lists transactions in detail and summary parts as per a country-specific layout which is legally enforced since 01-May-2004. VAT register covering AP, AR, GL and Cash Desk transactions. Forms for maintaining tax periods and reports for audit purposes and support of the tax declaration process.





VAT Register Organizations in the Czech Republic and Slovakia have to prepare a VAT Register, according to a prescribed format. The VAT Register has to be prepared with box numbers (tax codes). This solution explains how to attach the box numbers to the tax rate code created in EBusinessTax, and how to print the report in the prescribed format. CLE: VAT Register (Czech Republic) is used to produce a report conforming to the Czech Republic requirement and CLE: VAT Register (SK) is used to produce a report suitable for Slovakian requirements. These reports use transaction data, which was processed by the EMEA VAT Selection Process. Reporting is provided in both Summary and Detail, with options available to produce the report as Preliminary, Final and Reprint.

Add-on Localization

VAT Write-off without Document

Requirement Name VAT Write-off without Document


Description Requirement is to provide a report supporting VAT manual entry for receipts without invoice (Uninvoiced Receipts of Goods and VAT for Uninvoiced Services).

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - Tax Point Date



VAT write-off without document

Report supporting VAT manual entry for receipts without invoice (Uninvoiced Receipts of goods and VAT for Uninvoiced Services).

Add-on Localization

VAT on Pre-payments

Requirement Name VAT on Pre-payments


Description Requirement is to proivde a solution for handling VAT on received prepayments which allows to have more than one prepayment matched to final invoice, with more VAT codes, including foreign currency.





VAT on Prepayment VAT on prepayment feature provides the functionality to create prepayment invoice with Tax lines based on the prepayment receipts and proforma invoice. Prepayment invoice will be treated as regular invoice for preparation of tax returns and calculation of tax liability without impacting the customer balances. This feature provides the following functionality: - Ability to create the prepayment invoice based on the prepayment receipt and proforma invoice. - Ability to reverse the prepayment invoice by generating credit memo, once it is matched with the final invoice. - Option to match Prepayment invoice with final invoice at Header and line level (Functionality available only for Czech and Slovak users only). - Option to unapply the prepayment invoice matched to a final invoice. - Automated application/unapplication of receipt to final invoice, when prepayment invoice is matched/unapplied with final invoice.

Add-on Localization


a. Regulated Transactions

Intrastat Report

Requirement Name Intrastat Report


Description Requirement is to have a report that provides the inventory movement details of all the inventory transactions that occurred in the EU, except for the miscellaneous inventory transactions.

Functional Category Regulated Transactions - Movement of Goods Tracking



Intrastat Report This report will provide the inventory movement details of all the transactions occurred in the EU except the miscellaneous inventory transactions. Detail Report, Summary Report, Official Summary Report are available.

Add-on Localization


12. DENMARK


Payments √



Human Resources √

Payroll √

2. Country Complexity Complexity Low




Danish


Capture & report Employer details in accordance with country legal requirements

Requirement Name



Description Organizations in Denmark are required to capture organization details so they can meet Denmark-specific legislative requirements when processing HR and Payroll transactions and statutory reports. It is necessary to record certain details for legal employers, Danish local units, and also details for external organizations such as the Social Security Office.

Functional Category

Human Resources - Organization attributes



External Organizational Data

This feature provides the ability to hold information on different types of external organizations such as : • Tax Authorities. • Pension Providers. • Wage Earners Supplementary Pension funds.



• Holiday allowance Foundation. • Court Order Offices.

Internal Organizational Data

Internal organization data includes legal entity data-Juridisk Enhed. Typical examples of this type of data are Local and Legal Entities data like Workplace Code, CVR number.





Description Organizations in Denmark are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices using local formatting rules.





With the Danish localized features for capturing Employee Data you can use the E-Business Suite modules more effectively, for example for payments, mailing and, statutory reporting purposes. Localized HR features form a legislative basis for your country specific Payroll management. The following Denmark specific details are captured: • Danish Bank account formats. • Information concerning Seniority: Seniority in Grades and Pay scales, Membership of Pension fund, Jubilee Dates, Length of service, Probation period, Term of notice, Employment period to end of year statement. • Termination by Assignment with termination reason and date. • Information held on Union Workers Representatives, including which committees they represent, works council membership and whether they are a Safety Officer. • Work accident information is captured for reporting to Arbejdsskadestyrelsen and data can be transferred by the "Easy" system. • DA Codes can be entered as part of the Assignment data. These codes are in reports sent to the Statistics Office. • LOV's are seeded but can be extended if required at Implementation.




The following Denmark specific details are captured: • Postal Code Upload: Enables Post Codes to be uploaded from a flat file to the HRMS application. • National Identity Number ( CPR) with Validation. • Birth date and gender. • Jubilee Date. • Danish Address format.


b. Payroll Manage & Process Payroll to meet country's legal requirements

Requirement Name Manage & Process Payroll to meet country's legal requirements


Description It is imperative for all organizations to pay their employees on-time and correctly. It is also a legal requirement to deduct statutory taxes and deliver reports to comply with the country's statutory requirements.




Absence Report The Absence Statistic Report. This report is based on reported absence periods in Oracle HRMS. This report is an electronic file that reports the different types of absence of employees.


Absences and Holidays This feature will accrue the holidays for your employees as per the legislative rules for the Holiday Accrual Year. Payment of the Holiday Allowance can be automatically paid in the period of your choice. The Entitlement days will be maintained each time Holiday spent days are entered. There will be an automatic Transfer of the Accrual Days into Entitlement Days at the end of the Holiday Accrual Year When Employees Terminate, the calculation of holiday entitlements and equivalent pay will be done and passed to the Holiday bank that period.



Legal Payroll Reporting Statutory pay reporting which is delivered includes: 1) The Employer Trainee Reimbursement Report, that can be generated for the chosen Legal Employer for any quarter required. 2) Statistics Office Report as per the legislative requirements recorded so that it can be transmitted to the DA office. Information required for the Report like the DA Office Code, can be entered via the EIT introduced for this purpose on the Legal Employer Level. 3) MIA Report can be generated as and when required by the User.All the Statutory Reports have been provided in both English & Danish. Payroll Reports can be generated at the following levels: Assignment, Organization, Legal Employer,Element Level. For Sick Pay the legislative reports DP201 & DP202 can be generated for submission.


Legislative Seeded Elements

A series of elements have been seeded to allow for the following legislative calculations to take place correctly: – Employee Tax. – Employee & Employer ATP Deductions (including Retro calculations). – Employee AMB Deductions (including Retro calculations). – Employee Special Pension (SP) calculation. – G-Days Payment. Vehicle Repository can hold the Danish requirements for both company and private vehicles. Third Party Payments: The Payments File contains the payments & details required for the various Legislative Third Parties organizations like the Tax Authority, Labour Market, Pension Provider and the Holiday Bank. Pension provider details for PBS.


Payroll Data Capture Enhanced data capture for Payroll processing and statutory Payroll reporting has been applied for the Danish localization as follows- Tax Card Upload: Enables the Tax Card Details received from the Tax Authority to be uploaded to the HRMS Payroll Application. Tax Card Requisition: Enables extraction of Tax Card Data from the HRMS Application to a flat file for sending to the Tax Authorities.


Sick Pay Processing When Sickness Absence type is entered, Sick pay eligibility will be checked and the legislative sick pay rate will be paid out in the relevant periods. Global values have been seeded for the Legislative Sick Pay rates and sick pay will be calculated using these. Provision has been made for the User at Legal Employer to indicate if the employer is Section 27 registered. A EIT 'Sick Pay Defaults' is available at the Legal Employer level. At Assignment Level there is a provision to indicate Section 28 registration using the tab called 'Sick Pay Defaults' on the Assignment form.



5. Financials

a. Payments EDIFACT Standards for Electronic Transactions

Requirement Name EDIFACT Standards for Electronic Transactions


Description In Denmark invoices are paid electronically especially in the business-to-business arena. Many companies transfer payments electronically at least once a day. The Danish Government has made a national action plan where they encourage as many companies as possible use the EDIFACT standards for electronic transactions. EDIFACT stands for Electronic Data Interchange For Administration, Commerce and Trade. The EDIFACT standards are sponsored by United Nations and are the standards used in Europe and define how to structure data when exchanging business information electronically.




Third Party Payments The Payments File contains the payments & details required for the various Legislative Third Parties organizations like the Tax Authority, Labour Market, Pension Provider and the Holiday Bank. Pension provider details for PBS are also provided.



EDIFACT Payment format

Oracle Payables, Oracle Payment and Oracle e-Commerce Gateway can be used to create outbound payment files according to Danish EDI requirements. The process involves creating a payment, by means of a payment process profile, that is associated with an EDI Outbound Program payment format. Once formatted, Oracle e-Commerce Gateway generates the flat file for the outbound EDI payment. This file is processed by the EDI translator in order to reformat the file according to the PAYMUL format, one of the standard EDIFACT transaction formats for payments. The EDI translator then sends the formatted file to your bank. Danish EDI Payments also supports the International Bank Account Number (IBAN) and Bank Identification Code (BIC), allowing organizations in the Euro-zone to benefit from reduced bank charges for cross border Euro payments from July 1st 2003.












Global Capability


Global Capability

c. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book









Global Capability


13. FINLAND


Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Payroll √

Finland Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Finland. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.


Financials

Payments


• Payment Instruction Register

Payment Formats

• Payment Formats: LUM, LMP2 LMP3 EFT Formats.

Payment Methods



Book Keeping Rules

• Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards. • Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone. • Ability to setup document sequencing. • Ability to support IFRS 'International Financial Reporting Standards'.


• Deferred Depreciation Expense Report. • Global Daily Journals Report. • Payables Account by Detail Report. • Regional Cash Requirement Report.

Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods


VAT



Human Resources


• Capture & report Employer details in accordance with country legal requirements.

• Record details of Employees and their Employment.

Payroll

Payroll processing

• Manage & Process Payroll to meet country's legal requirements.







Finnish

4. HRMS

a. Human Resources Capture & report Employer details in accordance with country legal requirements

Requirement Name Capture & report Employer details in accordance with country legal requirements


Description Organizations in Finland are required to capture organization details so they can meet Finland specific legislative requirements when processing HR and Payroll transactions and statutory reports. It is necessary to record certain details for legal employers, Finnish Local tax reporting units (Sub disbursement units), and also details for external organizations such as Provincial tax office, Pension insurance providers and Accident insurance providers.




Organizational Structure and Reporting Levels

Oracle HRMS for Finland provides functionality to record details for internal and external organizations applicable to HR and payroll processes in Finland. Oracle HRMS for Finland enables legal employers to keep record of following Organization information: • Trade Register; Tax Administration; Prepayment register; Employer Register. • Y-number; Sub disbursement number; PIN. • Details for third party organizations: Payment and reference details Reporting levels: Oracle HRMS also provides Structure that allows statutory tax reporting using Sub-disbursement unit structure with Finnish business ID (Y-number) and its Sub-disbursement unit number.






Description Organizations in Finland are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All businesses in Finland must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. Data required to be maintained includes: Personal Identifier (PIN), address and bank account, education and employment details.






Multiple Assignments: Deployments within the same Legal Employer can be processed as one employment for actions critical to Finnish legislation. For example, gross-to-net and tax calculation processes can be aggregated onto person level. In addition, holiday earning calculation, absences and pension insurance calculation will be processed on person level, in line with legislative requirements. Start and Termination of Employment: Starting and terminating employment creates a number of special requirements in Finland, mainly related to tax and holiday calculation processes. Finland Payroll localization processes deviated pay periods in line with Finnish tax calculation and Finnish Annual Holiday Act requirements. Work Experience: Oracle Human resources Finland localization includes functionality to flag work experience up to a maximum of three different levels, thus enabling the Legal employer to maintain work experiences for multiple purposes. This is sometimes necessary, as employee actions and processes may require different types of calculation. You can flag work experience using the following levels: • Legal minimum. • Industry specific experience (typically Collective agreement). • Company specific experience.



Personal Identifier (PIN): Personal Identification number (PIN) is available with validation for Finland HCM localization. For ease of use, three additional values are populated automatically from the PIN: date of birth, age and, gender.Names and Title: Names format is correctly catered for in HRMS for Finland. The name in Finland includes a First name (given name), optional 1 – 2 Middle names and a Surname.Address details: Address details are available in Finnish standard format. There is functionality for uploading Finnish Post fooices in the system using the postal code file issued by Finland Post. Address can be displayed in the person's mother tongue, i.e. it can be either in Finnish or in Swedish.Bank Account Details: Finnish Bank Account details for domestic ransactions can be entered with the following fields: Bank name, Bank branch, and Account number in Finnish standard format (e.g. 123456-789).Education Details: It is possible to enter Educational Details within Finland localization with the following fields: Name of the Qualification/Diploma, Field of Education and Level of Education and, 6 digits code, provided by Finstatt. The codes for entering Educational levels and fields are also in line with Unseco's 4 digits ISDEC coding system.Additional Person Details:. A number of additional person details can be captured for Finnish statutory HCM processing requirements.These are, for example, citizenship, place of permanent residence, details for dependents under18 and, civil statusEmployment Details: In Finland, several legal reports require a number of employee or deployment details, such as: type of employment, tax category or, pension insurance details. Also,employment details are typically the basis for generally binding salary calculation rules, stated in Collective Agreements.


b. Payroll


Manage & Process Payroll to meet country's legal requirements

Requirement Name




Functional Category

Payroll - Payroll processing



Absences and Holidays

Absence details are needed for salary calculation processes, Headcounting and numerous statutory reporting. Country-specific Absence types and requirements are included in Finland localization. In addition, Absences can be processed at an Assignment level. As calculation, reporting and payment rules are largely determined in the Collective Agreements and/or by other Authorities, a templated framework is supported, rather than a full setup for one specific set of rules. This enables supporting of several absence type classifications and calculations.Holiday Calculation: Finnish Holiday legislation follows two main principles: Principal of Earnings-relation and Principle of Advantageousness. Consequently, Holiday is considered as earned time off and cannot be denied to the employee. In Finland, Holiday accruals are calculated either in days, hours or in money. Holiday Calculation solution for Finland contains four logical sections: Working Time; Accruals; Entitlement and; Rule based Holiday Pay (Paying off spent holidays). You can configure a maximum of ten different holiday calculation options within the same payroll.



Legislative Reporting Details

Statement of Earnings: The content of Statement of Earnings (SOE) follows the contents of salary certificate on the Finnish Payslip.Payslip and Salary Certificate of Paid Salaries: A Payslip must be provided with every salary payment. A Salary certificate must be provided yearly, by the end of January following the tax year-end.File for Electronic Payment Process: Standard format file for recurrent salary payments (issued by Finnish banks) is available for domestic bank accounts. The payer needs to have a connection set up with the payer's account holding bank.Overtime Reporting: Overtime data per employee must be produced on a regular basis for authorities, such as the Regional occupational health and safety office. Finnish localization supports recording of worked overtime on deployment level, as well as storing the extended amount of overtime.Filing documents of Paid Salaries (Yearly tax return): All payments, tax deductions and expenses payments related directly to work must be reported at a person level. The report must be provided in standard, electronic format.Accounting Receipts: According to Finnish Salary accounting legislation, some salary payments/deductions must be stored on separate accounts for auditing purposes. Finnish localization supports creating summary reports for statutory Accounting requirements. Summary reports are user configurable and can be created according to the legal requirements, as well as user needsPAYE report (Monthly Tax return) and List of Transactions: Monthly Tax Return includes details of PAYE meaning, paid salaries, tax deductions, as well as social security fees and VAT related to compensation for work. List of transactions is an internal report equivalent to Monthly tax return, used for statutory auditing purposes.Pay List: The Pay List is part of statutory Salary accounting documentation. The Pay List itemizes all payroll transactions per assignment after each payroll run.


Payroll Data Capture

Enhanced data capture for Payroll processing and statutory Payroll reporting has been applied for the Finland localization as follows: • Additional data, specific for payroll processing, for person, employment and deployment levels can be recorded in line with Finnish statutory requirements, for example: tax card details, benefits in kind details or, statutory deductions details (pension insurance, social security, payments by forced order etc.) • Data capture for tax computation, including Finland specific tax days, tax periods and, periodic income limits with cumulative computation functionality. • Electronic Tax card mass upload functionality using file format, issued by Finnish Tax administration. • Seeded classifications for payments, deductions and information, for distinguishing different types of transactions and steering processing order and additional rules within calculation. • Seeded elements with legislative content, such as Personal tax card, Benefits in kind and Union membership fees, for capturing essential data for tax computation and statutory reporting Finland specific payroll data capture, in compliance with Finnish legislative Payroll processing rules, form a legislative salary computation



basis for gross to net processing, payments, as well as statutory tax and payroll reporting.

Payroll Processing

Payroll processing has been extended in compliance with the Finnish legislation as follows: • Cumulative tax calculation, including Finnish Tax cards, tax days and tax periods, with retroactive calculation and proration functionality. • Calculation process from gross to net, including Finnish statutory deductions and Employer charges calculation • Tax calculation for multiple payee types (Employees, Nonemployed payees), as well as support for processing for Natural and Legal persons separately. • Separate tax calculation process for different tax types (Withholding tax and Tax-at-source) with special processing functionality for Foreign residents. Holiday Calculation: • Holiday Calculation with four logical sections: Working Time, Accruals, Entitlement and, Rule based Holiday Pay (Paying off spent holidays).Three optional sections are provided, enabling Holiday pay processing in special situations: Absence based Holiday Pay, Holiday Transfer and, Holiday Pay at termination.


5. Financials

a. Payments

Payment Instruction Register

Requirement Name Payment Instruction Register


Description Finnish companies require to list details of payments performed, including invoice information.




Payment Instruction Register Report

The Payment Instruction Register Report lists actual payments made to suppliers that were created via payment process requests. The report allows the company to review payments for suppliers that are to be paid including the invoice amount, discounts and final payment amount. Finnish companies can compare actual payments against the Finnish Final Payment Register report to verify that the payments were recorded correctly in Oracle Payments and Oracle Payables. The Payment Instruction Register Report supports and displays cross-currency payments. The Invoice Currency and Payment Currency are displayed for the respective amounts.



Payment Formats: LUM, LMP2 LMP3 EFT Formats

Requirement Name Payment Formats: LUM, LMP2 LMP3 EFT Formats


Description In Finland, companies use Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) to send payment instructions via a flat file to their banks. The file format conforms to that defined by the Finnish Banking Association.




International LUM Payment Formats

The international LUM payment formats for EFT allow additional foreign payment information to be included in the payment file. LUM payment formats are used for foreign payments in Finland. The LUM Finnish International EFT Format also supports the International Bank Account Number (IBAN) and Bank Identification Code (BIC), allowing organizations in the Euro-zone to benefit from reduced bank charges for cross border Euro payments from July 1st 2003. The following formats are included: 1) LUM - LUM payment formats are used for foreign payments in Finland. 2) LMP2 - Payments formatted with LMP2 are grouped by suppliers with each payment corresponding to one invoice. 3) LMP3 - Payments formatted with LMP3 are grouped by suppliers with each payment corresponding to multiple invoices and includes an additional record type for the invoice records, as opposed to LMP2, which requires a single payment line per invoice.










SEPA 3.3 xml Format SEPA format for Finland includes two enhancements to Oracle core feature. 1. SEPA Structured Payment Format (Domestic Payment Format) includes all invoices and credit memos that relate to each payment for each supplier which should be bundled together and extracted into the XML-XSL output format. The output shows both Unstructured and Structured tags for Bundled payments, whereas only Structured tags are shown in the output for non-Bundled payments. 2. SEPA Unstructured Payment Format (International Payment Format) includes all invoices and credit memos that relate to each payment and each supplier. There is no bundling concept here. The XML-XSL output format shows only Unstructured tags.

Add-on Localization



Global Capability


Global Capability











Global Capability









Global Capability









Document Sequencing Oracle Financials allows numbering subledger documents and journal entries, always per ledger, by means of the following sequences: -The document sequence allows numbering documents entered in the subledger. -The accounting sequence allows numbering journal entries when the journal entry is created. -The reporting sequence allows numbering journal entries by the general ledger accounting period closing process.

Global Capability










Global Capability

Deferred Depreciation Expense Report

Requirement Name Deferred Depreciation Expense Report


Description The Asset Summary Report satisfies the Finnish Legal reporting requirements. It takes into account the particularities with regards to how retirements are handled in the tax book. The Net book values that result from this method must be reported.





Finnish Deferred Depreciation Expense Report

The Finnish Deferred Depreciation Expense Report is used to analyze the differences between corporate and tax book depreciation. You can print information for assets for a selected period. At the end of each fiscal year, run the report on the capitalized assets. In Finland, tax book depreciation is calculated at the category level. This affects the tax depreciation calculation of assets sold during the year because Oracle Assets generates loss/gain amounts based on individual assets, not on the whole category. Because calculation on individual assets is illegal in Finland, Oracle Assets sets up each category with a new sales asset. It creates new sales assets for the categories at the end of each financial year.


Global Daily Journals Report

Requirement Name Global Daily Journals Report


Description In Finland, it is a legal requirement to produce a General Ledger audit trail report to show transactions from General Ledger to subledgers for each accounting period.






Global Capability

Payables Account by Detail Report

Requirement Name Payables Account by Detail Report


Description Finnish companies must report on open and/or paid invoices for reconciliation of their General Ledger and Subledgers. Finnish law requires reconciling not only balance accounts but also expense and revenue accounts such as Foreign Exchange Gains and Losses and Taken Discounts.





Finnish Payables Account by Detail Report

The Finnish Payables Account by Detail report shows open invoices (in the invoice currency) at a specific date for one or more accounting periods. It can also show paid invoices within that accounting period grouped by liability account and supplier name. This report is used to reconcile liability balances for specific dates, and paid amounts for a specific period in the General Ledger. This report is typically used after the accounting period is closed, however it can be run at any time for reconciliation between Accounts Payable and the General Ledger. Showing Opening Balance, Period Movement and Ending Balance facilitates the reconciliation to GL Balances.


Regional Cash Requirement Report

Requirement Name Regional Cash Requirement Report


Description The Finland Regional Cash Requirement Report provides both summary and detailed information on the total cash required for each currency and pay group.




Regional Cash Requirement Report

Before submitting payment batches, the Regional Cash Requirement Report can be a valuable aid for users in Finland to decision making, providing both summary and detailed information on the total cash required for each currency and pay group. Regional Cash Requirement Report shows unpaid approved invoices which fall due, or have a discount date, before a specified date. Invoices are shown in the payment currency, and the report provides a complete listing of open invoices to establish how much cash is required to meet all outstanding payments, broken down by currency and pay group.


c. Transaction Tax European Sales Listing (ESL)










Global Capability










Global Capability


14. FRANCE

1.Country Overview


Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √



France Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for France. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments


• French Bank Account Statement Upload (CFONB 120).

Payment Formats

• French Check Format.

• French Domestic Electronic Fund Transfer Format - CFONB160

• Payables Drafts – Bills Of Exchange.

Payment Methods

• Receivables Drafts - Bills of Exchange.



Accounting Methods

• French Chart Of Accounts.

Book Keeping Rules

• Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards .


• Ability to setup document sequencing

Fiscal Valuation


• Fixed Asset French Depreciation Methods.


• Subledger Trial Balance reports ("Grands Livres Auxiliaires").

Transaction Tax

VAT

• Company and Third Parties Tax Registration Numbers and Identification.

• French VAT on payment ("encaissement").

• Tax Registration Number (TRN) validation).


• DAS2 Electronic Filling (French Withholding Tax).


Human Resources






Regulated Transactions

Movement of Goods Tracking

• Intrastat Reporting.





French


4. HRMS

a.Human Resources Capture & report Employer details in accordance with country legal requirements



Description Organizations in France are required to capture organization details so they can meet Francespecific legislative requirements when processing HR and Payroll transactions and statutory reports. It is necessary to record certain details for internal and external organizations such as the company and establishment details.




Organization Details A set of information to support French organization external or internal has been delivered. The following company and establishment details are captured: SIREN, SIRET, URSSAF, NAF, ASSEDIC codes.



Requirement Name Record details of Employees and their Employment.


Description Organizations in France are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All French businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities.






Social Security Number: Social Security number is available with validation for France. There is validation in place against the date of birth, and department of birth.Names and Title: Names format is correctly catered for France. Address details: French Address format is delivered with the INSEE CODE, Postal Code, and Department name.Additional Person Details: A number of additional personal details can be captured for French statutory HCM processing requirements. These are, Date First Entered France, CPAM name, Military Service, Disability information, COTOREP, Nominees for Office, and Representative person. Contract Information: In order to manage contract information additional data can be recorded such as: type of contract (shot term, long term) etc. contract category, probation period.Collective Agreements: To support French collective agreement, information linked with establishments has been added.Additional Period of service information: in order to provide mandatory reports for when an employee is hired or terminated, thefollowing information can be recorded: Starting Reason, Ending Reason, Qualification Level, Type of Work, Employee Status,Affiliation to Alsace-Moselle DSS, Relationship with MD, Notice Period Start Date, Notice Period End Date, Last Day Work, FinalPayment Schedule, Covered by Social Plan, Last Full Time Day Worked, Date attestation ASSEDIC Run, Authorization Date.


5. Financials

a. Payments French Bank Account Statement Upload (CFONB 120)

Requirement Name French Bank Account Statement Upload (CFONB 120)


Description Uploading information directly from the bank reduces the likelihood of data inconsistency and avoids the need for manual entry of transactions. The content of these formats is determined by the French Banking Standard Board ("Comité français d'organisation et de normalisation bancaires" - CFONB).





Bank Account Statement Upload CFONB 120

The bank statement information file in the national standard CFONB 120 format is loaded into the Bank Statement Open Interface tables using the Bank Statement Loader program. The automated bank statement upload process takes transaction details directly from your bank account and uploads them electronically into the ERP. It can then be processed through automatic and manual clearing.


French Check Format

Requirement Name French Check Format


Description France uses a Country specific standard format for checks. The content and the layout of this format is determined by the French Banking Standard Board ("Comité français d'organisation et de normalisation bancaires" - CFONB) .




French Check Format This check format is compliant with the printed check format standard edicted by the French Banking Standard Board ("Comité Francais d'Organisation et de Normalisation Bancaire" - CFONB) who sets the French National Standards for Payments used by all banks and companies doing business in France. This format is normally used to pay one invoice per check. It works in conjunction with the standard payment process.


French Check Format (Stub After Payment) - Lettre chèque

Oracle Payables provides checks in standard French format as defined by the French Banking Standard Board ("Comité Francais d'Organisation et de Normalisation Bancaire" - CFONB) who sets the French National Standards for Payments used by all banks and companies doing business in France. This payment method and format support consolidated invoices payments, including users option for the maximum number of invoices to be selected and paid per check. The letter attached to the check lists all invoices paid by each check.



French Domestic Electronic Fund Transfer Format - CFONB 160

Requirement Name French Domestic Electronic Fund Transfer Format - CFONB 160


Description Companies in France frequently pay their suppliers via bank transfers. These bank transfers can be performed by using standard file formats. The content of these formats is defined by the French Banking Standards Board ("Comité français d'organisation et de normalisation bancaires" - CFONB). The Domestic bank transfer file has records of 160 characters length and is called "Remises informatisées d'ordres de virements au format 160c".




Domestic Electronic Fund Transfer Format CFONB 160 (AP)

The French Payables Bank Transfer program works in conjunction with the standard payment process. It generates for Domestic payments an Electronic Fund Transfer file using the CFONB Format 160 ready to be sent to French banks, transmitting orders to pay French Suppliers. The French Banking Standard Board ("Comité Francais d'Organisation et de Normalisation Bancaire" - CFONB) is setting French Standards for payment formats.


Payables Drafts – Bills Of Exchange

Requirement Name Payables Drafts – Bills Of Exchange


Description A Bill of Exchange or a Promissory Note is a commitment to pay at a future date. This payment method requires specific accounting schema for each status it goes through, from issued, to matured, to cleared.




French Bill Of Exchange / Promissory Note Format

The French Payables Bills of Exchange Format allows the user to physically generate promissory notes for a batch payment. Oracle provides promissory notes in standard French business format and details the invoices that make up each promissory note in an attached letter.



Receivables Drafts - Bills of Exchange

Requirement Name Receivables Drafts - Bills of Exchange


Description A Bill of Exchange or a Promissory Note is a commitment to pay at a future date. This payment method which requires specific accounting schema, can be normal or early/factored remitted to bank, needs to be included in credit checking and processed for risk elimination once cleared.




French Bills Receivable Remittance Format -CFONB 160

The French Bills Receivable Bank Remittance is used to transmit electronically Bills Receivable to the bank. The French Bills Receivable Bank Remittance creates a magnetic file as required by French CFONB 160 standards.

Global Capability










Global Capability



Global Capability

b. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book French Chart Of Accounts

Requirement Name French Chart Of Accounts


Description The French national accounting regulation enforces a Statutory Standard Chart of Accounts. It is used for daily Bookkeeping and reporting and also required for Year-End statutory reporting and fiscal filling.




French Chart Of Accounts A French Chart Of Accounts is provided in the system. It allows quick and easy French Legal Entities accounting setup, and consistent support of legal accounting reporting.

Global Capability










Global Capability










Global Capability








Document Sequencing Oracle Financials allows numbering subledger documents and journal entries, always per ledger, by means of the following sequences: -The document sequence allows numbering documents entered in the subledger. -The accounting sequence allows numbering journal entries when the journal entry is created.

Global Capability


-The reporting sequence allows numbering journal entries by the general ledger accounting period closing process.

Fixed Asset French Depreciation Methods

Requirement Name Fixed Asset French Depreciation Methods


Description French depreciation methods that can be defined using the standard module include "Amortissement Linéaire Pro Rata Temporis", "Amortissement Dégressif Fiscal" (Declining), and "Amortissement Dérogatoire".




Fixed Asset French Depreciation Methods

The French fiscal depreciation methods can be defined using Oracle Fixed Assets standard product. They include "Amortissement Linéaire Pro Rata Temporis", "Amortissement Dégressif Fiscal" (Declining), and "Amortissement Dérogatoire".This last method is similar to the standard Declining Balance vs Straight Line.The difference is that in France the first year is considered at a full year; the Depreciation in the economic book begins at the first day of utilization of the asset. In the statutory book the Depreciation begins at the first day of the purchase date. If the asset is retired the provision for Derogatory Depreciation has to be reversed if the asset is not fully depreciated.The system calculates the Derogatory difference in deprecation between Corporate vs. Fiscal Book and creates accounting entries for the difference.

Global Capability

Global Fixed Assets Reports

Oracle Fixed Asset Reports Libary and Rxi Report Generator are used to produce French statutory reports including Cerfa 2054 and 2055 fiscal reports content.

Global Capability

Subledger Trial Balance reports ("Grands Livres Auxiliaires")

Requirement Name Subledger Trial Balance reports ("Grands Livres Auxiliaires")


Description The Customers and Suppliers Trial Balance reports are statutory accounting reports in France. They show per Legal Entity and per accounting period the beginning balance, the detail activity accounted, and the ending balance per Third party and per Account.







Global Capability

c. Transaction Tax

Company and Third Parties Tax Registration Numbers and Identification

Requirement Name Company and Third Parties Tax Registration Numbers and Identification


Description For all fillings (VAT, Fiscal, Accounting, Withholding) Companies and their Establishments aswell as Third Parties need to be uniquely and exactly identified. Those identifiers are required for paper and magnetic reporting to the Tax Authorities.




Company and Establishment National Registration Numbers (SIREN, SIRET)

When setting up a company structure in EBS, it is required to enter the French company registration number (SIREN), and for each establishment its unique national registration number (SIRET). SIREN and SIRET can also be entered for Third Parties in Identification numbers at Party and Party Site level.


Domestic and European VAT Registration Numbers

When setting up a French company in EBS, its domestic VAT Registration Number must be entered as well as its European VAT Registration Number(s). eBTax supports several Tax Registration Numbers per Company depending upon the Tax Method and Jurisdiction. Domestic and European VAT Registration Numbers can also be entered for Third Parties in eBTax. Those VAT identification numbers are used for Invoicing and reporting (for both domestic and intra-European Union).

Global Capability


French VAT on payment ("encaissement")

Requirement Name French VAT on payment ("encaissement")


Description French VAT uses both Invoice Tax Point Date and Payment Tax Point Date. In the second case, accounting to interim VAT account needs to be done at the time of invoice. Final accounting (either to Collected VAT for Output VAT, or Deductible VAT for Input Tax) is done at the time of payment. VAT reporting is done accordingly.




French VAT on payment ("encaissement")

eBTax allows to setup rules and Tax Rates with an option of Deferred on Payment ("encaissement" in French). Sub Ledger Accounting applies a specific accounting schema in this case, using a VAT interim account at invoice time which is offset at payment time to be posted to the final VAT account (Collected VAT in AR, Deductible VAT in AP). In the case of Receivables Drafts (future dated), the interim VAT account offset is based on Maturity date or on early remittance date. Payables Drafts are reported as 'Deductible' on Maturity date.











Global Capability


DAS2 Electronic Filling (French Withholding Tax)

Requirement Name DAS2 Electronic Filling (French Withholding Tax)


Description Legal Entities registered in France are required to submit a yearly declaration on payments made to non employees such as individual contractors or single owner companies. DAS2 Electronic filling is for France an equivalent to USA 1099 withholding filling.




DAS2 Electronic Filling (French Withholding Tax)

The DAS2 Electronic filling for Contractors (French Withholding) allows companies to record payments made to individual contractors or single owner companies, to classify them according to fiscal categories, and report them to the French Income Revenue Service. EBS supports statutory Suppliers identification information required to file on payments made to them. It includes controlling amounts reported, sending confirmation letters to Suppliers, and generating the file to be sent to the Income Revenue Service Tax Authority.


6. Supply chain Management a. Regulated Transactions

Intrastat Reporting

Requirement Name Intrastat Reporting Product Family Supply Chain Management Description Intrastat is the declaration for imports and exports between countries

belonging to the European Union. Functional Category Regulated Transactions - Movement of Goods Tracking Requirement Type Legal Requirement


Intrastat Reporting This Oracle Movement Statistics solution provides the functionality for collecting statistics associated with the movement of goods across international borders, thus catering to the Intrastat information and reporting requirements of the European Union. Moreover, the Oracle Movement Statistics solution allows creating a data export file with all the necessary information required in order to perform legal declarations via

Global Capability


electronic means, including Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) and Intrastat Data Entry Package (IDEP).

15. GERMANY



Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √



Germany Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Germany. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials



• Advanced Collections

Payments

Payment Methods

• German Direct Debit

• German Payment Letters

• German Payment Methods

• Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA)


Book Keeping Rules

• Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone



• Ability to support IFRS 'International Financial Reporting Standards'

• Comply with German Accounting Regulations

• Support local "Chart Of Accounts"(COA) and Support user definable COA


• Audit File

Fiscal Valuation

• German Asset Summary Report


• Central Bank Reporting (Z4 Register)

• GL Journal Details (Sequencing Control)

• Z5A and Reconciliation Report

Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods

• European Sales Listing

VAT

• Preliminary VAT Declaration Report

• Tax Registration Number (TRN) validation





German

4. HRMS




Description Organization details must be maintained and comply with Germany-specific legislative requirements when processing HR and Payroll transactions and statutory reports. It is necessary to create organizations in line with the complex German rules for internal work structures, and easily keep track of additional details for


external organizations such as the providers of health and pension insurance.




Organization Details Organizations and Organizational Structure: Oracle HRMS for Germany provides functionality to record details for internal and external organizations applicable to HR and payroll processes in Germany. Internal Organizations: You can represent any number of different hierarchies within an organisation each with its own Employer Details, departments and subdivisions. You can also hold additional information such as the Employer and Payroll Betriebsnumber, the DEUV for external run payrolls and the tax office details and employer's tax reference. The Employer's Social Insurance number for SI-providers and the Default Health Insurance provider details can also be recorded. Worker's liability insurance details are kept against the employer. Employees can only be assigned to a provider that is assigned to the employer at this level. The default provider and the default class of risk as well as membership number and contribution calculation information for reporting purposes are also held at the Employer level in the organisation hierarchy. External Organizations: External organisations' details can be held on the system. Oracle provides the following classifications: German mandatory health/special care insurance provider. German mandatory pension insurance provider.





Description Organizations in Germany are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All German businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. Required data includes social


insurance and tax details, workers liability insurance and residence permit information.





It is important to be able to track employment details specific to Germany so that accurate data is available for payroll processing. Details that can be held at the Assignment level are: Social insurance; Statutory data capture for mandatory social insurance as well as voluntary insurance • Legal Area (West/East) • Contribution and Occupation keys • People class Insuance: Details of the Insurance providers for each type of insurance and also the facility to hold additional information for employees with Private Health and Voluntary Pension insurance. Cross validation between the information according to the DEÜV regulations. Tax details: • Tax details for one calendar year • The tax year end process will update the information for the following year and set the tax class to 6 where necessary • Tax class and tax card issuing information • Tax-free and additional taxable income • Statutory church information necessary to calculate the church taxes Workers liability insurance: 'Statutory information' capture for the reporting to the workers liability insurance with defaulting via the primary hierarchy mechanism. Bank account and payment methods: Payment method for German direct deposits and details held with the German format of 8 digits for the Bank Code and 10 digits for the Bank account number.




Person: Many items of personal data must be recorded in accordance with German specific formats. The following are included in the German localization: • Names, Name extensions according to the DEÜV regulations and Prefix including the LOV • Hereditary title, previous name, name at birth • German Address format. • Second nationality Information can be held on Military service such as the Type of Service and the Time spent in service. Employment data can also be held with German specific formats, including the Social insurance number,(with validation), and the European Social Insurance number. Germany has many migrant workers both from within and from outside the EU. It is important to be able to track the legality of these workers. Oracle allows the capture of the following data required for this purpose: Work & residence permit and military service, with the ability to capture additional information if necessary Residence permit information and additional information for Work permit information and comments. Disability data is held to allow the production of the statutory disability reporting. A person's Qualifications can be held with additional details per Subject. Incidents at work can be recorded and statistical reports produced.


5. Financials

a. Local Business Standards

Advanced Collections

Requirement Name Advanced Collections


Description The requirement is to support advanced collections standard business practices for preparation and generation of Dunning Letters in Western Europe.




Advanced Collections - Pre- List Form

Feature provides a pre-list of dunning letters expected to be generated at customer, account and bill-to and delinquency level in a form, with the ability to display / edit and exclude dunning from this pre-list.

Add-on Localization


Advanced Collections - Pre- List Report

Feature provides a report to print the dunning pre-list in draft mode and final mode.

Add-on Localization

Advanced Collections - Printing of Dunning Letters

Feature provides a specific concurrent program which can be used to generate the dunning letters and send the dunning letters to a range of customers.

Add-on Localization

b. Payments German Direct Debit

Requirement Name German Direct Debit


Description A direct debit is an instruction to a bank to collect an amount directly from another account. This method is very popular within Germany as it allows quick and easy payments. German requirements for Direct Debit Management are: a) Support the Electronic German domestic Direct Debit format called DTAUS. b) Generate a bank remittance coversheet to go along with the EFT.

Functional Category




German Direct Debit Format

First, the DTAUS (Paperless money transfer with German banks) EFT format is created by Bank for customers paying by Direct Debit, and then the EFT format is sent electronically to the bank with the corresponding Remittance coversheet to ensure consistency between the file content and the remittance.


German Payment Letters

Requirement Name German Payment Letters



Description EFT Payment or Wire Payment Formats have a restricted field size where invoice information can be displayed. This makes the actual number of invoices, which can be paid by a single payment somewhat dependent on the actual payment format. The production of a Separate Remittance Advice is necessary in Germany whenever the EFT format is used and the detailed record section is not capable of listing all transactions.

Functional Category




Payables Separate Payment Letter

Is used to create a separate payment letter for suppliers who have more than a specified number of invoices that are paid in a given payment batch. The report notifies the supplier of the currency that the payment was made in, the number of invoices paid in this particular payment batch, and the bank account and bank branch number that the payment was made to. This report is ordered by supplier site and then by invoice date within supplier site.

Global Capability

German Payment Methods

Requirement Name German Payment Methods


Description The most common Payment methods in use in Germany are EFT (Electronic Funds Transfers), Check and Wire.The EFT format must follow format (DTAUS for Domestic Payments, DTAZV for International Payments) as defined by the German Banking Association.

Functional Category




German AP Payment Method - Check

The "German Payables Check Print" report produces checks for all invoices that you selected for a given payment batch. The amount is printed in German language.

Global Capability


German AP Payment Method - Wire

The German Payables Wire Print report produces bank transfers for all invoices that you select for a given payment batch.

Global Capability

German AP Payment Methods - EFT

The "German International EFT Payment" allows German International Payments from a German bank using a diskette. The "German Domestic EFT Payment" format allows domestic (German Inland) payments from a German bank using a diskette. You can also print an accompanying letter for each EFT payment batch in Oracle Payables.

Global Capability





Functional Category






Global Capability



Global Capability

c. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone







Time Zone Support The Legal Entity Time Zone support gives the option to record transactions by referring to the time zone of the legal entity involved rather than a single worldwide location. It means that you can for example, select to have a rolling close, which allows you to close periods in relation to the local date, or you can continue to use a single world-wide reference when period close should take place. With the "User preferred timezone" time zone feature each user can specify their time zone preference, and the system will honor this preference for display and entry of date with time fields in interactive

Global Capability


UIs (reports are excluded), while the data in the database continues to be stored in the standard corporate time zone.









Global Capability










Global Capability


Comply with German Accounting Regulations

Requirement Name Comply with German Accounting Regulations


Description German companies should comply with the German Accounting Law Modernization Act (BilMoG) wich is an alternative to the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).




Comply with German Accounting Standards

Oracle Financial R12 has been certified by PwC (PricewaterhouseCoopers) against the German Accounting Standards.

Global Capability

Support local "Chart Of Accounts"(COA) and Support user definable COA

Requirement Name Support local "Chart Of Accounts"(COA) and Support user definable COA


Description Ability to record accounting transactions in accordance to the local chart of accounts regulations. Users want the flexibility to define a COA according to company needs.




Accounting Flexfield Oracle General Ledger gives a complete control in designing company chart of accounts based on legal requirements, business industry requirements and any level of detail required. The chart of accounts can be tailored with up to 30 segments and 25 characters per segment. Any account in the chart of accounts can be secured to prevent unauthorized access and viewing of sensitive financial data.

Global Capability

Audit File

Requirement Name Audit File



Description Companies is Germany must provide an audit file (GDPdU) to the tax authorities.GDPdU ("Grundsätze zum Datenzugriff und zur Prüfbarkeit digitaler Unterlagen") dictate the requirements for extracting tax related data. The abbreviation GDPdU stands for guidelines on data access and verifiability of digitalized documents.




GDPdU audit file The generation of the GDPdU data in an xml file can be provided by a partner solution. (Oracle partner Primus/Dephi).

Partner

German Asset Summary Report

Requirement Name German Asset Summary Report


Description In Germany, each company has to justify at the end of each financial year the value of the owned fixed assets.




German Asset Summary Report

The Asset Summary report lists information related to assets in a summary format as it is required by law. At the same time this report allows the reconciliation between Fixed Assets and the amounts in General Ledger.

Add-on Localization

Central Bank Reporting (Z4 Register)

Requirement Name Fixed Assets Depreciation Plan Report (specific format and detailed information)


Description The requirement is to provide a Fixed Assets Depreciation Plan Report, in a specific format with specific detailed information being shown.





Fixed Assets Depreciation Plan Report (specific format and detailed information)

Feature provides a Depreciation Plan Report - This report uses standard what-if functionality to print reports in 3 different layouts - No Cost Center details, no Asset details - Asset Level details, no Cost Center details - Cost Center Details, no Asset details

Add-on Localization

Requirement Name Central Bank Reporting (Z4 Register)


Description Companies must submit statistical reports to the national bank (Deutsche Bundesbank).The required reporting details all payments through residents' accounts held with non-resident financial institutions as well as payments related to netting and clearing arrangements




German Central Bank Z4 Report

The Z4 statistical reporting as required by the Deutsche Bundesbank lists all the payables to and receivables from foreign customers/vendors.

Add-on Localization

GL Journal Details (Sequencing Control)

Requirement Name GL Journal Details (Sequencing Control)


Description The requirement is to be able to verify that the GL journals are in sequence by journal posting date.




GL Journal Details Report

The 'Journal Details Report' helps users in verifying that the journals are sequenced by posted date, as per the prevailing legal requirement. To aim at the correct sequencing of journals, the GL accounting sequence is setup to generate the sequence at time of journal posting. The report can be generated daily or for a range of posting dates and it shows all details of the sequenced journals

Add-on Localization

Z5A and Reconciliation Report


Requirement Name Z5A and Reconciliation Report


Description This reporting as required by the German Central Bank (Deutsche Bundesbank) is to show all the open receivables and liabilities for goods and service trade with foreign non-banks. The reporting can be on paper or electronically.




Z5A reporting and Reconciliation Report

This report shows the amount in detail per customer/supplier and per transaction/invoice number as on date for a fast and reliable reconciliation. The reconciliation report is used to reconcile the aggregate amounts of the Z5A report.

Add-on Localization

d. Transaction Tax European Sales Listing



Description The European Sales List is the declaration of goods and services that are sold within the European Union to other VAT Registered Customers in other European Union member states. Germany also requires an electronic file in XML format for upload of the European Sales Listing data to the tax authority website.






Global Capability


It produces a file using XML tags and structure, for electronic transmission to the tax authority website as per the new 2010 VAT Reporting regulations.

Add-on Localization

Preliminary VAT Declaration Report


Requirement Name Preliminary VAT Declaration Report


Description This requirement is to produce a report to help prepare the VAT declaration.




Preliminary VAT Declaration Report

For the selected period, the report displays the summary of all transactions for each tax rate code. The report is produced only in the ledger currency for your ledger. Foreign currency transactions use the exchange rate applied to the invoice when the invoice was entered into AP/AR/GL. Only those transactions, which were transferred to GL, are included in the report.

Add-on Localization








Tax Registration (TRN) - VAT number validation


Global Capability

VAT Detail Reconciliation Report

Requirement Name VAT Detail Reconciliation Report


Description This report is needed to reconcile the calculated tax with the entered tax. The report must also compare the revenue/cost amount with the tax amount.





Payables VAT Reconciliation Detail Report

This report helps you produce monthly, quarterly, and annual VAT declarations. The report provides a detail listing of all transactions posted to each VAT account. The report ensures that reported VAT amounts are correct, and reconciled with the VAT account in the General Ledger. The report is produced only in the ledger currency for your ledger. Foreign currency transactions use the exchange rate applied to the invoice when the invoice was entered into AP/AR/GL.

Add-on Localization

VAT Detailed Transactions Report

Requirement Name VAT Detailed Transactions Report


Description Such a report is required by accountants for detailed analysis purposes. The report must display all taxable transactions, which were entered in for the selected period.




VAT Detailed Transactions Report

The report displays all the transactions, which were entered in AP, AR and GL for the selected period. The reporting is produced only in the ledger currency for your ledger. Foreign currency transactions use the exchange rate applied to the invoice when the invoice was entered into AP/AR/GL.

Add-on Localization

VAT Reporting for On-Account Receipts

Requirement Name VAT Reporting for On-Account Receipts


Description In Germany, VAT is recorded on prepayments received from customers (deposits). Subsequent invoices should have VAT amounts adjusted for the VAT that has already been paid on the deposit.




German VAT for On- Account Receipts

The German VAT for On-Account Receipts report gives details of all On-account receipt transactions that are assigned a tax code for a period. This report also shows the customer name and bill to site with details of applied and unapplied on-account receipts. This report is also a source document for creating a manual journal in Oracle General Ledger to update the VAT clearing and liability accounts for on-account receipts.


VAT Transactions Reconciliation Report


Requirement Name VAT Transactions Reconciliation Report


Description This report is needed to find out all the transactions where the accounted tax amount is different from the calculated tax amount for a selected period.




VAT Transactions with Difference Report

This is used to find out all the transactions, where the accounted tax amount is different from the calculated tax amount for the selected period. The calculated tax amount is calculated based on the net value and the entered tax rate. The entered tax amount is the actual tax amount entered in the transaction. The reason for the difference could be due to a manual tax line in the invoice or the user might have changed the tax amount manually.The report is produced only in the ledger currency for your ledger. Foreign currency transactions use the exchange rate applied to the invoice when the invoice was entered into AP/AR/GL.

Add-on Localization



Intrastat Reporting

Requirement Name Intrastat Reporting


Description Intrastat is the declaration for imports and exports between countries belonging to the European Union.





Intrastat Reporting This Oracle Movement Statistics solution provides the functionality for collecting statistics associated with the movement of goods across international borders, thus catering to the Intrastat information and reporting requirements of the European Union. Moreover, the Oracle Movement Statistics solution allows creating a data export file with all the necessary information required in order to perform legal declarations via electronic means, including Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) and Intrastat Data Entry Package (IDEP).

Global Capability

16. GREECE

1. Country Overview Functional Categories for Financials Oracle

Payments √


Transaction Tax √

Functional Categories for Supply Chain Management Oracle




Greece Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Greece. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments

Payment Methods

• Greek Bills Receivable Receipt Report. • Payables and Receivables Guarantee Processing. • Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA).

Payment Reporting

• Greek Bills Receivable Submission Report. • Greek Customer Receipt Report.


Accounting Methods

• Accounting Implementation. • Accounting Sequencing.

Book Keeping Rules

• Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards. • Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone. • Elimination of Price Variance Accounting (IPV). • Legal Documents. • Purchase Orders, Payables invoices, Receivables invoices accounting. • Year-End Closing for the Income and Balance Accounts.


• Statutory Trial Balance File. • Trial Balance with unposted Transactions. • Turnover Reporting. • VAT - Greek Tax Audit Report.


• Asset Cost Detail Report. • Asset Ledger Report. • Asset Reserve Detail Report. • Greek Account Analysis by Account Report. • Greek Analytical Daily Journal Book. • Greek Customer/Supplier Subledger by Accounts. • Greek GL Analytical Ledger Report. • Greek Statutory General Ledger Trial Balance Report.


Transaction Tax

VAT







Greek

4. Financials

a. Payments Greek Bills Receivable Receipt Report

Requirement Name

Greek Bills Receivable Receipt Report


Description Every time a bill receivable is given to the company from a customer, a receipt must be printed and signed by both parties. The receipt must include all customer address data and all bills receivables data.




Greek Bills Receivable Receipt Report

Greek Bills Receivable Receipt Report provides the customer with a receipt for all bills receivables presented to settle their account on a daily basis. It is in the form of a receipt note with Customer information including Account Number, Name, address, tax registration number and Bills Receivables information

Add-on Localization

Payables and Receivables Guarantee Processing

Requirement Name Payables and Receivables Guarantee Processing



Description In Greece, it is a common business practice to issue and receive guarantee letters.Letters of Guarantee are issued to provide the beneficiary with security. The bank issues the type of guarantees requested by applicants and undertakes the responsibility for applicant's failure in fulfillment of an obligation, or payment of a debt.




AP/AR Guarantee Processing

The Greek Letters of Guarantee solution comprises: Letters of Guarantee Types Form. Use this form to define New Guarantee Types. The Guarantee Letter Type defines whether it is issued by your company or if it is received by your company.Guarantee Letters Master File form is used to enter the information about the guarantee letters received or issued.Guarantee letters Transactions form is used to perform transactions on an existing guarantee letters.

Add-on Localization










A SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT) is a payment instrument used in order to perform credit transfers in Euros between customer payments accounts located in the SEPA area. The supported SEPA Credit Transfer process is based on the UNIFI (ISO 20022)message standards and in accordance to the European Payment Council (EPC) rulebook and implementation guidelines version 5.0.

Global Capability


Global Capability

Greek Bills Receivable Submission Report

Requirement Name Greek Bills Receivable Submission Report


Description Each time bills receivables remittances are sent to a bank for receipt, an accompanying document must be printed including all the bills receivables data.

Functional Category Payments - Payment Reporting



Bills Receivable By Status Report

The Bills Receivable By Status report allows to review historical information for existing bills receivable. The report shows amounts, history, drawees, and other detailed information for bills receivable transactions.The Bills Receivable By Status report is an RXi report that has one default attribute set. The attribute set sorts bills receivable by functional currency, status and transaction type, and prints transaction type and status subtotals in the functional currency.

Global Capability

Greek Customer Receipt Report

Requirement Name Greek Customer Receipt Report


Description Whenever payment is received from a customer, a receipt must be printed, in duplicate so that one can be given to the customer and the other one to be kept for company's records.





Receipt Acknowledgement Letter

Oracle Receivables produces a separate receipt acknowledgment for each receipt currency. You can produce: A receipt acknowledgment on request. A copy of receipt acknowledgment. You can match a receipt in a different currency to the invoice that the receipt is applied to when you manually enter a receipt.


b. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Accounting Implementation

Requirement Name Accounting Implementation


Description Greek accounting regulations require transactions to be recorded with the necessary granularity level.




Subledger Accounting Subledger Accounting provides an accounting system for Oracle subledger applications, including Oracle Payables, Oracle Receivables and Oracle Inventory that satisfies countries' business and legal requirements. Subledger Accounting satisfies the following basic business and legal needs: define the appropriate granularity level of Greek accounting rules per ledger to be compliant with accounting regulations; define different accounting rules per ledger in order to create different accounting representations from the same business transaction; perform synchronous multiple ledger accounting, to comply with legal and fiscal audit requirements; store all accounting entries in the same structure and format for all subledgers; reconcile your subledger accounting system with General Ledger; enter manual journal entries in General Ledger.

Global Capability


Accounting Sequencing

Requirement Name Accounting Sequencing


Description Greek accounting requirements specify that each accounting transaction entered either directly in General Ledger, or in Subledgers (Payables, Receivables, Inventory etc) have a unique sequential number at header level, called the Accounting Sequence Number and is assigned when the transaction is complete. The accounting sequence requirements dictate that numbers must be unique within and across ledgers; they are to be automatically allocated upon posting; and assigned numbers must be gapless. Finally, statutory reports must order transactions by date and sequence number. One or more sequence for each Fiscal Year could be used. Options are: - One sequence - for all accounting transactions - Two sequences - one for Accounting entries for the Opening and Closing Fiscal Year transactions and one for remaining accounting transactions. - Three sequences – one for Accounting entries for the Opening and Closing Fiscal Year transactions, one for non opening-closing accounting transactions including "general" natural accounts and one for non opening-closing accounting transactions including "analytical" natural accounts. Once a number is assigned to a transaction it may not be altered.





Global Capability











Global Capability









Global Capability

Elimination of Price Variance Accounting (IPV)

Requirement Name Elimination of Price Variance Accounting (IPV)


Description According to the Greek Code of Books and Records, when matching an AP Invoice to a PO/Receipt for an inventory item, if there is a price difference between them, the variance amount must be added to the line AP Accrual Account.






Global Capability

Legal Documents

Requirement Name Legal Documents


Description When official documents such as bill of ladings, invoices, credit invoices etc are printed, a transaction series within which a sequential numbering is assigned must be specified. Since these documents also hold their accounting date information, a check must be performed that no documents that carry a prior accounting date will be printed.




Legal Documents Greek Legal Documents is a solution that produces and maintains official documents with or without electronic signature. These documents represent movement of items from-to customers, from-to or between inventory organization, from-to vendors and all AR transactions. This solution consists of three forms and one report. Legal document setup form is used for setup for legal documents printing and cancellation. Legal document print form is used for legal documents printing. Legal document cancellation form is used for cancellation.The Legal Documents Report is used for Legal document printing and cancellation of document printing output. Additional functionality of this feature, allows users and printers to be assigned to a specific transaction series.

Add-on Localization


Purchase Orders, Payables invoices, Receivables invoices accounting

Requirement Name Purchase Orders, Payables invoices, Receivables invoices accounting


Description In Greece it is required to record accounting at a detailed level of granularity for subledger transactions: PO Receipt, Accrual Account, PO Delivery, Charge Account, Accrual Account for Freight/Miscellaneous, AP Credit Memo matched to Invoice, Control of Accounts, AP Invoice Matched to Receipt, Control of Accrual Account, AR Invoice Accounting, revenue and discount accounts, Sales Order Issue, Material Account, Internal Requisition, Material Account, Intransit InterOrganization Transfer, Material Account, Miscellaneous Transaction, Material Account.





Global Capability

Year-End Closing for the Income and Balance Accounts

Requirement Name Year-End Closing for the Income and Balance Accounts


Description At the end of the fiscal year, Income accounts must be closed to determine the profit & loss amount and then balance sheet accounts must be closed, transferring their balances to the new fiscal year.





Year-End Close Process The year-end close process generates the closing journal entries for Income and Balance accounts. The journal entries can be generated in two different ways: a) accumulating the amount in debit and credit, b) netting the amount between debit and credit in case the debit is greater and netting the amount between credit and debit in case the credit is greater.

Global Capability

Statutory Trial Balance File

Requirement Name Statutory Trial Balance File


Description Once a year a statutory trial balance file in a specific format must be produced and sent to the Tax Authorities. This trial balance includes all the transactions of a financial year except yearend closing General Ledger entries.




Statutory Trial Balance File

The Greek Statutory Trial Balance file represents the trial balance report according to Greek Legal and business requirements. It allows the user to submit the fiscal trial balance information to the Greek tax authorities, as per the format defined by the Tax Authorities. This report will produce a text file in the required format with the VAT registration number and period. The report will be run either for one balancing segment or for all balancing segments, summarized by natural account. The produced file will be submitted to the tax authorities and contains balances before closing entries. The file is published with XML Publisher, which allows the implementer to adapt the formats to the company's specific needs.

Add-on Localization

Trial Balance with unposted Transactions

Requirement Name Trial Balance with unposted Transactions


Description It is required to have a trial balance showing unposted journals along with the posted journals. The report must be available on a daily basis whenever Tax Authorities auditors visit a company for auditing.





Trial Balance with unposted Transactions

Greek Trial Balance with Unposted Transactions displays the Unposted and Posted Journals in the Trial balance for the transacted account codes for balances brought forward from the previous year, previous period balances & current period balances for a particular GL Access Set. All account level data are displayed.

Add-on Localization

Turnover Reporting

Requirement Name Turnover Reporting


Description Turnover reporting summarizes purchases and sales from specific suppliers and customers. This information should be gathered at the end of the fiscal year in an electronic file with a predefined format compliant with the legal requirement.




Turnover Reporting The Greek Turnover reporting feature summarizes purchases and sales from specific suppliers and customers. In the exclusion rules supplier/customer types, invoice/transaction types and/or invoice/transaction distribution line types are defined and consequently excluded from the Payables and Receivables turnover reporting.

Add-on Localization

VAT - Greek Tax Audit Report

Requirement Name VAT - Greek Tax Audit Report


Description In Greece it is required to submit the VAT report to the Greek Tax authorities including all incoming and outgoing tax balances with Tax codes and accounts. The report should detail the Invoices in Accounts Payable and Accounts Receivable, for which tax codes are assigned.




VAT - Greek Tax Audit Report

Greek Tax Audit Report is used by the Greek tax authorities. It includes all incoming and outgoing tax balances with Tax Codes and Accounts. The report details Accounts Payable, Accounts Receivable and General Ledger for each GL account separately (only GL accounts which are applied to Greece VAT types and reported to the Greece tax authority). Calculated Tax, Real Tax and Variance of both have to be displayed in this report.

Add-on Localization


Asset Cost Detail Report

Requirement Name Asset Cost Detail Report


Description In Greece, companies are required to submit statutory summary and detailed reports on fixed asset costs and accumulated depreciation.




Fixed Assets Cost Detail Report

Oracle Fixed Assets provides the Asset Cost Detail Report to see period changes in fixed asset costs. The report provides additions, revaluations, retirements, reclassifications, cost adjustments and ending balances on all fixed assets.


Asset Ledger Report

Requirement Name Asset Ledger Report


Description In Greece, companies are required to submit statutory summary and detailed reports on fixed asset costs and accumulated depreciation.




Asset Ledger Report The Asset Ledger Report provides summarized asset cost, accumulated depreciation and net book value information per asset. It is designed to reconcile the Asset Reserve Detail Report and the Asset Cost Detail Report with the General Ledger account balances. It can optionally be summarized by parent account. XML Publisher is used to publish the actual output allowing customers to update the default template and create their own template.



Asset Reserve Detail Report

Requirement Name Asset Reserve Detail Report


Description In Greece, companies are required to submit statutory summary and detailed reports on fixed asset costs and accumulated depreciation. The following are the key benefits of this solution: 1) Capitalize on global opportunities with an integrated ERP system which provides summary and detailed reports on fixed asset costs and accumulated depreciation to help meet Greek statutory reporting regulations. 2) Build a smarter business by providing information on changes in the fixed accumulated depreciation. 3) Drive enterprise profitability by quickly reconciling your fixed asset books with your General Ledger account balances.




Asset Reserve Detail Report

The Asset Reserve Detail Report provides the following information on changes in fixed asset accumulated depreciation per asset: cost beginning balance, depreciation reserve beginning balance, depreciation, revaluation, retirement, reclassification, adjustment, depreciation reserve ending balance. It is designed to reconcile the Asset Ledger report and Asset Cost Detail report with General Ledger account balances. The report can optionally be summarized by parent account.XML Publisher is used to publish the actual output allowing customers to update the default template and create their owntemplate.


Greek Account Analysis by Account Report

Requirement Name Greek Account Analysis by Account Report


Description The Greek Tax Authorities require an account analysis report with the results based on GL Account.






This report provides analysis for each GL Line reported with details of sub ledger information (where applicable). The report prints the amount in Functional Currency and Transaction currency. Debit amounts and Credit amounts are displayed in different columns. Sub ledger details (where applicable) are also displayed in the report.The report can be run from any GL date to any GL date or from any GL Period to any GL Period.

Add-on Localization

Greek Analytical Daily Journal Book

Requirement Name Greek Analytical Daily Journal Book


Description Greek companies are required by legislation to maintain the audit trail of transactions between General Ledger and the subledgers. They must report the transaction information to the tax authority before it has been transferred from the Subledgers to the General Ledger.




General GL Journal The Greek General GL Journal Report prints all journal entries (automatically created, manually created, imported from feeder systems) per Ledger and Legal Entity by accounting sequence. The report can be run at any time by the user for any chosen period range and prints all journal entries belonging to the given period range, sorted according to the flexible sorting parameters indicated by the user. The report is published using XML Publisher allowing customers to update the default template and create their own template.

Add-on Localization

Greek Customer/Supplier Subledger by Accounts

Requirement Name Greek Customer/Supplier Subledger by Accounts


Description In Greece it is required to produce a report of all transactions and balances for third parties (customers/suppliers).







Global Capability

Greek GL Analytical Ledger Report

Requirement Name Greek GL Analytical Ledger Report


Description In Greece it is required to produce an account analysis report according to specific analytical grouping codes.




Subledger Accounting Account Analysis Report

The Account Analysis Report provides drill-down information about the movement on a particular account for a period or range of periods. It only includes journal entries transferred to and posted to General Ledger.

Global Capability

Greek Statutory General Ledger Trial Balance Report

Requirement Name Greek Statutory General Ledger Trial Balance Report


Description Greek companies must submit fiscal trial balance information to the tax authorities in a specific format.





The General Ledger Trial Balance Report displays the detailed or summarized account balances (debits/credits) for all posted transactions in General Ledger by account class hierarchy. The report displays, for each account class hierarchy, the cumulative totals and balances before the start of the reporting period, the total transactions during the reporting period, and the Year-To-Date totals and balances.The Greek account class hierarchy is based on the leading digits of the account number. The report supports reporting on up to ten levels of precision. It prints any child value not associated with a parent at the end of the report.



c. Transaction Tax Tax Registration Number (TRN) validation



Description Tax registration numbers (TRN) entered in Financials should be validated by the system.Assuring a correct TRN protect taxpayers who become innocently involved in a chain of fraudulent transactions such as carousel fraud.






Global Capability

Greek Withholding Tax Letter

Requirement Name Greek Withholding Tax Letter


Description According to Greek Code of Books, companies are obliged annually to print and send to their suppliers a Withholding Tax Letter that certifies: The total amount of withholding tax for each withholding tax applied to invoices that are partially or fully paid during the calendar year and the total net amount of invoices on which Withholding tax was applied. The Withholding tax letter is printed to assess the obligation of the company to refund the withheld tax from the suppliers to the tax authorities.




Greek Withholding Tax Letter

The Greek Withholding Tax Letter solution consists of having a Withholding Tax Letter which certifies the total amount of withholding tax for each withholding tax rate applied to invoices that are partially or fully paid during the calendar year and the total net amount of invoices on which Withholding tax was applied.

Add-on Localization



a. Valuation and Costing Inventory Processing

Requirement Name

Inventory Processing


Description Greek Legislation requires that each time an item is being transfered to another Inventory Organization, besides the stock being increased or decreased, an accompanying document must be printed. The document must also be able to be reprinted or cancelled. In order to print the document the standard miscellaneous transaction has been modified to create a header for the transaction.

Functional Category

Local Business Standards - Local Business Processes



Greek Inventory Document Form

Greek Inventory Document form is used to enter additional information which is used by Greek Legal Documents Printing. In this solution user will enter additional information for inventory movement for following transactions Inter Org Transfers, Sub Inventory Transfers, Miscellaneous transfers and Move Order Transfers, Shipping Note.This form is setup from Greek Legal Document setup form.

Add-on Localization

Subledger Accounting Subledger Accounting provides an accounting system for Oracle subledger applications, including Oracle Payables, Oracle Receivables and Oracle Inventory that satisfies countries' business and legal requirements.Subledger Accounting satisfies the following basic business and legal needs: define the appropriate granularity level of Greek accounting rules per ledger to be compliant with accounting regulations; define different accounting rules per ledger in order to create different accounting representations from the same business transaction; perform synchronous multiple ledger accounting, to comply with legal and fiscal audit requirements; store all accounting entries in the same structure and format for all subledgers; reconcile your subledger accounting system with General Ledger; enter manual journal entries in General Ledger.

Global Capability


Uninvoiced Deliveries

Requirement Name Uninvoiced Deliveries


Description According to the Greek Legislation all deliveries must be invoiced within 30 calendar days. A report is required to inform for the pending deliveries depending on delivery issue date. This report must be available for Tax Audit authorities.




Uninvoiced Deliveries

Greek Uninvoiced Receipts report lists all material receipts which are not invoiced in the same month and proposes the required accounting. The report is used for forecasting and costing purposes.

Add-on Localization

b. Regulated Transactions Inventory Reporting

Requirement Name Inventory Reporting


Description Greek Legal Authorities require several reports to enable them to perform audits and reconciliation of inventory transactions and balances.The reports should be available as Month, or Year-End reports.

Functional Category Regulated Transactions - Regulated Documentation




Greek Inventory Ledger Report

Greek Inventory Ledger Report will display the Beginning balance, Quantity and Cost of items and current period transactions such as Purchases, Sales, Miscellaneous transactions, including quantities and values of the item.

Add-on Localization

Greek Inventory Statutory Trial Balance Report

Greek Inventory Statutory Trial Balance Report is a monthly report that will print all the item balances affected by Inventory transactions such as Purchasing, Sales, and Miscellaneous transactions.This Report will also display Previous month item balance, Quantity and Value.

Add-on Localization

Greek Inventory Statutory Year/Month End Report

Greek Inventory Statutory Year-Month End Report print of all inventory item balances and Costs available in each Inventory Organization This report will also display Trading partner for each inventory item.

Add-on Localization

Greek Inventory Trial Balance Parameterizations

The Inventory Trial Balance parameterization form is used to setup the parameters used by Greek Inventory reports. Parameters are defined for the inventory transaction types that will be included in the reports. These parameters are used for the following inventory reports: Greek Inventory Statutory Trial Balance Report, Greek Inventory Statutory Year/Month-End Report, Greek Inventory Ledger Report.

Add-on Localization


17. HONG KONG

1. Country Overview Functional Categories for Human Capital Management Oracle Partner

Human Resources √

Payroll √

Hong Kong Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Hong Kong. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.


Human Resources


• Organization Details



Payroll



Payroll processing

• Payroll Processing







English



Organization Details

Requirement Name Organization Details


Description Organizations in Hong Kong need to capture Legal Employer information, Mandatory Provident Fund (MPF) Trustee organization and scheme details so they can meet Hong Kong-specific legislative requirements when processing MPF contributions.




Legal Employer Information

Legal Employer information includes Employer's Tax File Number and the designation and name of the contact person. This information is used by the Inland Revenue for recording the employer's returns.


MPF Scheme Information

For each MPF Trustee you can maintain Mandatory Provident Fund (MPF) scheme information, including the MPFA (Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Authority) approved scheme number, the scheme name, the date on which employees can first enroll in the scheme, an end date for the scheme, the name of the employee who is the MPF contact person for your organization and the employer participation number.


MPF Trustee Organization

The Hong Kong legislation can use the MPF Trustee Organization classification to set up and enroll employees in an MPF Trustee. This classification allows you to record details of the trustee and details of the scheme provided by the trustee. You can enter and maintain the MPF Trustee short name, the MPFA approved trustee number and the date on which the MPFA approved the trustee.





Description Organizations in Hong Kong need to record HR data in line with Hong Kong legislative requirements and general business practices. These data includes passport details, work permit details, employee's full name, tax file number and so on.





Additional Periods of Service

During termination you can enter additional periods of service information, including date of departure, reason for departure, country returning to, seconded to, returning to Hong Kong, probable return date, new employer name and address and salaries tax borne by employer.


Address Details You can enter Hong Kong addresses - including the flat or floor, name of the building, street number and name, district, country, telephone and fax - by selecting the Hong Kong address style.


Employee's Chinese Name

With this feature, You can enter the Chinese full name in Chinese characters. You need to enter this name only for those who have it. This name is displayed on the IR56B report.


Employee's Full Name

You can capture the full name in exactly the same format as is displayed on the identification card or passport of the person. This is the legal name that is displayed on all Inland Revenue reports.


Employment Information

With this feature, you can enter employment information including employee's monthly remuneration and allowances.


Hong Kong Idenfitification Number and Passport Details

With this feature, you can capture the Hong Kong Identification Number (HKID) of the employee, the passport number and the country of issue. Passport details are required for non-Hong Kong resident employees without a Hong Kong Identification Number as this number is used for statutory reports. It is mandatory to enter Identification Number or the Passport information.


Hong Kong Statutory Information

With this feature, you can select if you are entering assignment information about an employee, pensioner or contactor. This enables the employee to appear on the IR56B report. You can also specify the IR56B message that will be displayed on the IR56B report for this assignment. If the person is an applicant, a contact or external person, the person does not have to appear on the IR56B report. If that is the case, you can enter an exclusion reason.


IR56B Reporting Information

With this feature, you can record details relating to the IR56B report runs. This information is automatically updated when you run the relevant reports.


IR56G Report Information

With this feature, you can specify if – and how much – money will be withheld for taxation purposes when the employee is terminated. This information is used in the IR56G report. If no money is withheld, you can also specify the reason for this.


Legal Employer Reporting

With this feature, you can record the dates when specific Inland Revenue reports such as the IR56E, IR56F and IR56G are printed. This information is automatically updated when you run the relevant reports.


Legal Entity With this feature, you can select the legal entity to which the employee belongs. This information is required for Inland Revenue reports.


Overseas Concern Information

With this feature, you can record Overseas Concern Information such as overseas payments received by the employee.


Personal Payment Methods

You can enter Hong Kong bank details for employees as well as their payment preference.



Previous Employer's Name and Address

With this feature, the name and address of the employee's previous employer can be maintained.


Principle Employer's Name

With this feature, you can select the principle employer's name of the employee.


Quarters Provided Information

With this feature, you can enter quarters provided information, including address of quarters, nature of quarters, period provided, rent paid to landlord by employer, rent paid to landlord by employee, rent refunded to employee and rent paid to employer by employee.


Shares Granted Prior to Commencement

With this feature, you can record details of whether the employee was granted shares prior to their commencement date.


Shares Information With this feature, you can record details about shares that have not been exercised, and the date the shares were granted.


Tax File Number With this feature, the employee's Tax File Number can be captured. Product Localization

Work Permit Details With this feature, you can enter the work permit details – work permit number and expiry date – for employees who are non-Hong Kong residents and who do not have a Hong Kong Identification Number as these numbers are recorded on the Inland Revenue reports.


Data

b.Payroll Payroll Data Capture



Description Integration of HR processes and Payroll processes is possible only by localizing critical features specific to your country and legislation. Organizations in Hong Kong need to record Payroll data so they can process their payrolls according to Hong Kong legislation. These payroll data includes classifications for payments, MPF details, Company Quarters details, Inland Revenue reporting details and so on.

Functional Category Payroll - Payroll data capture



Organization Payment Methods

With this feature, bank account details of organizations can be captured.


Seeded Classifications The system provides seeded classifications for payments, deductions and information for distinguishing different types of transactions and steering processing order and additional rules - such as the balances they feed - within payroll calculations.



Seeded Elements Elements are building blocks of payroll and benefits. Oracle provides predefined elements with legislative content, such as MPF details, Company Quarters details and several values used for retroactive processing and balance initialization.


Payroll Processing

Requirement Name Payroll Processing


Description Integration of HR processes and Payroll processes is possible only by localizing critical features specific to your country and legislation. Organizations in Hong Kong need to process their payrolls according to Hong Kong legislation. This includes managing Mandatory Provident Fund (MPF) contributions, making MPF balance adjustments and making lump sum employee deductions and/or employer liabilities to a MPF scheme. Organizations in Hong Kong also need to be able to make direct deposits of their employees' pay.




12-Month Average Wage calculation

Oracle HCM provides a seeded balance, formula and function to support 12-month Average Wage calculations.


Direct Deposits in HSBC Hexagon Format

Direct deposits can be made in the HSBC Hexagon format. You can define other formats when you implement Oracle HRMS for Hong Kong.


Mandatory Provident Fund Contributions and Processing

Oracle HCM enables you to manage Mandatory Provident Fund contributions for employees using the predefined MPF elements and process MPF in accordance to legislative requirements. You can enroll employees into an MPF scheme to calculate MPF contributions, retrospective MPF deductions and liabilities for new hires. You may also make lump sum employee deductions and/or employer liabilities to a MPF scheme. Voluntary Lump Sum Deductions and Employee Liabilities are reported a Voluntary MPF Deduction or Voluntary MPF Liability on the employee's Pay Advice.



Legislative Reporting



Description Integration of HR processes and Payroll processes is possible only by localizing critical features specific to your country and legislation. Organizations in Hong Kong need to process their payrolls according to Hong Kong legislation. This includes managing Mandatory Provident Fund (MPF) contributions, making MPF balance adjustments and making lump sum employee deductions and/or employer liabilities to a MPF scheme. Organizations in Hong Kong also need to be able to make direct deposits of their employees' pay.




12-Month Average Wage calculation

Oracle HCM provides a seeded balance, formula and function to support 12-month Average Wage calculations.


Direct Deposits in HSBC Hexagon Format

Direct deposits can be made in the HSBC Hexagon format. You can define other formats when you implement Oracle HRMS for Hong Kong.


Mandatory Provident Fund Contributions and Processing

Oracle HCM enables you to manage Mandatory Provident Fund contributions for employees using the predefined MPF elements and process MPF in accordance to legislative requirements. You can enroll employees into an MPF scheme to calculate MPF contributions, retrospective MPF deductions and liabilities for new hires. You may also make lump sum employee deductions and/or employer liabilities to a MPF scheme. Voluntary Lump Sum Deductions and Employee Liabilities are reported a Voluntary MPF Deduction or Voluntary MPF Liability on the employee's Pay Advice.


Requirement Name Legislative Reporting


Description Organizations in Hong Kong need to be able to generate payroll reports in line with Hong Kong legislative requirements. Besides a localized payslip, this includes various reports that are required by the Inland Revenue and the Mandatory Provident Fund Trustee. The IR56B archiving process enables you to comply with the legislative requirement to be able to reprint, cancel, replace or provide a supplementary copy of the hard copy IR56B.





Employee Listing Report

The Employee Listing report is used to submit the current employee listing for each legal employer, upon the request from the Labour Department or Immigration Department.


IR56B Report The IR56B is a statement of earnings for each employee. The Inland Revenue uses this information to assess individual statements and inform the employee about the tax payable for the past financial year.


IR56E Report The legal employer submits the IR56E report for new hires. The report includes information such as the employee's name, identification details, address, legal employer details and employment information.


IR56F Report The IR56F is a notification by the employer about an employee who is leaving the enterprise but intending to stay in Hong Kong. The report includes details about income, expected cessation date and reason for cession.


IR56G Report This report is a notification by the employer about an employee who is leaving the enterprise and also departing from Hong Kong. It includes information such as the employee's residential address, details of income, reasons for the employee's departure from the company, the date of leaving the enterprise, period of employment and whether the employee is returning to Hong Kong later.


MPF Remittance Report

This is a contribution report submitted to the Mandatory Provident Fund (MPF) Trustee detailing contributions for the period. A separate report is produced for each scheme offered. A single employer may offer several schemes to the employees. The MPF Remittance Report is composed of two main sections: Part I applicable for new employees and Part II applicable for existing employees.


Payslip A Payslip must be provided with every salary payment. The payslip provided is in line with Hong Kong legislation. The payslip is also available online in employee self-service.



18. HUNGARY



Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √



Hungary Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Hungary. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials


Book Keeping Rules

• Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards. • Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone. • Closure of balance sheet and profit an loss accounts("Mérleg- és eredményszámlák zárása").

Fiscal Valuation

• FA Location Report. • Fixed Assets Central Statistics Office (KSH) Report. • Fixed Assets Detailed Report. • Payables and Receivables Revaluation Reports.


• Asset Cost and Accumulated Depreciation Movements. • Depreciation Analysis Report. • General Ledger Account Analysis. • General Ledger Journal Entry Report. • General Ledger Trial Balance Report. • Receivables Customer Statement.

Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods


• European Purchase Listing. • European Sales Listing.

VAT

• Fiscal Documents Sequencial Numbering. • Receivables Invoice. • Tax Registration Number (TRN) validation. • VAT Reporting.


Human Resources






• Intrastat Loader.





Hungarian

4. HRMS

a. Human Resources Record details of Employees and their Employment



Description Organizations in Hungary are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All Hungarian businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. Details to be maintained include personal identification numbers, address formats, disability details and TAJ number.






Record Names, Personal and National Identification numbers, correctly formatted and validated. Hungarian addresses, Disability Details and other personal data for reporting Further Name information holds Mother's Maiden Name and Birth Name. Enter and validate personal bank account details in the correct format if you wish to pay by direct credit, or you can record payment arrangements for cash or check Hungarian specific contact information can be recorded on the enhanced Contact form Record and validate tax information including Tax Identification Number, Personal ID Number, Social Security Start Date and Social Security End Date. Record and validate Social Security information including TAJ Number known as Social Security Code. NYENYI compatible Address Structure. More than one Assignment Category for Hungary can be recorded on the Extra Information form. Full support for Creating the Employment Certification Report via Web ADI as a Final Step when processing a Termination. Absence Report is also supported via Web ADI.


5. Financials

a. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards









Global Capability










Global Capability

Closure of balance sheet and profit an loss accounts ("Mérleg- és eredményszámlák zárása")

Requirement Name Closure of balance sheet and profit an loss accounts ("Mérleg- és eredményszámlák zárás









FA Location Report This report shows assets stored at a particular location or assigned to a specific employee.

Global Capability

Fixed Assets Central Statistics Office (KSH) Report

Requirement Name Fixed Assets Central Statistics Office (KSH) Report


Description The Central Statistics Office (KSH) requires a report in the format of the statutory CIP statistical report. Users must have the ability to select certain parameters, including the depreciation book and the run period.




Fixed Assets Central Statistics Office (KSH) Report

The report provides summaries by the statistical codes stored in the asset group flexfield and within that totals by industry code.

Add-on Localization

Fixed Assets Detailed Report

Requirement Name Fixed Assets Detailed Report


Description In Hungary, it is required to track descriptive data, cost and transactions of individual assets, including their flow, reclassification and relevant transaction information.




FA Detailed Report The report enables the tracking of all descriptive data, cost and transactions of individual assets, including their flow, reclassification and relevant transaction information.

Add-on Localization

Payables and Receivables Revaluation Reports

Requirement Name Payables and Receivables Revaluation Reports


Description According to the interpretation of the law, year end Foreign Exchange gains and/or losses must be realized.







Add-on Localization

Asset Cost and Accumulated Depreciation Movements

Requirement Name Asset Cost and Accumulated Depreciation Movements


Description Hungarian companies must support auditing of presented financial reports and verification of asset books. To support audit requirements both asset cost values and accumulated depreciation values should be reported by movement types like additions, adjustments, revaluations and reclassifications. This information must be included in the notes to the annual report.




Asset Movement Schedule:Gross Changes Report

The Hungarian Asset Movement Schedule: Gross Changes Report displays the summary of changes to asset category costs due to additions, adjustments, revaluations, retirements and reclassifications. The Hungarian Asset Movement Schedule: Gross Changes Report prints the asset category cost account and totals for property type and company.


Hungarian Accumulated Depreciation Movement Schedule Report

The Accumulated Depreciation Movement Schedule report shows the summary of changes to asset category accumulated depreciation values due to additions, adjustments, revaluations, and reclassifications. The report prints the asset category reserve account and totals for property type and company.


Depreciation Analysis Report

Requirement Name Depreciation Analysis Report



Description In Hungary, companies need to provide a summary of all of their asset depreciation expense transactions, by property type (tangible/intangible) and by asset category.




Hungarian Depreciation Analysis Report

To fit Hungarian needs, the report displays separately asset depreciation expenses, depending on the depreciation method used. The report also separates unplanned depreciations and assets that have been fully depreciated in the first period of depreciation calculation. The report reconciles the fixed asset books with General Ledger account balances. Users can run depreciation multiple times before closing the period. The header report specifies whether the ending period chosen is open or closed. This allows users to first run the report, then modify the depreciation or classification if required, and then print the final report. The Hungarian Depreciation Analysis Report is used to verify the status of the fixed asset ledger and keep an important audit trial.


General Ledger Account Analysis

Requirement Name General Ledger Account Analysis


Description A report of accounting transaction details is required. The report is required to provide flexible analysis determined by criteria ranges based on amounts, GL dates, supplier, customer, by source, category etc.






Add-on Localization

General Ledger Journal Entry Report

Requirement Name General Ledger Journal Entry Report



Description Hungarian accounting laws require companies provide journal reports confirming Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss statements prepared for accounting periods. The General Ledger Journal Entry Report is legally required to confirm presented financial reports and proceed with accounting books verification while auditing.




Journal Entry Report of General Ledger

The report prints all journal entries posted in General Ledger by originating document to verify consistency between the journals, trial balance and account analysis reports. The report displays entries in functional currency and reports subledger journals that were created by a Legal Entity. Subledger journals must be posted in detail mode, otherwise the report shall not display the originating journals for the subledger journals; but rather the name of the summary General Ledger journal. The journals that appear in the report are numbered at the end of the accounting period using a chronological Reporting Sequence. This ensures report numbers are unique and gapless.The report provides an audit trail between accounting journals, account balances on trial balance reports (General Ledger Trial Balance Report) and related (Global GL and SLA Account Analysis Detail Report) for closed accounting periods.



Requirement Name General Ledger Trial Balance Report


Description Hungarian accounting laws require that companies provide Trial Balance reports confirming Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss statements prepared for accounting periods. Companies must support auditing of presented financial reports and verification of accounting books. A General Ledger Trial Balance Report must be provided to confirm monthly turnovers and balances reported on the General Ledger Journal Entry Report and GL and SLA Account Analysis Reports.




Trial Balance Report of General Ledger

The General Trial Balance Report lists ledger account balances on a monthly or yearly basis.The Report prints detailed balances and net activity by accounting flexfield combination or by natural account value. The later optionally summarizes by account class, sub-class and group. Data in the General Ledger Trial Balance reports can be cross-referenced with monthly data reported in the



General Ledger Journal Report and the Global GL and SLA Account Analysis Report.

Receivables Customer Statement

Requirement Name Receivables Customer Statement


Description It is required that customers are to be sent balance statements reflecting their position at the end of the year (or at the time when their official balance sheet is due) so that their AP and AR records as of the above-referred date can be reconciled against the company's own AP and AR records.




Receivables Customer Statement

The balance statement program is run from the Print Document form of the Accounts Receivable module. Similarly to the VAT reports, it can be run in three modes: 1. Draft 2. Final (only once) 3. Reprint The reference date parameter is the base date to be used by the letter if printed as a draft. If the reference date is provided, the report will run as if on the reference date, listing · transactions with a transaction date earlier than the reference date · on accounts receipts with a receipt date earlier than the reference date.

Add-on Localization

b. Transaction Tax European Purchase Listing

Requirement Name European Purchase Listing



Description Hungarian companies must submit an EU Purchase Listing to the tax authorities on quarterly basis. The report is printed in the defined form and can not be changed. The report lists intra EU deliveries from other VAT payers, totalized by tax identification number and supply code.






Add-on Localization

European Sales Listing



Description Companies must submit this report to their respective tax authorities on quarterly basis. The report is printed in the defined form and can not be changed. The report lists intra EU shipments to other VAT payers, totalized by tax identification number and supply code.






Global Capability




Add-on Localization

Fiscal Documents Sequencial Numbering

Requirement Name Fiscal Documents Sequencial Numbering


Description Hungarian Law requires companies to issue VAT related fiscal documents with gapless sequential numbering.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - Document Numbering




Global Capability

Receivables Invoice

Requirement Name Receivables Invoice


Description Receivable Invoices should print in the prescribed format with the VAT details to meet the following.The invoice printing function must confirm to the following laws and regulations: • Act No. C of 2000 on Accounting • Ministry of Finance Decree No. 34 of 1999 (26 Dec) defining invoice numbering for computer generated invoices. • Ministry of Finance Decree No. 47 of 2007 (29 Dec) • Act No. CXXVI. of 2008 on VAT.





Invoice Print Report The Hungarian Invoice Print Report helps companies to meet this legal requirement by providing the Receivable Invoice in the specific format, printing key information including Hungarian domestic and EU Tax Registration number, Customer Tax Registration number, Tax Exempt Reasons, Invoice amount in functional currency for foreign currency invoices, in addition to displaying the invoice amount in entered currency,and Invoice Labels in dual language for Foreign Customers.

Add-on Localization









Oracle Financials validates the TRN numbers / VAT numbers of most of the EU countries. When a tax registration number isentered, it is validated by the system on line. In case a wrong value is entered, the system provides the pertinent error message.

Global Capability

VAT Reporting

Requirement Name VAT Reporting


Description Hungarian customers have a requirement to declare VAT to government authorities in a specific format. This comprises of a report to show input and out put taxes and a report to declare paid and unpaid portions of input taxes for reclaiming purposes. These reports should be generated periodically – first as draft reports for review, freezing the reports once the reports are correct and then reprint the reports if required.





VAT Register: Deductible VAT Distribution Report

This report may be used to determine the amount of input VAT that is paid and reclaimable from tax authority and the amount of input VAT that is not yet paid. The layout of this report is similar to the Analytical VAT Report, the most important difference is that for this report, the system only investigates input VAT from Accounts Payable and General Ledger. VAT items with AP VAT codes held in the General Ledger module are always shown as paid, deductible VAT.

Add-on Localization

VAT Register: Differences between Reported and Accounted Tax Amounts

This report shows the differences between the Vendor declared VAT amount and system generated VAT amount.

Add-on Localization

VAT Register: Foreign currency VAT invoices to avoid non-reporting

This report shows invoices for which vendor declared VAT amounts are not provided or VAT Analytical report can not determine VAT to be reported due to incorrect transaction entry.

Add-on Localization

VAT Register: VAT Analytical Report

This report shows input and output VAT lines from AP, AR and GL modules for the selected tax period by item as well as grouped and summarized by tax code and GL account combination. This report also marks the transactions as having been reported when the report is run in Final mode.

Add-on Localization

VAT Register: VAT Pay-in Position Routine

The report must be run every time the company is in a pay-in position, but only after the final VAT Analytical Report has been run.In this case, unpaid input VAT items can also be deducted by reducing the amount payable of output VAT. During the run of the routine, all VAT input tax lines are set to "Paid" (from VAT reporting point of view only). Thus in the next tax period the VAT Distribution Report will not show any unpaid items carried over from the previous periods.

Add-on Localization


a. Regulated Transactions Intrastat Loader

Requirement Name Intrastat Loader


Description The EU Intrastat movement reporting must be supplied to the Hungarian authorities via an electronic upload according to a specific format.






Add-on Localization


19. INDIA



Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Payroll √

India Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for India. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials


Governance

• Calculation of Depreciation as per Income Tax Act

Transaction Tax

Customs and Duty

• Customs Duty Computations

Excise

• Classification of items as per Central Excise tariff (HSN)

• Excise Accounting

• Excise Duty Calculations

• Excise duty calculations on Purchase returns

• Excise duty settlements

• Excise invoice

• India Tax Calendar

• Maintanance of RG-1

• Manage Inter regime recovery

• Manage Tax recovery through Stand alone tax transactions

• Mass tax rate update for Open Orders

• Organisation's Central Excise Jurisdictions Setup

• Retroactive price corrections

• Service Tax Recovery

• Support Central Excise requirements for export

• Support for Excise Registered dealers

• Tax Based on Transaction Amount or Assessable Value

• Tax Calculations and Tax Defaulting

• Tax registration: organization, customers and suppliers


• VAT on non shippable items

VAT

• Accounting of service tax liability on advance recieved

• Despatches to 100% Export Oriented Units (EOU)

• Provision for Tax accounting adjustments

• Tracking receipts and issues for concessional sales tax forms

• VAT Classification

• VAT Invoice

• VAT recovery


• Configure TDS Sections, rates, surcharges and threshold limites

• Electronic Filing of TDS Returns

• Generate TCS Certificate

• Monitor the receipt of withholding tax certificate for TDS deducted by Customers

• Support Tax Collected at Source (TCS)

• TDS on Pre-payments(Advances)


Human Resources


• Capture & report Employer details according to country legal requirements


• Process details of Employees and their Employment according to country requirements


Payroll


• Capture data for processing the Pay roll as per Indian regulatory requirements

Payroll processing



• Pay roll related regulatory reporting





English



Capture & report Employer details according to country legal requirements

Requirement Name Capture & report Employer details according to country legal requirements


Description Organizations in India need to capture organization details so they can meet India-specific legislative requirements when processing HR and Payroll transactions.




Company Name and Registration Numbers

Organizations can record the company's Legal Name, Registration Number, Corporate Identity Number, Permanent Account Number (PAN) of the company and company's representative details.


Contractor details Organizations can record contractor's details, work details, and representative details. A contractor supplies contingent workers to an enterprise and can be either an individual or an external organization.


ESI Organization Organizations can record Employee State Insurance (ESI) organization's Challan Information, General Information and Representative Details. You can have multiple ESI organizations and select an employee's ESI organization in the Assignment window.


Information required under Factories Act

Records your factory's Registration Number, License Number, National Industrial Code, Production Commencement Date and factory's representative details.


Information under Shop and establishment Act

Records your shops/establishment's registration number and representative details.


Professional Tax Organization

Organizations can record their Professional Tax organization's information, Professional Tax Challan information and Representative Details. You can have multiple professional tax organizations and select an employee's professional tax organization in the Assignment window.


Provident Fund Organization

With this feature, Organizations can record PF organization's PF Challan information, PF information and PF representative details. You can have multiple PF organizations and select an employee's PF organization in the Assignment window.



Process details of Employees and their Employment according to country requirements

Requirement Name Process details of Employees and their Employment according to country requirements


Description Organizations in India need to capture the start and termination of employment to Indian tax and gratuity processing.facilitate




Start and Termination of Employment

Details of the start and termination of employment are captured to facilitate correct Indian tax and gratuity processing.





Description Organizations are required to enter various HR related data as per Indian legislative requirements. There should be an option to record data for various person types such as Employees, Applicants and Contingent workers, engaged with your organization as external resources.




Additional Personal details

Using this feature, organizations can record additional personal details of its employees like alias name, place of birth of the employee, passport number of the employee, and other miscellaneous details like height, weight, religion, disability category, accident history etc.


Address format Organizations can record the India-specific address style used for tax reporting and PF reporting.


Bank Account Structure India-specific Bank Account details for domestic transactions can be recorded with the following fields: Account Number, Account Type, Bank name, Bank branch and Account number.


Contacts Organizations can record India-specific relationship types, nominee and guardian details.



Contractor Information Organizations can record the contractor to which the contingent labor belongs.


Employee Identifiers Organizations can record the company-specific and statutory specific employee identifiers, namely Provident Fund Identifier, State Insurance Identifier, Pension Number, Group Insurance Number, Superannuation Number and Gratuity Number.


Employment details Organizations can record the employee category and the statutory organizations for deducting statutory benefits, tax, etc.


Payment Types Organizations can record the payment type to employees like cash, cheque, direct deposit, demand draft, pay order etc.


Previous Employment related information

With this feature organizations can record the previous employment information related to PF and tax, namely PF Number, PF Establishment Code and Retirement benefits received.


Tax Identifiers With this feature, organizations can record the tax related information of persons, namely Permanent Account Number (PAN), PAN Applied for, Residential Status and Ex-Serviceman.


b. Payroll Capture data for processing the Pay roll as per Indian regulatory requirements

Requirement Name Capture data for processing the Pay roll as per Indian regulatory requirements


Description Organizations in India need to record Payroll data so they can process their payrolls according to Indian legislation.




India pay roll processing Organizaitons can capture necessary informaton required for payroll processing and statutory payroll reporting. e.g. Users can record additional data, in line with Indian statutory requirements and specific to payroll processing at person, employment and deployment levels, for example: Permanent Account Number (PAN), Residential Status, Statutory organization details, Employee Identifiers, etc.


Users can record payroll data related to Perquisites, Allowances and Terminations for computing Tax, Gratuity and Termination payments.

User can record payroll-specific previous employment data used for adjusting the tax.

Users can record elements using predefined classifications for earnings, deductions, and information, for distinguishing different types of transactions and steering processing order for tax, Provident fund, ESI and termination payment calculation.


Seeded legislative elements on Tax, Provident fund, Perquisites, Termination payments, Gratuity is provided for automatic computation of Tax, PF, ESI and Gratuity and statutory reporting.

A self-service Income Tax declaration screen is provided for recording tax declaration details of employees.

India-specific payroll data capture, in compliance with Indian legislative payroll processing rules, forms a legislative salary computation basis for:

•Gross to net processing

•Payments

•Statutory deductions and benefits

•Payroll reporting




Description Organizations in India need to process their payrolls according to Indian legislation. Organizations are required to process gross to net income with Indian earnings and deductions classifications, which includes salary in cash, perquisites, professional tax, ESI, PF, gratuity and termination payments.




Employee Income Tax calculations

This feature calculates Monthly Income Tax on Earnings, Perquisites, Termination Payments, etc. based on projected income. The system also computes tax paid by the employer on behalf of the employee and section 89 reliefs automatically.


Employee State Insurance

This feature calculates the monthly Employee ESI contribution and Employer ESI contribution as per regulatory requirements

Gratuity calculations

This feature calculates Gratuity as per Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972. Users can record forfeiture amount, forfeiture reasons and Gratuity paid as per organization policy.

Professional Tax Calculations

This feature calculates the monthly Professional Tax. Seeded Professional Tax slabs are available for seven states (TN, KL, AP, KA, MP, MH, GJ). The system allows users to record Professional Tax slabs for other states.

Provident Fund and Pension calculations

This feature calculates Employee PF contribution, Employer PF contribution, Employer Pension contribution, monthly PF Administrative charges and Inspection charge for exempted trusts. In case of exempted trusts, besides employer, employee PF contribution, the monthly PF Inspection charge and Employee Deduction Linked Insurance inspection charge are calculated.


Provision for termination settlement

This feature calculates termination related payments, namely amount to be recovered or paid to employee. For example, the system computes Salary in lieu of Notice Period, Leave Encashment, Gratuity, Tax, Perquisite Loans, other deductions, etc. Besides this, it computes the notice period adjusted against leave. The details are shown in a Final Settlement report.

Pay roll related regulatory reporting

Requirement Name Pay roll related regulatory reporting


Description Organizations in India need to be able to generate payroll reports in line with Indian legislative requirements. Organizations are required to report periodic, quarterly and year-end reports for the Income Tax department, Provident Fund department, ESI department, Professional tax departments and reports required for statutory salary accounting.




EFT Reports With this feature users can generate and view the EFT Magtape from the system after payroll processing.


Generate Form 6 under ESI Act

This feature allows users to generate and submit this statutory report twice a year. The report lists the employee and employer ESI contributions and information about the Challan deposit.


Generation of Income Tax returns

Using this feature, organizations can generate employee returns, namely Form 16, form 12 BA and Form 16AA at the end of year, when an employee is terminated or any other time if required. These are XML-based PDF reports. Employee Returns can be generated for New Hires, Terminated, Transferred (multiple TANs), Active, all employees and specific employees at any time in the Finance Year. Employers can also generate employer-level regular returns namely e-TDS 24Q at the end of every quarter. In case of any correction to regular e-TDS 24 Q returns, employers can generate e-TDS 24Q Correction reports and submit these to Income Tax. e-TDS 24Q (regular and correction) files are electronic file formats.


Generation of Provident Fund returns

Employers are required to submit individual employee level return (form 3a) and consolidated employee level return (form 6a) once a year to the RPFC (Regional Provident Fund Commissioner). Form 3a shows the Employee and Employer monthly PF contribution for each employee in the currency period. Form 6a shows consolidated Employee and Employer PF contributions of all employees as well as payment of Challan information in a currency period. This feature allows user to generate the above regulatory reports at any time.



Generation of returns under Employee Pension scheme

Companies having exempted PF Trust submit employee level return (Form7) and consolidated employees returns (Form 8) to the RPFC once a year. Form 7 shows the Employer Pension contribution for each employee for each month in the currency period. Form 8 shows the consolidated Pension contribution for all employees for each month in currency period. This feature allows users to generate the above returns at any point of time.


Printed and Self-Service Pay slip

This feature allows organizations and its employees to generate pay slips as per legal requirements. It is a regulatory requirement that a Pay slip must be provided with every salary payment. The system generated pay slip shows details like Earnings, Deductions, Perquisites, Employer charges, Income Tax Summary, Leave and Payment details of employee.


Professional tax reporting

This feature allows organizations to calculate and report Professional tax as per the local requirements.


5. Financials a. Financial Reporting & Governance

Calculation of Depreciation as per Income Tax Act

Requirement Name Calculation of Depreciation as per Income Tax Act


Description To calculate depreciation admissible under Income Tax Act, organizations needs the ability to group individual assets to appropriate block of assets and define the depreciation for every block of asset. Depreciation computations for individual block of assets should be as per the provisions prescribed under Income Tax Act.

Functional Category Financial Reporting & Governance – Governance



Calculate depreciation as per Income Tax Act

Depreciation calculations should be based on Block of Assets. 100% of the depreciation allowed can be claimed if the asset is procured during the first half of the financial year. If the asset is procured during the second half of the financial year, only 50% of the depreciation is allowed


Define Block of Assets and rate of depreciation

Organizations can define the block of assets and the depreciation rates as per the Income tax act. Organizations can classify the assets to different block of assets.



b. Transaction Tax Customs Duty Computations

Requirement Name Customs Duty Computations


Description Customs duty is applicable for goods that are imported to India. There are different types of customs duties like Basic customs duty, Countervailing Duty (CVD), Special Additional duty (SAD) etc. The taxable bases for different type of customs duties are different. Apart from customs duties, education cess and higher education cess is also need to be calculated. There are specific rules for deriving the taxable basis. Organizations needs to calculate customs duty as per prescribed regulations and pay the duty for obtaining customs clarnace when goods are imported to India.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Customs and Duty - Tax Determination Rules



Calculate different type of customs duties

India Localization BOE functionality support defining different type of customs duties like Basic Customs duty, Additional customs duty, CVD, SAD, Education cess on customs duty, Higher education cess on customs duty etc.


Classification of items as per Central Excise tariff (HSN)

Requirement Name Classification of items as per Central Excise tariff (HSN)


Description Every excisable item must be classified as per the Central Excise Tariff. User needs the ability to associate the Central Excise tariff code to every item.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Excise - Tax Determination Rules



Provision to Capture Central

Localization item attributes allows user to map each and every Product Localization

Excise Tariff Individual item to an appropriate excise/customs tariff classification based on HSN.



Excise Accounting

Requirement Name Excise Accounting


Description Organizations are required to maintain separate accounts for different excise transactions like recovery of Cenvat on inputs, recovery of cenvat on capital goods, payment of excise duty through account current and excise duty liability. Organizations are required to configure different ledger account for excise accounting and set rules to account for excise duty according to configuration.




Define Organization Tax Accounting Information

User can assign the Ledger accounts to which the localization taxes needs to be posted. The configured ledger accounts will be used to account the taxes computed by India Localization.


Excise Duty Calculations

Requirement Name Excise Duty Calculations


Description There are different type of excise duties like Basic Excise duty (Cenvat), Special Excise duty, and Additional Excise duty, Education cess on Excise duty and higher education cess on Excise duty. Different type of excise duties must be calculated based on tax on tax computation logic as per the prescribed procedure. User needs the ability to define different type of excise duties, associate the tax rates and configure the tax computation logic.




Excise duty Rates and tax computation precedence logic

India Localization allows users can define ad-valorem rate of taxes or specific rates of taxes. If there are multiple taxes applicable for a transaction and the calculation logic is depended on tax on tax, user can map such requirements using the India Localization tax precedence feature.



Excise duty calculations on Purchase returns

Requirement Name Excise duty calculations on Purchase returns


Description When excisable goods where Cenvat credit is availed are returned to the vendor, Excise duty payable on such goods must be assessed as if such goods are manufactured by the returning organization. Excisable goods should be returned to the vendor only with an Excise invoice where the excise duty applicable on such goods needs to be quantified.




Return to vendor India Localization supports calculation of excise duty for return to vendor transactions. User has an option either to compute the excise duty liability on returned goods based on a pro-rata basis with reference to the taxes accounted on receipt of goods. Alternatively, user also has an option to do a fresh tax assessment.


Excise duty settlements

Requirement Name Excise duty settlements


Description As per excise regulations, excise duty settlements should be done on a periodic basis. The excise duty for a month must be paid before the 5th day of the subsequent month with an exception for the month of March. The total duty liability can be set off with cenvat and service credits available and the balance amount must be paid by a debit to the account current. User needs an option to maintain the account current (PLA register) where the net payables are debited to Government account.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Excise - Tax Point Date



Excise duty settlement

India Localization excise duty settlement feature enables users to assess the total excise duty liability for a specific period allows them to decide the amount of cenvat credit that needs to be used for setting off the excise duty liability and derive the net duty payable. It also generates a tax authority invoice for the net liability that needs to be paid for the period.



Excise invoice

Requirement Name Excise invoice


Description Excisable goods should be removed from the Excise registered premises only with a tax invoice issued as per excise regulations. Tax invoice must be generated before the goods are shipped out of the factory. Tax invoice must contain all the details of the organization, customer, excise duty applicable along with other relevant information related to item, price etc.




Generation of Excise Invoice

Generates a tax invoice when excisable goods are moved out of factory.


India Tax Calendar

Requirement Name India Tax Calendar


Description Organizations need an option to define a tax calendar which can be different from the accounting calendar. The tax determination, accounting, settlement and reporting should be based on the tax calendar.




Tax Calendar India Localization additional organization information form can be used to set up the tax calendar. Localization taxes would be calculated only when the transaction falls within the active year. You can keep only one Year active at a time. The Tax Calendar defined for an Organization NULL location would be defaulted to the other Organization additional information records created for the Locations with this Organization.



Maintanance of RG-1

Requirement Name Maintanance of RG-1


Description This is a regulatory statutory requirement prescribed under excise regulations. RG-1 is a stock register in a prescribed Performa for excisable goods. RG 1 should be updated whenever excisable goods are manufactured. Removal of excisable goods from the factory should also be updated in the RG 1 register. The closing stock in RG1 should reflect the physical stock available for excisable goods.




Record of excisable goods manufactured and removed

India Localization feature updates RG 1 whenever a production order is closed. RG 1 will also get updated when excisable goods are moved from the factory. RG1 can be printed as per the regulatory format. Localization also provide an option to make manual adjustments if required.


Manage Inter regime recovery

Requirement Name Manage Inter regime recovery


Description Some tax regimes allow inter regime recovery where in the tax paid for one regime could be used for setting off the liability of a tax falling under a different tax regime. E.g. CVD paid under customs regime could be used to set off the Cenvat liability. The Service Tax recovered could be used to set off the Cenvat liability and the Cenvat recovered could be used to set off the service tax liability.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Excise - Partial Deductibity and Recovery



Recovery of CVD as Cenvat credit

CVD is a type of customs duty paid when goods are imported to India.CVD paid can be recovered as cenvat credit once if the goods are received at an excise registered location.



Manage Tax recovery through Stand alone tax transactions

Requirement Name Manage Tax recovery through Stand alone tax transactions


Description Organizations need an option to manage tax recovery transactions automatically or with manual validations.If user opts for automatic process for tax recovery management, no additional manual effort isrequired and Tax recovery activity would get initiated based on pre-defined rules and business events. If the user opts for manual management, user will have an option to select the transactions through a standalone process and process the recovery transactions based on user specific control. Under manual transaction, user can pick up and select the transactions which are eligible for tax recovery and initiate the recovery process with manual effort.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Excise - Tax Reporting and Auditing



Cenvat Recovery India Localization supports all Cenvat recovery transactions prescribed under Indian Central Excise Rules. The user can avail cenvat credit on the duty paid on his inputs and capital goods. In the case of capital goods, the user can take partial credit and the balance can be availed later. There is an option for the user to avail credit on inputs either at the time of receipt through automatic mode or to claim credit later through a separate option. India Localization also supports the compliance requirements related to cenvat recovery reporting.


Mass tax rate update for Open Orders

Requirement Name Mass tax rate update for Open Orders


Description The tax rates applicable for a transaction could change at any time. Taxes would be applicable as on the date of sale/removal of goods from the warehouse. Whenever there is a change in the tax structure, organizations needs the ability to modify all the pending sales orders to reflect the revised tax rates.





Mass Tax rate changes for open orders

India Localization functionality allows users to change the tax rates applicable for open orders if there is a change in tax rates. Using this functionality, user can update tax rate changes for all open orders by replacing the defaulted tax categories with the new tax categories. This functionality is extensively used during budget tax rate changes which would be applicable for all open orders.


Organisation's Central Excise Jurisdictions Setup

Requirement Name Organisation's Central Excise Jurisdictions Setup


Description Define Central Excise jurisdictions and map it with Application business units/Organizations Ability to define Central Excise jurisdictions is the primary factor for proper determination of Central Excise duty and tax reporting. All organizations located within the specified and approved location should fall within the jurisdiction of one excise registration and tax accountingand reporting.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Excise - Legal Entity Information



Excise Registration Details of the Business Organization

To comply with the excise regulatory requirement it is required to store the excise registration details of the business organization. Facility to define the excise registration details for the inventory organizations (e.g. factory, warehouse etc. Cenvatable areas) is available with India Localization. Excise related information that needs to be captured for the physical business unit (e.g. Range/Division/ Commissionarate, ECC number, Excise registrationnumber) are captured using India Localization functionality.


Retroactive price corrections

Requirement Name Retroactive price corrections


Description Organizations need the ability to re-calculate taxes on retroactive price changes. The tax impact on price retroactive corrections needs to be considered. Organizations need the ability to issue supplementary invoices when the price is changed with a retrospective effect. The additional tax liability needs to be assessed, quantified and accounted. Organizations also need the ability to recover taxes paid by him based on a supplementary invoice.





Manage tax impact on retroactive price change transactions

India Localization retroactive price change calculation program recalculate the tax liabilities based on the old price and new price. This feature helps organizations to re-work the tax liability when prices are changed with retrospective effect.


Service Tax Recovery

Requirement Name Service Tax Recovery


Description Organizations registered under Service Tax regime can recover the service tax paid by them on input services. The service tax can be recovered on input services on receipt of invoice from the service provider. The tax recovered can be utilized for setting off the service tax liability of the organization or could be used to set off the central excise duty liability.




Recovery of Service tax credit

Service tax recovery feature allows organizations to recover the service tax paid on input services on receipt of the service bill. Solution also supports recovery of service tax paid as self assessed tax by the service recipient as per service tax reverse tax procedure. Solution support transfer of service tax credit from one registered location to other. The service tax credit can also be utilized for offsetting the central excise duty while making the excise dutysettlement.


Support Central Excise requirements for export

Requirement Name Support Central Excise requirements for export


Description Excise duty is exempted if goods are exported. In order to claim the excise duty exemption, the specific procedures need to be followed. There are two options for claiming the exemption. They are : 1. Export under Bond without payment of duty 2. Export under claim for rebate





Export with excise duty exemptions

Localization support movement of goods for export under bond as well as under claim for rebate. User has an option to choose the procedure he needs to use for the export transaction. If the user opts for export under bond, the excise duty liability assessed for the transaction is debited to the running bond account. The debit to running bond account can be reversed once proof of export is received. If user opts for export under claim for rebate, excise duty liability will get calculated in a similar way, it is calculated for the domestic clearances. The excise duty would be treated as a used tax and will not be accounted as accounts receivable. Once proof of export is received, organization can claim a refund of excise duty paid when goods were removed from the factory. India Localization supports generation of required documentation for complying with the procedures prescribed for export consignments.


Support for Excise Registered dealers

Requirement Name Support for Excise Registered dealers


Description In order to issue Cenvatable invoices, Excise registered dealers are required to maintain records in a prescribed format showing the details of excisable goods purchased and sold. While selling the goods, an excise registered dealer should match the supplies with the receiptand allocate proportionate duty involved on such goods. The Excise invoice issued by thedealer complying with the regulations could be used for availing cenvat credit.




Support for Excise registered Traders

India Localization support the compliance requirements prescribed under excise regime for excise registered dealers. The excise registered dealers are allowed to issue tax invoices based on which the customers can recover the excise duty. For this purpose, Excise registered dealers need to comply with prescribed requirements like identifying the duty per unit along with details of duty payment on receipt of goods which needs to be updated in the RG 23 D register. While shipping the goods, the dealer needs to identify the shipped quantity with the receipt which would identify the duty component on the goods that are being shipped.



Tax Based on Transaction Amount or Assessable Value

Requirement Name Tax Based on Transaction Amount or Assessable Value


Description India Localization support calculation of taxable basis either based on the transaction amount or assessable value. If Excise or VAT need to be assessed based on an assessable value, user can set up an assessable value price list and associate it to the transaction. In such case, taxes would be determined based on the assessable value and not based on the transaction value.




Taxable basis logic User has an option to determine the taxable basis logic for excise and vat type of taxes. This can be either based on the transaction amount or assessable value. If the user opts for determining the taxes based on assessable value, Excise and vat type of taxes can be calculated by considering the assessable value.


Tax Calculations and Tax Defaulting

Requirement Name Tax Calculations and Tax Defaulting


Description A transaction could attract multiple taxes like cenvat, Special excise duty, vat etc. Taxes applicable for a transaction should get defaulted based on user configuration with an option to overwrite the defaulted taxes. Taxes should be calculated based on the pre-configured taxable logic.




Configurable Tax defaulting and taxable basis logic

India Localization tax defaulting functionality allows users to configure rules up to three levels of tax defaulting. A tax category which consists of number of taxes and tax defaulting rule could be configured to a party site or to a party or to an item/group of items. The system will first check whether a tax category is present at the party site level, if not look for the party level and if no tax category is assigned to a party site or party, it will check at the item level. This functionality helps users to default the taxes automatically to a transaction and user will also have an option to over write the defaulted taxes.



Tax registration: organization, customers and suppliers

Requirement Name Tax registration: organization, customers and suppliers


Description In India, business organizations are required to register with various Government agencies and Tax authorities. The registration details with various tax authorities by the organization as well as its customers and suppliers are required to be captured in the system. This information is used for various functions including tax determination and tax reporting.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Excise - Third Party Information



Capture Excise registration Details

Central Excise registration details of the organization and its suppliers and customers are required to be captured for excise reporting purposes. The required information for each organization and its supplier/customer site is captured using India Localization functionality.


Capture sales tax registration details

India Localization feature capture the sales tax registration details for the organization as well as for the parties at party site level. Using India Localizations organizations can capture the Central and Local sales tax registration details for the organization as well as for the parties.


Capture the TDS registration details

India Localization feature capture the Income tax registration related information of the organization and parties. The TDS assessments and computations are widely depended on the tax registration information.


Capturing the VAT Registration Numbers

India Localization captures the party vat registration details. This information is widely used in the solution to comply with theregulatory requirements.


VAT on non shippable items

Requirement Name VAT on non shippable items


Description State VAT is leviable on sale of specified goods and services. There should be a provision to calculate and account vat liability on shippable and non shippable items.





VAT computation India Localization solution supports computation of VAT liability for goods and non shippable items. Vat liability on goods can be computed either at the time of ship confirm or invoicing. VAT liability of non shippable items is computed once the sales order is executed.


Accounting of service tax liability on advance recieved

Requirement Name Accounting of service tax liability on advance recieved


Description When payments are received in Advance for a taxable service, the liability towards service tax must be accounted immediately on receipt of such payments. There should be a provision to account for service tax liability on such transactions




Service tax computation

India Localization feature captures the service tax registration details for the organization as well as for the parties at party site level. User can define the service tax and its associated tax components like Education Cess and Higher Education Cess, associate the tax rate applicable for every tax component, define the tax computation logic, define the tax recovery rules etc. Service tax liability should be computed either at the time of invoicing or at the time of receipt of payment in advance for execution of a taxable service. Solution support computation of service tax liability to be paid by the service recipient as per reverse tax procedure. Service tax liability payable by the service recipient as per reverse tax procedure is assessed while initiating the payment to the service provider. Such liability is tracked separately. Cenvat credits on such transactions are allowed once the service tax liability computed as per reverse tax procedure is paid to the Government account.



Despatches to 100% Export Oriented Units (EOU)

Requirement Name Despatches to 100% Export Oriented Units (EOU)


Description 100% Export oriented units are authorized to procure excisable goods without payment of excise duty. When goods are sold to 100% export oriented unit, organizations are required to adhere to a specified procedure and generate certain documents which should be sent along with the consignment. Organizations will have to track the excise duty liability on goods shipped to EOU separately and knock off the liability once the re-warehousing certificate is received from the EOU.




Despatches to 100% EOU

This feature allows user to despatch excisable goods to a 100% export oriented unit without payment of duty based on the exemption certificate received from the export oriented unit. The excise duty liability is assessed and AR3 would get generated when goods are shipped to a Export oriented unit. There is provision to track the receipt of re-warehousing certificate for goods sent to EOU withoutpayment of duty. User can record the receipt of re-warehousingcertificate.


Provision for Tax accounting adjustments

Requirement Name Provision for Tax accounting adjustments


Description User needs an option to make tax accounting adjustments if required




Manual Entries Using this feature, organizations can make necessary accounting adjustments for tax accounting for excise cenvat and liability accounting. e.g. If the material that was brought for manufacturing excisable goods are used for plant maintenance, the cenvat recovered on goods used for plant maintenance can be reversed using this feature.



Tracking receipts and issues for concessional sales tax forms

Requirement Name Tracking receipts and issues for concessional sales tax forms


Description Dealers registered under Sales tax regime are privileged to sell and buy goods with a reduced rate of sales tax. In order to avail this benefit, registered dealers are required to issue relevant concessional sales tax forms. Concessional sales tax forms are pre-printed stationery issued by the tax department with control numbers. The usages of these forms are closely monitored.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - Thresholds and Exemptions



Sales tax form tracking

India Localization from tracking feature allow organizations to monitor the receipt and issue of sales tax concessional forms and associate transactions to a specified concessional form.


VAT Classification

Requirement Name VAT Classification


Description As per VAT regulations, every item should be classified as per VAT tariff and classification.




Vat Item classification Under VAT Regime, items have to be classified into Capital Goods and Raw Material, Finished Goods (Non-capital Goods). Goods need to be appropriately classified as per VAT schedule. India Localization functionality allows the user to associate appropriate item classification to organization items. Along with classification of items, this feature also provides the user to specify VAT applicability, recoverability and Classification code for each Item. User can setup templates with possible Item classifications. Multiple items can be assigned to templates at one go. This feature enhances usability and minimizes time required to complete thissetup.



VAT Invoice

Requirement Name VAT Invoice


Description A VAT tax invoice complying with VAT regulation need to be generated when goods are sold.




VAT invoices sequence numbering

India Localization support user to configure the document sequencing requirements under vat regime. User has an option to use the excise invoice as a vat invoice also or configure a separate sequencing number for vat invoices.


VAT recovery

Requirement Name VAT recovery


Description Organizations registered under VAT regime are eligible to recover the VAT paid by them while purchasing the goods and services. As per vat regulations separate records to be maintained for vat recovered in inputs and capital goods. In the case of capital goods vat will have to be recovered in multiple installments.




VAT recovery India Localization vat recovery feature allow user to recover the vat on receipt of goods as an online transaction. As an alternate option, user can perform the vat recovery as a standalone transaction.


Configure TDS Sections, rates, surcharges and threshold limits

Requirement Name Configure TDS Sections, rates, surcharges and threshold limits


Description In order to comply with the TDS regulations, the TDS sections, rates, surcharges and the threshold limits. This information would be used to correctly calculate the TDS for a transaction.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Withholding and Reporting – Thresholds




Configure TDS compliance requirements

India Localization TDS feature allow organizations to configure the TDS sections, rates, surcharges, education cess, higher education cess etc and define the threshold limits for every section based on the regulatory requirements.


Electronic Filing of TDS Returns

Requirement Name Electronic Filing of TDS Returns


Description As per Income tax regulations, it is mandatory for all corporate business houses to file their TDS returns electronically.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Withholding and Reporting - Thresholds



Electronic filing of TDS returns

India Localization supports this regulatory requirement. The periodic returns can be filed electronically with the tax authorities.


Generate TCS Certificate

Requirement Name Generate TCS Certificate


Description Organizations collecting TCS (Tax collected at source) are required to issue a TCS certificate to its customers.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Withholding and Reporting - Reporting to Suppliers and Customers



Address regulations related to Tax Collected at source

India Localization TCS solution allows organizations to charge TCS on Order to cash transactions, account for the TCS liability, pay the TCS liability and issue the TCS certificate. The solution would also consider surcharge on TCS based on user set up/configuration to comply with the income tax requirements.



Monitor the receipt of withholding tax certificate for TDS deducted by Customers

Requirement Name Monitor the receipt of withholding tax certificate for TDS deducted by Customers


Description Organizations need to monitor the receipt of TDS certificate if TDS is withheld from the receivable amount.




TDS Deductions by the Customers

India Localizations support accounting adjustments against receivables on receipt of TDS certificate from the customer.


Support Tax Collected at Source (TCS)

Requirement Name Support Tax Collected at Source (TCS)


Description India Localization TCS solution helps organizations to comply with the TCS regulations.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Withholding and Reporting - Thresholds



Address regulations related to Tax Collected at source

India Localization TCS solution allows organizations to charge TCS on Order to cash transactions, account for the TCS liability, pay the TCS liability and issue the TCS certificate. The solution would also consider surcharge on TCS based on user set up/configuration to comply with the income tax requirements.


TDS on Pre-payments(Advances)

Requirement Name TDS on Pre-payments(Advances)


Description As per Income tax regulations, TDS must be computed when payments are made in advance. TDS deducted can be adjusted when final payment is made against an invoice when an invoice is mapped to a pre-payment.





TDS on pre-payments India Localization support tax to be withheld on a pre-payment invoice. India Localization support compliance to tax regulations when a pre-payment invoice is matched to a standard invoice.



20. IRELAND


Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Payroll √

Ireland Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Ireland. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments

Payment Methods



Book Keeping Rules



• General Ledger Audit Documents.


• Fixed Assets Reporting.

Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods


VAT




Human Resources


• Capture & report Employer details according to country legal requirements.



Payroll

Payroll processing






English

4. HRMS

a. Human Resources Capture & report Employer details according to country legal requirements

Requirement Name

Capture & report Employer details according to country legal requirements


Description All businesses in Ireland must be able to hold data that reflects their own organisation structure and record legal and contact data for each legal entity.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Organizational Attributes

You can create organizations in line with your own requirements.For Ireland he following organization information can be recorded: -Employer PAYE Reference number. -Other contact details as required by the Revenue.




Requirement Name



Description Organizations in Ireland are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All Irish businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. Data required to be maintained includes addresses in the correct format, bank account details, and national identification numbers in accordance with Irish legislative requirements.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement



The following Ireland specific details are captured: PPS Number: The National Identification Number is available and is validated according to Irish legislation. Also have the aability to store a person's mother's maiden name, where the PPS number is not available. Address details: Address details are available in Irish standard format. Bank Account Details: Irish Bank Account details can be entered. Four main formats of Paypath are supported.










Ireland Payroll Processing

The following Payroll Processing details are captured: -PAYE and PRSI: Oracle Payroll for Ireland supports PAYE and PRSI deductions. -BIK: Comprehensive benefits in kind processing is provided with seeded elements.


Legislative Reporting The Ireland National Employment Survey Report. Product Localization

Legislative Reporting Legislative reporting is delivered as standard functionality, in line with Ireland's legislative requirements This includes monthly reports for statutory deductions and contributions as well as Tax Year End Reporting and processes. Statement of Earnings: A generic online Statement of Earnings has been delivered. It is possible to modify the contents of the SOE according to customer needs. Supported statutory reports are produced on a per legal employer basis, a person record can have multiple assignments with different legal employers. The following reports are produced: -Works Number Update to the Revenue -Support for Revenue Online Service -P30 report including xml on a calendar month basis -P45 report including xml -P35 report including xml -P60 report -Oracle also provides a P60 xml template for customers to configure to their own document layout. A validation report for the Tax Certificate Upload procedure is provided, for files originating from the Irish Revenue.


Payroll Data Capture Enhanced data capture for Payroll processing and statutory Payroll reporting has been applied for the Irish localization as follows: -Data capture for PAYE and PRSI deductions. -Seeded classifications to enable Social benefit processing.


Payroll Payment Reconciliation

Support is provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management (CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Ireland. This feature enables users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run.


Payroll data purge facility

The Purge process provided by Oracle Payroll enables users to delete data that is no longer required from the payroll tables to free up space and improve performance. A concurrent process 'Archive Payments and Deductions for Payslip' to archive the historic pay slip information is provided with this feature.



5. Financials

a. Payments










Global Capability


Global Capability










General Ledger conforms to multiple national accounting standards,including SFAS #52 (Statement of Financial Accounting Standards) with regard to the translation, revaluation, and reporting of foreign currency denominated balances.

Global Capability









Global Capability










Global Capability










Global Capability


General Ledger Audit Documents

Requirement Name General Ledger Audit Documents


Description Legal Entities are required to have the General Ledger documents for audit needs.






Global Capability



Global Capability



Global Capability

Fixed Assets Reporting

Requirement Name Fixed Assets Reporting


Description Legal Entities are required to have the Cash Flow Statement listing the asset movements. The Cash Flow Statement needs to report: Asset Additions, Reclassifications, Retirements/Disposals.





The Fixed Assets Register Report provides asset information such as original cost, starting depreciation year, depreciation rate, revaluation, devaluation, yearly depreciation amount, accumulated depreciation, and net book value. It is possible to define a specific attribute set in order to print the columns required by country legislation and according to the order defined by the user.

Global Capability









European Sales Listing(ESL) Reporting


Global Capability




Description Tax registration numbers (TRN) entered in Financials should be validated by the system.Assuring a correct TRN protect taxpayers who become innocently involved in a chain of fraudulent transactions such as carousel fraud.






Global Capability


21. ISRAEL

1. Country Overview


Payments √


Transaction Tax √

Israel Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Israel. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments


• Bank Statement Import and Reconciliation

Payment Formats

• Check Printing

• EDI

• Electronic File Transfer

• Foreign Bank Transfer


Book Keeping Rules

• Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards




• Bookkeeping Certificate Management

• Invoice, Receipt and Debit Memo Documents

• Purchase Order Linkage

• Support local "Chart Of Accounts"(COA) and Support user definable COA

• Support local chart of accounts


• Customers Statement

• Purchase Order Document

• Shaam Interface Programs and Reports

• Suppliers Statement

• Tax Authority Open Format


Fiscal Valuation


• Additional Deduction for Depreciation Report

• Capital Gain and Loss Calculation and Reporting

• Fixed Asset Management


• Subledger and Accounting Books

Transaction Tax

VAT

• Value Added Tax Management


• Withholding Tax Certificate Management

• Withholding Tax File




• Shipping Bill Document


Complexity Medium

Frequency of legal changes Low

Interpretation of law text Low


Hebrew Arabic

4. Financials

a. Payments Bank Statement Import and Reconciliation

Requirement Name Bank Statement Import and Reconciliation


Description The requirement is to validate bank statement imports and manage the reconcilitation process.





Automatic Reconciliation Extension Report

Automatic Reconciliation Extension Report improves the standard functionality of the Auto Reconciliation program.

Add-on Localization

Bank Statement Import Validation Report

Bank Statement Import Validation Report allows users to validate bank statement open and close balances as part of import process.

Add-on Localization

Bank Statement Reconciliation Report for the Company

Bank Statement Reconciliation Report for the Company Auditor describes the differences between the bank statement balance and the GL bank account balance.

Add-on Localization

Clearing Account Analysis Report

Clearing Account Analysis Report allows users to analyze the clearing account balance.

Add-on Localization

Check Printing

Requirement Name Check Printing


Description Checks - Israeli Check print format including verbal amount in English or Hebrew.




Check Printing Checks - Israeli check print format including verbal amount in English or Hebrew.

Add-on Localization

EDI

Requirement Name EDI


Description The requirement is to generate an EDI Payment File according to Israeli specifications, for foreign currency transfers from local Israeli Bank Accounts to Foreign Bank Accounts.




EDI This feature produces an EDI Payment File according to Israeli specifications, for foreign currency transfers from local Israeli Bank Accounts to Foreign Bank Accounts.

Add-on Localization


Electronic File Transfer

Requirement Name Electronic File Transfer


Description The Israeli EFT format is a common payment method in Israel, which is used to transfer money to suppliers' or employees' bank accounts. The requirement is to be able to produce the electronic to be sent to the clearing-house. The clearing-house will then transfer it to the required bank accounts.




EFT File Massav Feature: Creates "Massav" file for suppliers/employees payments.

Add-on Localization

EFT Report Massav Feature - Creates a letter describing the payment details.

Add-on Localization

Foreign Bank Transfer

Requirement Name Foreign Bank Transfer


Description The requirement is to create a letter for the bank, detailing the payment instructions.




Bank_Transfer Bank Transfer creates a letter for the bank, which details the payments for performing bank transfer .Creates a letter describing the payment details for the beneficiary.

Add-on Localization

Foreign Bank Transfer

Foreign Bank Transfer creates a letter for the bank, which details the payments for performing foreign bank transfer.

Add-on Localization

a. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards



Description Currency conversion, revaluation, remeasurement, and translation should be performed in accordance with local and international accounting standards







Global Capability


General Ledger conforms to multiple national accounting standards,including SFAS #52 (Statement of Financial Accounting Standards) with regard to the translation, revaluation, and reporting of foreign currency denominated balances.

Global Capability









Global Capability










Global Capability




Description The IFRS standards are a comprehensive set of standards designed to make the enterprise transparent to its owners, the investors, when public reporting is required. The countries of the European Union and several others around the world have mandated that external financial reporting be executed according to the IFRS






Global Capability

Bookkeeping Certificate Management

Requirement Name Bookkeeping Certificate Management


Description The requirement is to manage bookkeeping certificates including expiration date reporting and automatically preventing any further contact with suppliers that don't have a valid certificate, by placing them on "Hold".




Bookkeeping Certificate Control

Manages bookkeeping certificates including expiration date reporting and automatically preventing any further contact with suppliers that don't have a valid certificate, by placing them on "Hold".

Add-on Localization


Bookkeeping Certificate Mass Update

Allows mass update of bookkeeping certificate expiry dates of suppliers or supplier sites, with new expiry dates.

Add-on Localization

Bookkeeping Certificate Report

Bookkeeping certificate expiration date report allows user to contact suppliers before the expiration date and ask them to send a valid certificate.

Add-on Localization

Invoice, Receipt and Debit Memo Documents

Requirement Name Invoice, Receipt and Debit Memo Documents


Description The requirement is to be able to print Invoice, Receipt and Debit Memo documents to inline with local requirements, as well as being able to produce "Original" and "Copy" versions.




Debit Memo Document This report prints the debit memo raised on supplier in specific format specified by Israel local authorities displaying the details such as invoice numbers, address of the business and suppliers information. It also provides the details such as description, price of goods or services for which the debit memo was given for and also provides the details VAT amount and total amount of debit memo.

Add-on Localization

Receipt Document The Israeli Receipt is a statutory requirement in Israel. The document receipt must be given for every receipt; the document should include the name and ID of the business, date of the receipt, name and address of the payer, and amount. The original receipt can be printed only once. In case the receipt is in the form of a check, the account, bank, check number information will be displayed.

Add-on Localization

Purchase Order Linkage

Requirement Name Purchase Order Linkage


Description The requirement is to enable handling of purchase orders linked to a specific currency/rate or to an index, along with full invoice matching functionality.





Extended PO Linkage The purchase order escalation solution enable the Purchase Orders Escalation by a predefined factor calculated based upon predefined price basket to which the purchase order is linked, likewise, receiving transactions originated from foreign currency purchase orders should be accounted based on the receipt date rate (similarly to purchase order linkage).

Add-on Localization

Purchase Order Linkage Allow users to raise a purchase order linked with base date specific currency or Index including the appropriate journals to the GL and with the full matching functionality holding mechanism.

Add-on Localization









Global Capability

Support local chart of accounts

Requirement Name Support local chart of accounts








Global Capability

Customers Statement

Requirement Name Customers Statement


Description Customers Statement Report (including opening balance, invoices, receipts and ending balance for a customer).




Customers Statement Customers Statement Report (including opening balance, invoices, receipts and ending balance for a customer).

Add-on Localization

Purchase Order Document

Requirement Name Purchase Order Document


Description Purchase Order and Shipping Bill printing format.




Purchase_Order_Document Purchase Order and Shipping Bill printing format. Global Capability

Shaam Interface Programs and Reports

Requirement Name Shaam Interface Programs and Reports


Description Features required for Shaam Interface and Reports.





Shaam Interface Exception Loader

Interface Exception Loader allows users to load the error file received from the authorities.

Add-on Localization

Shaam Interface Exception Program and Report

Interface Exception Program and Report allow users to review all suppliers with wrong details.

Add-on Localization

Shaam Interface File Interface file including all the suppliers details required by the authorities.

Add-on Localization

Shaam Interface File Report Interface File Report - Allows users to review all details sent to the authorities.

Add-on Localization

Shaam Interface Loader Interface Loader allows users to load the file received from the authorities. The program modifies Bookkeeping and Withholding Tax Certificates in Oracle Payables module.

Add-on Localization

Shaam Interface Report Interface Report allows users to review the updated details. Add-on Localization

Shaam Supplier Letter Supplier Letter used to notify the suppliers that the company is going to work online with the authorities.

Add-on Localization

Suppliers Statement

Requirement Name Suppliers Statement


Description Suppliers Statement Report (including opening balance, invoices, payments and ending balance for a supplier site)..




Suppliers Statement Suppliers Statement Report (including opening balance, invoices, payments and ending balance for a supplier site).

Add-on Localization

Tax Authority Open Format

Requirement Name Tax Authority Open Format


Description Israel Tax Authorities require accounting software to provide ASCII files with detailed information regarding accounting activities and various system documents (such as customer receipts, inventory receipts, supplier invoices, customer invoices, sales order, returns to vendors etc.).





Tax Authority Open Format This feature contains 3 sub-features: Populating Open Format Tables, Open Format INI Data file generation and Open Format File Generation.

Add-on Localization

Additional Deduction for Depreciation Report

Requirement Name Customers Statement


Description In order to comply with Israeli legal requirement, information about each asset depreciation needs to be listed in a report together with the impact of inflation rate since the asset date of purchase.




Additional Deduction for Depreciation Report

This report provides depreciation information of each asset and details the effect of inflation since asset purchase date.

Add-on Localization

Capital Gain and Loss Calculation and Reporting

Requirement Name Capital Gain and Loss Calculation and Reporting


Description The requirement is to enable calculation of capital gains and losses and provided related reporting, as required in Israel.




Calculate Gains and Losses Report

Calculate Gains and Losses Report. Add-on Localization

Capital Gains and Losses Tax Report

Capital Gains and Losses Tax Report. Add-on Localization

Changes Calculation Detail Report

Changes Calculation Detail Report (Appendix 7). Add-on Localization

Fixed Asset Management

Requirement Name Fixed Asset Management



Description The requirement is to provide various reports and interfaces required for fixed assets management in Israel.




Fixed Assets Interface File to Other Local Fixed Assets Programs

Fixed Assets Interface File to Other Local Fixed Assets Programs.

Add-on Localization

Fixed Assets Interface Report Fixed Assets Interface Report. Add-on Localization

Fixed Assets Previous Year Detail Report Fixed Assets Previous Year Detail Report (Appendix 7).

Add-on Localization

Fixed Assets Tax Report (1342). Fixed Assets Tax Report (1342). Add-on Localization

Subledger and Accounting Books

Requirement Name Subledger and Accounting Books


Description Legal Entities are required to have some books in order to print both entered transactions and journal entries






Global Capability



Global Capability

Shipping Bill Document

Requirement Name Shipping Bill Document


Description Purchase Order and Shipping Bill printing format.





Shipping Bill Document Purchase Order and Shipping Bill printing format. Add-on Localization

b. Transaction Tax

Value Added Tax Management

Requirement Name Value Added Tax Management


Description The requirement is to provide VAT Declaration and Reconciliation Reports, as required in Israel.




AP VAT Reconciliation Report

VAT Reconciliation Report (compare with GL accounts). Add-on Localization

Combined VAT file ( ICHUD OSKIM)

This feature allows Israeli companies to submit a combined VAT file to the tax authorities. The file includes data from several individual companies sharing the same VAT number.


VAT Tax ID's and Number Validation

Supplier's tax registration number and tax import invoice number validation report.

Add-on Localization

Value Added Tax (VAT) AP Detail Report

Detailed monthly VAT output report (including suppliers, invoices, VAT on assets and VAT on others).The report incorporate legislative changes effective as from January 2010.


Value Added Tax (VAT) AR Detail Report

Detailed monthly VAT input report (including customers and invoices for VAT and exempt).The report incorporate legislative changes effective as from January 2010.


Value Added Tax (VAT) File

Monthly VAT file in line with "Shaam" requirements (instead of 874 report).The file incorporates legislative changes effective as from January 2010.


Value Added Tax (VAT) Summary Report

Summarized monthly VAT report (8381 report from notebook).The report incorporate legislative changes effective as from January 2010.



Withholding Tax Certificate Management

Requirement Name Withholding Tax Certificate Management


Description Withholding Tax Certificate handling including expiration date report and auto-preventing of any further contact with suppliers that do not have a valid certificate, by placing a "Hold".




Withholding Tax Annual Certificate

Annual Withholding Tax Certificate for suppliers detailing all the deductions that were performed during the year (806 837 875 Report).


Withholding Tax Certificate Control

Withholding Tax Certificate handling, including expiration date report and auto-preventing of any further contact with suppliers that do not have a valid certificate, by placing a "Hold".

Add-on Localization

Withholding Tax Certificate Mass Update

This program mass updates Withholding Tax Certificates' expiration dates and insert new Withholding Tax Certificate records, identical to the existing ones except for the expiration date range. The new expiration start date is a day after the existing certificate end date. The new expiration date is the date provided as a parameter to the program.

Add-on Localization

Withholding Tax Certificate Report

Withholding Tax Certificate expiration date report enable users to contact suppliers before the expiration date and ask them to send a valid certificate.

Add-on Localization

Withholding Tax File

Requirement Name Withholding Tax File


Description An Israeli regulatory requirement gives all companies involved in payable transactions power of attorney to withhold taxes from vendors on behalf of the Israeli Tax Authority. The summary of payments and the amounts of tax withheld are periodically reported to the authority using a legal format.





Withholding Tax File Oracle EBS supports the withholding tax file as required by legislative amendments of the Income Tax Ordinance updated the 'Withholding Tax File – 856'.


Withholding Tax Reconciliation Report

Withholding Tax Reconciliation Report (including deducted payments, receivers and amount deducted, group and certificate details).


Withholding Tax Report

Detailed annual and monthly Withholding Tax Report (including deducted payments, receivers and amounts deducted).



22. ITALY


Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √


Regulated Material Management √


Italy Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Italy.The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments

Payment Formats

• Italian Payment Formats.

Payment Methods



Book Keeping Rules




• Invoice Price Variance for Supplier Invoice.

• Projects Extended Budgetary Control.

• Year-End Closing for the Income and Balance accounts ("Chiusura Conti di Fine Anno").

Fiscal Valuation

• FIFO Costing for Discrete Manufacturing.

• Fixed Asset Deductible Maintenance Cost.

• Periodic incremental LIFO for Process Manufacturing.


• Year-End Inventory Valuation.



Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods


VAT

• Customer VAT Exemption Letter.

• Duty Tax (Bollo) to be applied to Invoice.

• Fiscal Documents Sequencing Numbering.

• Fiscal Documents Yearly Numbering.

• Invoices Above Threoshold Electronic Declaration.

• Statutory VAT Books.

• Supplier VAT Exemption Letter.


• VAT Yearly Declaration.


• Supplier Withholding Tax Letter.

• Withholding Tax Yearly Declaration.


Human Resources




Regulated Material Management

Subcontracting and Outside processing

• Outside Processing for Discrete Manufacturing.

• Outside Processing for Process Manufacturing.




Regulated Documentation

• Inventory Packing Slip.

• Order Management Packing Slip.






Italian

4. HRMS




Description Organizations in Italy are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All Italian businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. Data required to be maintained includes national registration numbers, tax information and personal data.





Personal and national registration numbers: You can record correctly formatted and validated Personal and national registration numbers for employees.Tax information: You can record correctly formatted and validated tax information for employees.Italian address and Personal Data: You can enter correctly formatted and validated Italian addresses and personal data for reporting purposes.



5. Financials

a. Payments Italian Payment Formats

Requirement Name Italian Payment Formats


Description Legal Entities are required to have the main Italian payment formats which are used in business transactions.




Italian Banking Transfer Order

The Italian Banking Transfer Order generates a letter to send to the bank containing the instructions required by the Italian banks for transferring funds via wire. The letter contains the request to credit an amount in favour of a supplier detailing the first party bank account and the suppleir bank account.


Italian Bill Receivables Bank Remittance Format

The Italian Bill Receivables Bank Remittance Format generates a file according to the Direct Debit technical standard format required by Italian Banking Corporation for Ri.Ba. (Ricevuta Bancaria).


Italian Bills Receivables Receipt

The Italian Bills Receivables Receipt generates a letter printing the Bills Receivable for customer notification or acceptance.


Italian Electronic File Transfer

The Italian Electronic File Transfer generates a file according to the credit transfer technical standard format required by Italian Banking Corporation for Electronic Payment (Bonifico Elettronico).












Global Capability


Global Capability










Global Capability










Global Capability










Global Capability

Invoice Price Variance for Supplier Invoice

Requirement Name Invoice Price Variance for Supplier Invoice


Description Legal Entities are required to handle the Invoice Price Variance once the supplier invoice is matched either to a purchase order or receipt.





Supplier Invoice Price Variance Protocol Assignment

In case the year of receipt is similar to the invoice year and an Invoice Price Variance occurs, the Invoice Price Variance account is charged to the accrual account. In case the year of receipt is different from the year of invoice and an Invoice Price Variance occurs, the Invoice Price Variance account is not charged to the accrual account but it is charged against a different account.

Add-on Localization

Projects Extended Budgetary Control

Requirement Name Projects Extended Budgetary Control


Description The requirement is to extend the Project Budgetary Control (Funds Checking) functionality to the following transactions: 1. Oracle Projects Expenditure Batches created directly in Oracle Projects (only for Time Card and Miscellaneous classes). 2. Inventory Miscellaneous Transactions (both Discrete and Process Manufacturing Inventory Organizations).




Projects Extended Budgetary Control

2 programs will create encumbrances and actuals: "CLE: Create Encumbrances" and "CLE: Create Actual". For Process Manufacturing organization, a Localization Descriptive Flexfield has been enabled to capture the project details. In addition to these programs, the solution entails the following 2 reports: CLE:Expenditure Batch Funds Check Report and CLE: Inventory Funds Check Report.

Add-on Localization

Year-End Closing for the Income and Balance accounts ("Chiusura Conti di Fine Anno")

Requirement Name Year-End Closing for the Income and Balance accounts ("Chiusura Conti di Fine An








Global Capability

FIFO Costing for Discrete Manufacturing

Requirement Name FIFO Costing for Discrete Manufacturing


Description For Discrete Manufacturing Organizations, periodically evaluating the inventory value based on the Periodic Incremental FIFO inventory evaluation method and Periodic continuous FIFO inventory evaluation method, importing the historical Periodic Incremental FIFO cost and Periodic continuous FIFO cost for previous periods from legacy systems.




FIFO Costing for Discrete Manufacturing

This Add-on Localizations contains the following features: * Stock valuation of purchased materials, considering all PO Receipt transactions of the year, starting from the most recent transactions. * Ability to add acquisition costs (like transport costs and others) to the FIFO Inventory valuation. * Ability to overwrite the FIFO cost of some items with a market value (only if it is lower than the calculated cost).

Add-on Localization

Fixed Asset Deductible Maintenance Cost

Requirement Name Fixed Asset Deductible Maintenance Cost


Description Legal Entities can deduct a percentage of the assets maintenance cost from income per year.The surplus of not deductable maintenance cost can be deducted in the next years.





Fixed Assets Deductible Maintenance Cost Report

The Fixed Assets Deductible Maintenance Cost Report calculates maintenance cost to be deducted from Income for all eligible assets.

Add-on Localization

Periodic incremental LIFO for Process Manufacturing'

Requirement Name Periodic incremental LIFO for Process Manufacturing


Description As per the statutory requirement in Italy it is necessary for all manufacturing and distribution companies to periodically value their inventory based on the incremental annual Last In First Out (LIFO) inventory evaluation method. The evaluation period is the fiscal year. Italian civil code indicates the purchase and production cost or the market value as the valuation basis for stock valuation, whichever is lower and allows considering secondary cost for the purchase items and for the production items. Raw materials and goods cannot be reported with a valuation higher than what was recorded during the last month of previous fiscal year.




Periodic Incremental LIFO for Process Manufacturing

PILIFO is computed with an algorithm that considers the incremental inventory quantity from one fiscal period to another. The end quantity balance of each fiscal period is valued by applying the "Weighted Average" to the purchasing and production cost occurred in the year without considering the initial balance. The information of quantity and value of an item for a specific period is called Period Layer.

Add-on Localization

Year-End Inventory Valuation

Requirement Name Year-End Inventory Valuation


Description Legal Entities are required to value the inventory at the end of fiscal year.





Periodic Incremental LIFO for Discrete Manufacturing

The Periodic Incremental LIFO (Last-In First-Out) costing method provides support for periodic valuation of inventory for both fiscal and managerial reporting purposes.

Global Capability




Description The Italian legislation requires legal entities some accounting books in order to report : a) The journal entries ("Libro Giornale"); b) The movements per account ("Libro Partitario"); b) The assets list with the original cost and the related amortization ("Registro dei Beni Ammortizabili").






Global Capability


The Global Account Analysis Report displays the information for all transactions entered within a single period or within a period range per single account or per account range.The beginning balances, period activity, and ending balances are displayed in either detail or summary modes.

Global Capability



Global Capability



Global Capability

Italian Statutory Headings Report

The Italian Statutory Headings Report prints the company official heading that appears on Italian Statutory Reports. The heading contains company information such as the Company's Name, Address, Taxpayer ID, and VAT Registration Number entered in the First Party Legal Entity setup.












Global Capability

Customer VAT Exemption Letter

Requirement Name Customer VAT Exemption Letter


Description In Italy, habitual exporters can claim exemption on VAT from suppliers by sending them an exemption letter. The supplier receives the exemption Letter, stores the information and issues invoices without VAT according to instruction enclosed in the exemption letter.




Customer VAT Exemption Letter

The Customer VAT Exemption Letter feature allows storing information related to VAT Exemption Letter received from customers. At billing time, customer exemptions related to specific operation and period range are checked. The Customer VAT Exemption Letter Register can be printed for a given period.

Add-on Localization


Duty Tax (Bollo) to be applied to Invoice

Requirement Name Duty Tax (Bollo) to be applied to Invoice


Description Italian fiscal law requires Duty Tax (Bollo) be applied to an invoice in case the taxable amount is greater than 77,47 Euro and the transaction is VAT exempt.




Duty Tax (Bollo) applied to customer invoice

The Duty Tax (Bollo) is applied to customer invoice in case of a fiscal document with an amount greater than 77.47 Euro and VAT exempted transaction.

Add-on Localization

Fiscal Documents Sequencing Numbering

Requirement Name Fiscal Documents Sequencing Numbering


Description Italian law requires VAT Registers to show VAT documents ordered by date and sequence numbers with no gap in the numbering.




Document Sequencing

Oracle Financials allows numbering subledger documents and journal entries, always per ledger, by means of the following sequences: The document sequence allows numbering documents entered in the subledger. The accounting sequence allows numbering journal entries when the journal entry is created.The reporting sequence allows numbering journal entries by the general ledger accounting period closing process.

Global Capability

VAT Calendar VAT Calendar feature verifies that, while entering a transaction, GL date is not less than GL date of the latest entered transaction having the same sequence. A warning message is provided when there is no synchronization. This check is done for payables fiscal documents, receivables fiscal documents, and general ledger journal entries.

Add-on Localization


Fiscal Documents Yearly Numbering

Requirement Name Fiscal Documents Yearly Numbering


Description The fiscal documents must be numbered on yearly base, every year the fiscal document numbering must start by 1.




Supplier Invoice Unique Number

The Supplier Invoice Unique Number feature allows entering the same invoice number per supplier in different calendar years.

Add-on Localization

Invoices Above Threoshold Electronic Declaration

Requirement Name Invoices Above Threoshold Electronic Declaration


Description All Italian taxable subjects identified for VAT must provide a yearly list of issued and received invoices with total amount over a certain threshold. Exceptionally for some types of contracts (e.g.: supply contracts, tender contracts, etc.) the total amount over a certain threshold is per contract. The list must be provided by electronic means according to the technical standard defined by Italian Tax Authority.




Italian Invoices Above Threshold Reporting

The Italian Invoices Above Threshold Reporting generates an audit report listing the invoices issued per customer and all invoices received by supplier, and the electronic file according to the technical standard specified by Italian Tax Authority.


Statutory VAT Books

Requirement Name Statutory VAT Books


Description Legal Entities are required to produce the VAT Purchases Register and the VAT Sales Register.





Italian Payables Sales VAT Register

The Italian Payables Sales VAT Register prints all self-invoices issued and European Union purchase invoices within the selected period date range. The report displays recoverable and nonrecoverable elements of both taxable amount and tax amount. A summary section is printed at the end of the report grouping the amounts by tax rate.


Italian Payables Summary VAT Register

The Italian Payables Summary VAT Report is used to calculate the VAT amounts due to tax authorities. The Payables Italian Summary VAT Report recaps taxable amounts and VAT amounts by tax code printed in the Italian VAT Registers for the selected period date range. At the end of the Italian Payables Summary VAT Report there is a summary section with a grand total of all sales VAT amount, all deferred VAT issued, all deferred VAT due, all recoverable purchases VAT amounts and all non-recoverable VAT amounts for the selected period date range.


Italian Purchase VAT Register

The Italian Purchase VAT Register prints all invoices within the selected period range. The report displays recoverable and nonrecoverable elements of both taxable amount and tax amount. A summary section is printed at the end of the report grouping the amounts by tax rate.


Italian Receivables Deferred VAT Register

The Italian Receivables Deferred VAT Register prints all invoices, receipts and adjustments within the selected period date range. The report displays both taxable amount and tax amount. Two summary sections are printed at the end of the report: the first groups the invoices amount by tax rate (VAT issued and deferred) while the second groups the receipts and the adjustments amount (VAT due).


Italian Receivables Sales VAT Register

The Italian Receivables Sales VAT Register prints all invoices within the selected period date range. The report displays both taxable amount and tax amount. A summary section is printed at the end of the report grouping the amounts by tax rate.


Supplier VAT Exemption Letter

Requirement Name Supplier VAT Exemption Letter


Description In Italy, habitual exporters can claim exemptions on VAT from suppliers. The habitual exporters send the exemption letters to suppliers and store the information.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - Thresholds and Exemptions




Italian Payables Exemption Letter

The Italian Payables Exemption Letters window allows assigning the exemption amount limits per supplier either for a specific operation, a defined amount or for a period range.


Italian Payables Exemption Letter Process

The Italian Payables Exemption Letter Process generates and prints the supplier exemption letters for each exemption entered, and produces a listing of all exemption letters that were printed.


Italian Payables Exemption Letter Register

The Italian Payables Exemption Letter Register lists all exemption letters issued within a period range, such as letters that went through the Italian Payables Exemption Letter process.


Italian Payables Exemption Limit Declaration report

The Italian Payables Exemption Limit Declaration report monitors the yearly amount of VAT exemption declared.


Italian Payables Exemption Limit Manager

The Italian Payables Exemption Limit Manager allows handling the yearly exemption limit per Legal Entity.


Italian Supplier Exemption Limit Consumption report

The Italian Supplier Exemption Limit Consumption report monitors the monthly consumption of the exemption limit per supplier. The Italian Supplier Exemption Limit Consumption report provides details about suppliers and their monthly consumption of the exemption limits that have been assigned to them.


Supplier VAT Exemption Letter

The Supplier VAT Exemption Letter feature allows: a) generating, storing and printing the supplier VAT exemption letter; b) refering the supplier VAT exemption letter to supplier invoice; c) revoking and suspending the supplier VAT exemption letter; d) printing the supplier VAT exemption register based on certain criteria.

Add-on Localization










Global Capability


VAT Yearly Declaration

Requirement Name VAT Yearly Declaration


Description All legal entities must complete the VAT yearly declaration according to Italian fiscal authority specifications.




Annual VAT Extract for Italy Report

The Annual VAT Extract for Italy Report prints for the first party legal entity the following sections: a) the VAT collected information from Receivables; b) the VAT paid information from Payables; c) the VAT collected and VAT paid information from General Ledger; d) the exemption VAT information for Italy. The exemption VAT information for Italy section is omitted in case the exemption feature is not used within the VAT Calendar Year. This report wants assist users to retrieve some information in order to complete the VAT Yearly Declaration.


Supplier Withholding Tax Letter

Requirement Name Supplier Withholding Tax Letter


Description Legal Entities are required to send to suppliers a letter that confirms tax amounts that are withheld on invoices that are partially or fully paid within a calendar year.




Italian Payables Withholding Tax Letter

The Italian Payables Withholding Tax Letter prints per supplier the letter that confirms tax amounts that are withheld on invoices that are partially or fully paid within a calendar year. It displays the amount of withholding tax for each withholding tax rate applied to the invoices, along with the net amount that was paid for these invoices. The letter shows both withheld amounts paid to the withholding tax authority and amounts paid to the INPS ("Istituto Nazionale Previdenza Sociale") social security fees tax authority.



Withholding Tax Yearly Declaration

Requirement Name Withholding Tax Yearly Declaration


Description Legal Entities is required to complete the withholding tax yearly declaration according to Italian fiscal authority specifications.




Annual Withholding Extract for Italy Report

The Annual Withholding Extract for Italy Report prints for the first party legal entity within a calendar year the withholding tax and social security information per supplier. Per every supplier the withholding yearly extract report displays: a) the supplier identification information; b) a detail section listing the payables transactions partially or totally paid and printed in the withholding letter sent to supplier; c) a summary section listing the overall withheld tax amounts group by withholding tax rates and the overall withheld social security amounts group by withholding social security rates. This report wants assist users to retrieve some information in order to complete the Withholding Tax Yearly Declaration.



a. Regulated Material Management Outside Processing for Discrete Manufacturing

Requirement Name Outside Processing for Discrete Manufacturing


Description The outside processing requirement is a standard business process for Italian customers. The outside processing consists of outsourcing to a subcontractor certain specific (or several) operations/steps, paying the subcontractor for the service provided.

Functional Category Regulated Material Management - Subcontracting and Outside processing




Outside Processing for Discrete Manufacturing

The Outside Processing for Discrete Manufacturing: a) generates the shipping documents for all shipments to the outside processing suppliers; b) generates the documentation for all shipments to the outside processing supplier and handles all receipts from the suppliers; c) handles the receipts of semi-fnished items against the purchase order, back-flushing the components from Bill of Material.

Add-on Localization

Outside Processing for Process Manufacturing

Requirement Name Outside Processing for Process Manufacturing


Description The outside processing requirement is a standard business process for Italian customers. The outside processing consists of outsourcing to a subcontractor certain specific (or several) operations/steps, paying the subcontractor for the service provided.

Functional Category Regulated Material Management - Subcontracting and Outside processing



Outside Processing for Process Manufacturing

The Outside Processing for Process Manufacturing: a) tracks the outside processing materials sent to outside processing supplier; b) creates automatic sales order for outside processing supplier ingredients through transfer order page and prints the shipping documents for all shipments to the outside processing supplier; c) after receiving the outside processing supplier materials, automatic incremental backflush occurs for the outside processing supplier materials, which is associated with outside processing supplier step in batch with notification to batch creator.

Add-on Localization

b. Regulated Transactions

Intrastat Reporting









Global Capability

Inventory Packing Slip

Requirement Name Inventory Packing Slip


Description It is legally required that outbound shipments be accompanied by packing slip.




Inventory Packing Slip The Inventory Packing Slip prints the packing slip information generating a unique packing slip number per location and reason for transportation. The Inventory Packing Slip number can be generated automatically and manually.

Add-on Localization

Order Management Packing Slip

Requirement Name Order Management Packing Slip


Description It is legally required that outbound shipments be accompanied by packing slip.




Order Management Packing Slip

The Order Management Packing Slip for Discrete Manufacturing prints the packing slip information generating a unique packing slip number per location and reason for transportation; the Order Management Packing Slip number can be generated utomatically and manually.

Add-on Localization


23. JAPAN

1. Country Overview


Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Payroll √

Japan Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Japan.The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments

Payment Formats

• Japan ZENGIN EFT Format

Payment Methods

• Japan Bank Charges

• Japan Bank Transfer



• Japan Electronic Preservation of Records Law Compliance

Fiscal Valuation

• Impairment Process for Japanese Depreciation Methods

• Japan Tax Reform 2007 & 2008

• Japan Tax Reform 2011

• Japanese Depreciable Assets Tax Reports

• Japanese Depreciation Rules

Transaction Tax

VAT

• Consumption Tax (VAT) Processing and Reporting


• Japanese Withholding Tax System


Human Resources



• Employee information

Payroll

Payroll processing

• Basic Payroll Calculations for Japan

• Commutation Allowance

• Social Insurance in Japan


• Create/Receive Files for Japan Payroll for Social Insurance, Tax and Salary Payments

• Japan Payroll Reports



Interpretation of law text Very Difficult


Japanese

4. HRMS a.Human Resources

Employee information

Requirement Name Employee information


Description HCM systems are required to maintain basic employee information including name, address, school and Tax in English and Kanji Format.




Alternative Names Oracle HRMS for Japan allows five alternative names in addition to the Organization for reporting purposes.


Contact person for Employee and Income Tax on Dependants

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides contact by employee Social Insurance and Income Tax on Dependant information.


Employee Name in Kanji This feature is to maintain Kanji/Kana name formats for Japanese use and to search for employees using this format.



Employee details report Oracle HRMS for Japan supports the employee details report, Shain Daicho in Japanese. This report template contains the commonly used detailed employee information. Users can submit the archive process - that is a common process - with the workers register report first, and then generate the report.


Employees Address, School and Bank data

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides employee Master Data for Address, School and Bank details in the appropriate Japanese formats.


Supplemental information of Tax and Social Insurance

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides Supplemental information on income tax exemption for dependents, date of death and social insurances of contact person.


Workers Register Report Oracle HRMS for Japan supports the workers register report, Roudousha-Meibo in Japanese. This report template meets the requirements of Article 107 of the Labor Standards Law. Users can submit the archive process - that is a common process - with the employee details report first, and then generate the report.


a. Payroll Basic Payroll Calculations for Japan

Requirement Name

Basic Payroll Calculations for Japan


Description The basic payroll requirements for Japan include the ability to calculate Monthly Salaries, Bonuses, Social Insurance, Year-End-Adjustment and Terminate/ Rehiring.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Business Practice


Payroll Calculation in Japan

Oracle HRMS for Japan calculates monthly salaries, bonuses, Geppen/Santei, Year-End-Adjustment, Re-Year-End-Adjustment and Termination/Retirement in line with Japanese Legislative Requirement.


Rehire employees before final processing date

Oracle HRMS for Japan enables users to rehire an employee before the final processing date.



Commutation Allowance

Requirement Name

Commutation Allowance


Description There is a requirement to maintain commutation information and calculate commutation allowance details automatically.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Business Practice


Calculation and Maintenance of Commutation Allowance(s)

Oracle Payroll maintains commutation information, calculates commutation allowances automatically and the results are taken into account in the payroll Batch Element Entry.


Social Insurance in Japan

Requirement Name

Social Insurance in Japan


Description HRMS applications must provide the ability to calculate premium rates for Health Insurance, Welfare Insurance and Employee Pension Fund.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Health, Welfare Pension and Employment Insurance

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a feature to cater for multiple premium rates for Health Insurance, Welfare Pension Insurance. Also Employment Insurance is supported.



Create/Receive Files for Japan Payroll for Social Insurance, Tax and Salary Payments

Requirement Name

Create/Receive Files for Japan Payroll for Social Insurance, Tax and Salary Payments


Description In Japan employers are required to create employee files for Japan Payroll Processes covering employment, social insurance, taxation and salary payment.

Functional Category

Payroll - Payroll reporting and interfaces

Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Local Tax Withheld

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides an electronic file of Local Tax Withheld for filing with the National Tax Office.


Notification Change Address for Welfare Pension Insurance

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides an electronic File Notification of Address Changes to the Social Insurance Office for Welfare Pension Insurance.


Notification of Disqualification

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides electeronic file notification of Disqualification details for Welfare Pension Insurance.


Notification of Geppen/Santei for Welfare Pension Insurance

Oracle HRMS for Japan prodies an electronic file for notification of Geppen/Santei for Welfare Pension Insurance with Social Insurance office.


Notification of Qualification for Welfare Pension Insurance

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides an electronic file for the Notification of Qualifications for Welfare Pension Insurance with the Social Insurance office.


Receive Local Tax Data in e-file

Oracle HRMS for Japan supports receiving local tax data from local governments in electronic form. Users can take the data into the system, and then upload it through Batch Element Entry.


Salary Payment Oracle HRMS for Japan provides an electronic file of Salary Payment for filing with Banks and Yubin-kyoku.


Salary Payment Report in efile

Oracle HRMS for Japan supports the salary payment report in electronic format (efile). Users can select sending it in paper form or as an e-file to the local governments at year-end.


Tax Withheld Report

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides an electronic file of Tax Withheld Report for filling with National Tax Office.



Japan Payroll Reports

Requirement Name

Japan Payroll Reports


Description Japan payroll legislation requires the submission of a number of reports for Social Insurance and Tax to the respective insurance and Tax Offices.

Functional Category

Payroll - Payroll reporting and interfaces

Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


Bonus Payment Notification

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a check List of Bonus Payment Notifications for Health Ins/Welfare Pension Insurance for filing with the Social Insurance Office.


Change of Address Notification for Welfare

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a Change of Address Notification for Welfare for submission with Social Insurance Office.


Check list for Unemployment Insurance

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides an unemployment checklist Insurance for submission with Labor Office.


Deduction Notification for Dependents

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a Notification of Deduction for Dependents for submission with National Tax Office.


Dependent exemption form

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a Dependent exemprion form on SSHR Product Localization

Disqualification for Health Ins/Welfare Pension Insurance Notification

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a Disqualification for Health Ins/Welfare Pension Insurance Notification for submission with Social Insurance Office.


Final Notice of Fixed Labor Insurance Fee

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a Final Notice of Fixed Labor Insurance Fees for submission with Labor Office.


Insurance Premium Exemption and Spouse Special Exemption Form

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a Insurance Premium Exemption and Spouse Special Exemption Form on SSHR.


Notification of Deduction for Ins Premiums; Spouse

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a Spouse Deduction for Insurance Premiums notification for submission with Social Insurance Office.



Notification of Dependents for HI Type 3 Insured

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a Notification of Dependents for Health Insurance/Type 3 Insured for submission with Social Insurance Office


Pension Ins/Type 3 Insured Notification for Geppen/Santei

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a Report of Pension Insurance/Type 3 Insured Notification for Geppen/Santei for submission with Social Insurance Office.


Qualification for Health Ins/ Welfare Pension Insurance Notification

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a notification of Qualification for Health Insurance/ Welfare Pension Insurance for submission with Social Insurance Office.


Salary Payment Report Summary Tax Withheld Report

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a Salary Payment Report Summary Tax Withheld Report for submission with National Tax office.


Separation Certificate

Oracle HRMS for Japan now support Separation Certificate concerning the capability to generate from the applications when employee leave or will leave the company. This report template meets the requirement with the Clause 1 of Article 7 in the Unemployment Insurance Law of Japan. Users can submit the archive process, which is a common process, with Separation Certificate, and then generate the report. Users can choose parameters such as Sort Order with options of Termination date and Employee Number, Assignment Set and so on.


Total Income Tax Withheld

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a report of Total Income Tax Withheld for submission with National tax Office.


Wage ledger/Payment deduction report

Oracle HRMS for Japan supports a combined wage ledger and payment deduction report. This combined report template meets the requirements of both individual reports, and contains detailed payment related information for each employee for the year. Users can submit the archive process first, and then generate the report.


Withholding Income Tax for Termination Income Report

Oracle HRMS for Japan now support Withholding Income Tax for Termination Income report concerning the capability to generate from the applications when termination income is paid. This report template meets the requirement with the Clause 2 of Article 226 in the Income Tax Law of Japan. Users can submit the archive process, which is a common process, with Withholding Income Tax for Termination Income Report, and then generate the report. Users can choose parameter such as Withholding Agent, Sort Order with options of district Code and Employee Number, Assignment Set and so on.


Withholding Income Tax report

Oracle HRMS for Japan provides a Withholding Income Tax report on SSHR.




Japan ZENGIN EFT Format

Requirement Name Japan ZENGIN EFT Format


Description In Japan, many companies use Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) to send payment orders to their banks. It is common in Japan for customers to pay suppliers by transferring funds from the customer's bank to the supplier's bank.




Imperial Calendar Support

Date format printed by Imperial calendar for EFT formats in AP and AR, FA: Tax Reports


Japan Zengin EFT Format

The Oracle Payables Bank Transfer feature helps companies meet Japanese Bank Transfer requirements. This form of EFT is accomplished with a Zengin file, an electronic or paper file submitted by the customer that instructs the customer's bank to transfer funds to the supplier's bank. Use the Zengin EFT Format to help facilitate transfer of funds from a customer's bank to a supplier's bank within the bank transfer feature of Oracle Payables for an EFT. To support this requirement, description KANA name fields for Suppliers (Sites), Addresses and Banks can be stored as the master data.


Japan Zengin Format Using Auto Lockbox

The form of EFT is normally accomplished with a Zengin file format, the standard format for bank transfers in Japan. Auto Lockbox accommodates bank transfers that use the Zengin file format. Usually, Receivables uses the customer number or invoice number to identify the customer who remitted the payment. However, the Zengin bank file format does not include this information. During the import process you can use Alternate Names table to automatically match receipt with customers or you can import the data and then match the receipts manually. Lockbox identifies customers by their alternate names, which you enter in the Alternate Name field of the Customers window.



Japan Bank Charges

Requirement Name Japan Bank Charges


Description In Japan, it is common for companies to pay suppliers by transferring funds from the customer's bank to the supplier's bank. The customer's bank charges a fee to complete the transfer, and the customer and supplier negotiate who will be responsible for the fee.




Japan Bank Charges Customer is able to specify the charges for transferring funds between banks and trading partners' banks in the Bank Charges window. Use the Bank Charges Report to review all bank charges entered for customer and supplier banks. Oracle Payables uses the Zengin Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) format, and if the supplier is responsible for the bank charge, Payables will transfer invoice amount net of bank charge amount. For batch payments using Zengin EFT format and manual payments, run the Bank Charge Accounting Upon Payment Report regularly to list the bank charges applicable to each bank transfer payment. The report identifies the accounting entries that should be entered in Oracle General Ledger to account for bank charges.


Japan Bank Transfer

Requirement Name Japan Bank Transfer


Description In Japan, many companies use Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) to send payment orders to their banks. It is common in Japan for customers to pay suppliers by transferring funds from the customer's bank to the supplier's bank.





Japan Bank Transfer The Oracle Payables Bank Transfer feature helps companies meet Japanese Bank Transfer requirements. In the case of a bank transfer, the customer's bank charges a fee to complete the transfer, and the customer and supplier negotiate who will bear the fee. This form of EFT is accomplished with a Zengin file, an electronic or paper file submitted by the customer that instructs the customer's bank to transfer funds to the supplier's bank. Use the Bank Transfer Request Report to instruct the customer's bank to transfer funds from their bank account to their supplier's bank account.



Requirement Name

Japan Electronic Preservation of Records Law Compliance


Description The law concerning preservation of national tax records in Electronic Form. This law was implemented in 1998 to allow companies to store their accounts (or books, records = choubo) electronically, such as on recordable CD, rather than having to keep records on paper.

Functional Category



Feature Name Feature Description Delivery Typ

Japan Electronic Account Book Law Compliance

Japanese Electronic Account Book Law Compliance; - Account Analysis Contra Account Report - Journal Voucher Report - Fixed Assets Book Report - Assets Additions by Period Report - Retirements Report - Customer Account Balance Detail Report - Supplier Account Balance Detail Report - Sales Register Report - Invoice Register Report



Impairment Process for Japanese Depreciation Methods

Requirement Name

Impairment Process for Japanese Depreciation Methods


Description In Japan, there is a need to to support the impairment process for various Japanese depreciation methods: Assign Cash Generating Unit, create Impairment, impairment loss calculation, depreciation calculation after Impairment.

Functional Category

Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book - Fiscal Valuation



Japan Impairment Support for Japanese Depreciation Methods

Oracle Assets supports impairment process for Japanese depreciation methods (Assign Cash Generating Unit, create Impairment, impairment loss calculation, depreciation calculation after Impairment) - Create impairment to idle (non-depreciating) asset - Allow asset impairment beyond an assets depreciation limit)


Japan Tax Reform 2007 & 2008

after Impairment)

Requirement Name

Japan Tax Reform 2007 & 2008


Description The Japan FY2007 Tax Reforms were published on 30th March 2007 by the Ministry of Finance, Japan. The FY2007 Tax Reforms fundamentally revise the depreciation system in Japan with a view to establish the basis of growth for the Japanese economy. The new reforms come into effect from 1st April, 2007. - Salvage value abolished for assets acquired after 1st April 2007 - Final Depreciable limit for assets acquired after 1st April 2007 to be 1 Yen - New Straight line Depreciation Method - New Japanese 250% Declining Balance Depreciation Method (Declining Balance with Straight line switch) - Extended depreciation for assets acquired before 1st April 2007 - Changes for Local Tax Reporting: Abolished Theoretical NBV calculation for Japan Depreciable Assets Tax Reports

Functional Category





Japan Tax Reform 2007 - Extended Depreciation

Oracle Assets provides Extended Depreciation features for fully reserved assets which were acquired before 31st March 2007 in compliance with the 2007 Japan Tax Reforms.


Japan Tax Reform 2007 - New Depreciation Methods/Rates Support

Japan Tax Reform 2007 compliance for new depreciation methods for assets acquired on or after 1st April 2007 covering the New STL method and 250% Declining Balance method.


Japan Tax Reform 2008 - Japanese Depreciable Assets Tax Reports

Oracle Assets provides Japanese Depreciable Assets Tax Reporting compliance with the 2008 Japan Tax Reforms.


Japan Tax Reform 2011

Requirement Name

Japan Tax Reform 2011


Description Japan FY2011 Tax Reform proposals have passed the Diet and the new legislations should be adopted for assets acquired on or after 1st April 2012.

Functional Category





Japan Tax Reform 2011 compliance for new depreciation methods for assets acquired on or after 1st April 2012 covering the 200% Declining Balance method.


Japanese Depreciable Assets Tax Reports

Requirement Name

Japanese Depreciable Assets Tax Reports


Description In Japan, it is required to submit depreciable asset tax returns to the Tax Authority each year. Local Depreciable Asset Tax is based on the information contained in these returns.

Functional Category





Imperial Calendar Support

Date format printed by Imperial calendar for EFT formats in AP and AR, FA: Tax Reports


Japan Depreciable Assets Tax Reports

The Japanese Depreciable Assets Tax Summary Report to summarize asset information as of January 1 for the selected calendar year. The report calculates the evaluated and theoretical net book value for each asset type. It also displays the decision cost, which is the larger of the two net book values. The Japanese Detail by Asset Type report provides supporting detail for individual assets by location as of January 1 for the selected calendar year. The reports provide information such as net book value, cost, life, residual rate, and reasons for each increase or decrease in reported value. The reports also display Japanese era names and years.


Japan Tax Reform 2008 - Japanese Depreciable Assets Tax Reports

Oracle Assets provides Japanese Depreciable Assets Tax Reporting compliance with the 2008 Japan Tax Reforms.


Japanese Depreciation Rules

Requirement Name



Description Normal/Standard Depreciation - Tangible Assets - Straight Line and Declining Balance Method - Intangible Assets - Straight Line Method - Change Depreciation Method (DB <->SL) - Provide Japanese Depreciation Rate Table - Japanese Useful Life Year - Depreciation Limit

Functional Category




Japan Tax Reform 2007 - Extended Depreciation

Oracle Assets provides Extended Depreciation features for fully reserved assets which were acquired before 31st March 2007 in compliance with the 2007 Japan Tax Reforms.



Japan Tax Reform 2007 compliance for new depreciation methods for assets acquired on or after 1st April 2007 covering the New STL method and 250% Declining Balance method.




Japan Tax Reform 2011 compliance for new depreciation methods for assets acquired on or after 1st April 2012 covering the 200% Declining Balance method.



Japanese Depreciation Rate for Declining Balance Method and Straight Line Method - Flexible Depreciation Formula Using NBV Base Flat Rate of Declining Balance Method - Define Salvage Value Rate (%) by Asset Category - Automatic Salvage Value Calculation Based on Specified - Salvage Value Rate (%) to Acquisition Cost - End of Useful Life: Above Salvage Value in Allowed - Depreciation Limit and Depreciation Less than the Specialty - Depreciation Limit - Annual Depreciation Rounding Variance - Depreciation Calculation Rounding - Unplanned Depreciation Enhancement - Dated Adjustment Enhancement - Support Adjustments Under Japanese STL Method - Group Depreciation


c.Transaction Tax Consumption Tax (VAT) Processing and Reporting

Requirement Name Consumption Tax (VAT) Processing and Reporting


Description Standard Set Up - Automated calculation/generate accounting entry with Consumption Tax transaction - Rounding Option - rounding up, down and nearest - Reconciliation Report




Japan Consumption Tax: Exclusive/Inclusive Support

Consumption Tax with tax exclusive/inclusive support Global Capability

Japan Consumption Tax: Rounding Options

Consumption Tax with rounding options (up, down & nearest) and rounding both at line & invoice level

Global Capability

Tax Defaulting from Natural Account

Tax Defaulting from the Natural Account Global Capability

Tax on Manual Journal Entry Tax on Manual Journal Entry (including rounding option, rounding level, inclusive & exclusive)

Global Capability


Japanese Withholding Tax System

Requirement Name Japanese Withholding Tax System


Description Under the Japanese withholding tax system, a payer of certain types of income (such as salary, interest, dividends and remuneration/fees) need to calculates the amount of income tax payable pursuant to prescribed methods at the time the income is paid, and withholds the amount of income tax from the income payment and pays it to the government. Income tax withheld under this system is settled through a year-end adjustment or by filing a final tax return for the year, except forms of income such as income from interest subject to "separate withholding tax" that tax payment is completed only by withholding. The withholding tax calculation total (payment) should be rounded down to zero decimal places.




Rouding at Withholding Tax Code Level

Ability to round (up, down or nearest) calculated withholding tax amount at Withholding Tax Code level.

Global Capability

Withholding Tax (AWT) at payment time

Payables allows application of Withholding Taxes only or both at the time of Invoice or Payment.

Global Capability


24. KAZAKHSTAN



Transaction Tax √

Kazakhstan Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Kazakhstan. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials


Book Keeping Rules


• Gapless and / or through numbering for documents.

• Inv -11 "Inventory act of payables and receivables".

• Inv-1 "Inventory of fixed assets" .

• Inv-12 "Collation statement of fixed assets inventory results".

• NМА-1 "Intangible assets acceptance order ".

• NМА-2 "Intangible assets card" .

• Payment order (electronic).

• Payment order report.

• Year-End Closing for the Income and Expense accounts ("баланс пен кезнің жаңарылуы").

• КО-1 "Petty cash receipt order".

• КО-2 "Petty cash expense order".

• КО-3 "Register for petty cash receipt and expense orders".

• КО-4 "Petty cash book".

• ОS-1 "Fixed assets acceptance order".

• ОS-10 "Acceptance of assembling fixed assets.

• ОS-2 "Bill of internal transfer of fixed assets".

• ОS-3 "Acceptance order of fixed assets after repair, reconstruction, modernization".

• ОS-4-1 "Group of fixed assets write-off".

• ОS-4/OS-5 "Fixed assets write-off".

• ОS-6 "Fixed assets card".

• ОS-9 "Equipment acceptance order".

• ОС-8 "Fixed assets register".

Fiscal Valuation

• Assets' repairs (user form) .

• FA-Asset Selection for mass transfer.

• Inventory Received from Asset Retirement.


• Precious stones and metals content in the assets.

Transaction Tax

VAT

• List of invoices for goods (works, services) purchased during tax period (tax quarter) - electronic and printed format (Form 310.00).

• VAT Statement (Form 300.00).



Book Keeping Rules

• Inv -14 "Collation statement of stock inventory results " .

• Inv -4 "Inventory of goods".

• З-1 "Letter of attorney " .

• З-3 " Goods received note ".

• З-4 "Materials acceptance note".

• З-5 "Inventory card".

• З-6 "Internal transfer note".

• З-8 "Goods issue order".





Russian



Requirement Name Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone.

Product Family Financials.


Functional Category Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book - Book Keeping Rules.

Requirement Type Business Practice.




Global Capability

Gapless and / or through numbering for documents

Requirement Name Gapless and / or through numbering for documents.


Description Kazakhs laws requires through numbering for customers' VAT invoices (for all kinds of business transactions – standard invoice, prepayment, tax duty agent) and to sequence petty cash orders with no gap in the numbering.


Requirement Type Legal Requirement.


Document Sequencing Oracle Financials allows numbering subledger documents and journal entries, always per ledger, by means of the following sequences: The document sequence allows numbering documents entered in the subledger.The accounting sequence allows numbering journal entries when the journal entry is created. The reporting sequence allows numbering journal entries by the general ledger accounting period closing process.

Global Capability

Inv -11 "Inventory act of payables and receivables"

Requirement Name Inv -11 "Inventory act of payables and receivables".


Description Report shows information about all open Payables and Receivables transactions affecting amounts of Payables and Receivables liabilities. Report is used for reconciliation purposes. It supports compliance with legal layout.





Receivables and payables Audit report

The report is used to present the audit results of settlements with buyers and customers. It is issued in a set of two and signed by audit commission after computing the accounts balances. The report can also be printed with the Addendum.

Add-on Localization

Inv-1 "Inventory of fixed assets"

Requirement Name Inv-1 "Inventory of fixed assets".


Description Count list of the physical inventory of fixed assets. Statutory layout (#INV-1and INV-3) is required.




Fixed assets count sheet report

This report can be printed for both Tangible and Intangible Assets. The report also provides flexibility with blank spaces, wherein the user can write the actual data manually after getting the printout of the report.

Add-on Localization

Inv-12 "Collation statement of fixed assets inventory result

Requirement Name Inv-12 "Collation statement of fixed assets inventory results".


Description Collation statement of physical inventory of fixed assets. Statutory layout (INV-12) is required.




Counts difference report The Counts Difference Report prints physical inventory counts with Asset Lessor Name, Payment Terms, Manufactured Date, Inventory number and the details of " Responsible Persons signs group". The report prints the sum by the following columns: Excess/Units, Excess/Cost, Shortage/Units, Shortage/Cost.

Add-on Localization

NМА-1 "Intangible assets acceptance order "

Requirement Name NМА-1 "Intangible assets acceptance order ".


Description This report contains main information about an intangible asset and about a transaction. Statutory required layout is NMA-1.





Intangible assets acceptance order

This report includes the following details: • Description of the Asset, Location Details, Date of receipt, and Shareholders of intangible asset. • Asset information on the accounting date. • Other details of an intangible asset.

Add-on Localization

NМА-2 "Intangible assets card"

Requirement Name NМА-2 "Intangible assets card".


Description This report reflects main features and movements of the intangible asset. Statutory required layout is NMA-2.




Intangible asset accounting card

This report contains accounting information about intangible assets and also information about amortization rules (useful lifetime, monthly amortization expense, amortization rate etc.). Acquisitions and disposals are also identified with the exception of CIP assets.

Add-on Localization

Payment order (electronic)

Requirement Name Payment order (electronic).


Description Electronic file for data exchange with bank. It contains information from the datasource of the payment order.




Electronic payment order

The Kazakh National Bank Payment system requires the electronic messages from 1st party payer to the 3rd party payee (the beneficiary financial organization), which are sent in Swift MT100 format. The electronic messages can be sent directly or through bank correspondents.

Add-on Localization


Payment order report

Requirement Name Payment order report.


Description This report is a printed request to bank to transfer money to the vendor's account. The layout is ruled by legal requirement.




Payment order report The objective of the report is to support compliance with the requirements of Kazakh legislation to print the Payment Order form. This report provides the output with the details of payment to a supplier or a third party vendor.

Add-on Localization

Year-End Closing for the Income and Expense accounts ("баланс пен кезнің жаңарылуы")

Requirement Name Year-End Closing for the Income and Expense accounts ("баланс пен кезнің жаңарылуы").


Description At the end of fiscal year, the incomes and expenses (#90 and #91) accounts balance must move to annual financial result account (#99), then move this account balance to the retained earning account (#84).





Global Capability

КО-1 "Petty cash receipt order"

Requirement Name КО-1 "Petty cash receipt order".


Description This document is printed on event of petty cash receipt. Contains main information about a transaction. Gapless document numbering is a strict requirement. Layout is ruled by a legal requirement.





Petty Cash Receipt Order (KO-1)

Concurrent program "CLE: Cash Receipt Order" for Accounts Receivable module prints: • Cash Receipt Order (CRO) statutory form based on cash receipts. • Cash Expense Order (CEO) statutory form based on miscellaneous (negative) receipts.

Add-on Localization

КО-2 "Petty cash expense order"

Requirement Name КО-2 "Petty cash expense order".


Description This document is printed on event of petty cash issues. Contains main information about a transaction. Gapless document numbering is a strict requirement. Layout is ruled by legal requirement.




Petty Cash Expense Order (KO-2)

Concurrent program "CLE: Cash Expense Order" for Accounts Payable module prints: • Cash Expense Order (CEO) statutory form based on quick and manual payments. • Cash Receipt Order (CEO) statutory form based on refunds.

Add-on Localization

КО-3 "Register for petty cash receipt and expense orders"

Requirement Name КО-3 "Register for petty cash receipt and expense orders".


Description This document is a list of petty cash receipt & expense orders printed during the day. Layout is ruled by legal requirement.




CLE: Registration journal for Petty Cash Expense and Receipt

Concurrent program "CLE: Registration journal for Petty Cash Expense and Receipt Order Report" for Cash Management module prints Registration Journal for Petty Cash Receipt and Expense Orders statutory form based on receipts and payments reconciled with bank statement lines as follows: • Refunds and Positive Miscellaneous Receipts are shown as receipt documents.

Add-on Localization


• Payments and Negative Miscellaneous Receipts are shown as expense documents.

КО-4 "Petty cash book"

Requirement Name КО-4 "Petty cash book".


Description Report contains a list of petty cash transactions posted during the day. Totals are as of beginning of the day and end of the day. Layout is ruled by legal requirement.




Petty cash book Concurrent program "CLE: Petty Cash Book" prints Petty Cash Book statutory form. Each bank statement corresponds to the set of Petty Cash Book supplementary sheets.

Add-on Localization

ОS-1 "Fixed assets acceptance order"

Requirement Name ОS-1 "Fixed assets acceptance order".


Description This report lists information about transfer of fixed assets from one legal entity to another. It is required in 2 copies: one for the seller, another one for the buyer. Statutory required layout is OS-1.




Fixed assets acceptance order

This report includes the following details: • Description of the Asset, Location Details, Date of receipt, Date of Issue (retirement), Manufacturer of the Asset and Shareholders. • Short Individual Characteristics of the asset. • Other details of the asset. • Details containing the person/position Delivering & Receiving and the physical details of the asset.

Add-on Localization

ОS-10 "Acceptance of assembling fixed assets


Requirement Name ОS-10 "Acceptance of assembling fixed assets.


Description This report lists details for acceptance an assembly/installation of fixed assets. Statutory required layout is OS-10.




Statement of Equipment receipt for assembly report

This document is prepared when an equipment is given for an assembly.

Add-on Localization

ОS-2 "Bill of internal transfer of fixed assets"

Requirement Name ОS-2 "Bill of internal transfer of fixed assets".


Description This report lists details for internal transfer of fixed assets (from one deparment to another within a legal entity). Statutory required layout is OS-2.




Bill on internal transfer of assets report

Each row in the report represents assignment lines selected on the 'CLE: Asset Selection Form' summarized by asset they belong to, location and employee fields.

Add-on Localization

ОS-3 "Acceptance order of fixed assets after repair, recons

Requirement Name ОS-3 "Acceptance order of fixed assets after repair, reconstruction, modernization".


Description This report lists details for acceptance order of fixed assets after repair, reconstruction, modernization. Statutory required layout is OS-3.





Act on getting fixed assets from Repair, Modernization and Reconstruction Report

This report is used for registering acceptance of the fixed assets from repair, reconstruction and modernization. The report is signed by members of acceptance committee or person authorized for acceptance of fixed assets, and representative of the organization (subdivision) executing repair, reconstruction, modernization. It is to be approved by organization director or person authorized for this and is handed over to accounting department. If repair, reconstruction and modernization are performed by an outside organization, the act is prepared in two copies. The first copy should remain with the organization; the second copy is given to the organization that made repairs, reconstruction, and modernization.

Add-on Localization

ОS-4-1 "Group of fixed assets write-off"

Requirement Name ОS-4-1 "Group of fixed assets write-off".


Description This report lists details on mass fixed assets write-off. Statutory required layout is OS-4-1.




Act On Fixed Assets Mass Retirement

This report is used for registering and accounting the retirement of fixed assets which are fallen into repair phase. This report is prepared in two copies, is signed by members of the committee, assigned by organization director, and is approved by manager or authorized person. The first copy of the form is given to the accounting department, the second – is left with the person responsible for safety of fixed assets, and it is the ground for acceptance to storage and realization of material values and scrap metal left after retirement.

Add-on Localization

ОS-4/OS-5 "Fixed assets write-off"

Requirement Name ОS-4/OS-5 "Fixed assets write-off".


Description This report lists details for fixed asset's write-off. Statutory required layout is OS-4 (OS-5 for Vehicle).





Act on Fixed Assets Retirement Report

This report is used for registering and accounting retirement of assets which are to be disposed of. These forms are prepared in two copies, are signed by members of the committee, assigned by organization director, and are approved by manager or authorized for this person. The first copy of the form is given to the accounting department. The second copy is left with the person responsible for safety of fixed assets objects. This report is the basis on which acceptance of asset to storage and realization of material value / scrap that is left after retirement is done.

Add-on Localization

ОS-6 "Fixed assets card"

Requirement Name ОS-6 "Fixed assets card".


Description This report reflects main features and movements of fixed assets. Statutory layout is OS-6.




Asset Accounting Card Report

All the pages in the report are printed separately for each asset. Thus the report prints as many times as the number of assets selected through the parameters.The section prints transactions made AFTER asset capitalization. If there are any transactions existing for a CIP asset, they do not get printed.

Add-on Localization

ОS-9 "Equipment acceptance order"

Requirement Name ОS-9 "Equipment acceptance order".


Description This report lists details for acceptance of equipment (from vendor). Statutory required layout is OS-9.




Asset Receipt Order Report

This report is used for printing information when assets are received to the inventory for the purpose of construction or capitalization.

Add-on Localization


ОС-8 "Fixed assets register"

Requirement Name ОС-8 "Fixed assets register".


Description Report contains a list of assets with main descriptions/characteristics. Legal layout to be used is OC-8.




Fixed Asset Register Report

This register is used for registration of assets in their locations and assigning them to employee. Data about each asset of this register is identical to data of the accounting cards of this asset.

Add-on Localization

Assets' repairs (user form)

Requirement Name Assets' repairs (user form).


Description Asset repairs customization allows entering and storing in Oracle Fixed Assets data about maintenances performed on selected asset. Also it allows to select maintenance operations that affect asset cost and add a line of this adjustment to FA_MASS_ADDITIONS interface table for later posting. It is used in statuary reporting documents OS-4, OS-4a, OS-6, OS-3.




Assets Repairs Maintenance cost form allows creating and storing of costs related to repairs, modernization and reconstruction of a particular fixed asset.

Add-on Localization

FA-Asset Selection for mass transfer

Requirement Name FA-Asset Selection for mass transfer.


Description FA Assets selection for mass-transfer add-on localization allows grouping different assets into selection sets and saving these sets with unique numbers in FA module. These selection sets are used in "Way bill for fixed assets internal transfer report" and "Report on Fixed Assets mass-retirement" add-on localizations. FA Assets selection for mass-transfer add-on localization includes procedures that perform mass-transfer of selected asset.The mass-transfer is performed by populating FA_MASS_EXTERNAL_TRANSFERS table with the correct transfer batch.

Functional Category Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book - Fiscal Valuation.

Requirement Type Business Practice.



Asset Selection for Mass Transfer

Asset selection for mass-transfer user form allows grouping different assets into selection sets and saving these sets with unique numbers in FA module for the purpose of generation of Statutory Reports & for external transfers.

Add-on Localization

Inventory Received from Asset Retirement

Requirement Name Inventory Received from Asset Retirement.


Description Inventory received from asset retirement customization allows entering and storing in Oracle Fixed Assets data about cost of assets removal and materials got after assets removal. It is used in statutory reporting documents OS-4, OS-4a. Mentioned documents legally prove that an asset was retired and they are source documents for the retirement accounting.




Inventory Received from Assets Retirement

This form helps to capture additional information about assets, regarding materials received and costs of retirement, after assets are retired in Oracle Assets.

Add-on Localization

Precious stones and metals content in the assets

Requirement Name Precious stones and metals content in the assets.


Description Specific asset information is required about compound of precious and semiprecious materials in an asset.Information about precious and semiprecious material is used in various Russian and Kazakh statutory reporting. This customization allows printing statuary forms called OS-4, OS-4b, OS-6 etc. from the Applications.

Functional Category Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book - Fiscal Valuation.




Precious Stones and Metals Content in Assets

This form enables the user to capture additional information on precious and semiprecious metal content for a given fixed asset.

Add-on Localization

Inv -14 "Collation statement of stock inventory results "

Requirement Name Inv -14 "Collation statement of stock inventory results ".

Product Family Supply Chain Management.

Description Report shows results of physical inventory of goods (shortages and excesses of counted goods). Legal required layout is Inv-14.




Inventory Counting Results Reconciliation

The Inventory Counting Results Reconciliation Report gives information on excess or shortages of physical inventories in a format complying with the Russian and Kazakh Legislation Requirements.

Add-on Localization

Inv -4 "Inventory of goods"

Requirement Name Inv -4 "Inventory of goods".


Description Count sheet of physical inventory of goods. Report shows list of stocked items, with information about accounted quantities and amounts. Purpose of counting is to put actual numbers into this list. Legal required layout is Inv-4.




Inventory Count List Report

The Inventory Count List Report prints the physical inventory tags, the items descriptions, UOM, price and the accounted quantities according to Kazakh Legislation requirements.

Add-on Localization

З-1 "Letter of attorney "

Requirement Name З-1 "Letter of attorney ".


Description This report is a written approval given to the appointed employee to receive goods from the vendor under the particular contract.





Power Of Attorney report

The Power Of Attorney report is to print the details of Power of Attorney based on the relevant PO information, as per the Kazakh legal requirements.

Add-on Localization

З-3 " Goods received note "

Requirement Name З-3 " Goods received note ".


Description This report lists details of a transaction taking into stock some goods that were earlier received and accepted from vendor.




Inventory Receipt Order Report

The report can be printed at any time after inventory receipts are reflected in the system in Oracle Purchasing.

Add-on Localization

З-4 "Materials acceptance note"

Requirement Name З-4 "Materials acceptance note".


Description This report is filled as a result of goods acceptance from the vendor.




PO Acceptance Report The PO Acceptance Report is an audit report used during the receipt of inventory materials (not assets received). This report helps in checking if there are any differences between the actual data observed by the goods receiver and the data in the supplier documents.

Add-on Localization

З-5 "Inventory card"

Requirement Name З-5 "Inventory card"


Description This report shows information about a stocked item, its available quantity as of beginning of the period and its movements during the period. Each movement should be supplied with a signature of the stock-keeper.





Inventory Accounting card Report

The Inventory Accounting Card report prints the information about inventory item, the item on-hand quantities and item locations. The report will also contain information about precious stones and metals for the inventory item. This report complies with the requirements of Russian, Ukrainian and Kazakh Legislations.

Add-on Localization

З-6 "Internal transfer note"

Requirement Name З-6 "Internal transfer note".


Description This report lists details relating to transfer of goods from one stock location to another (within the same legal entity).




Internal Transfer Order Report (form M-11)

This report is used to audit tangible assets movement inside the organization between its subinventories or responsible persons. Also this document can be used to audit movements to third parties.

Add-on Localization

З-8 "Goods issue order"

Requirement Name З-8 "Goods issue order".


Description This report lists details relating to movement of the stocked item out of the stock location.





Inventory Issue Order Report

The Inventory Issue Order report is similar to the standard "Packing Slip" report and covers similar functions. A separate layout is created for each customer order or purchase order. The report can be printed in the following scenarios: • Customer order is shipped and materials are released from storage. • Internal order is shipped (transfer between inventory organizations). The organizations may belong to different legal entities.

Add-on Localization

b. Transaction Tax List of invoices for goods (works, services) purchased during tax period (tax quarter) - electronic and printed format (Form 310.00)

Requirement Name List of invoices for goods (works, services) purchased during tax period (tax quarter) - electronic and printed format (Form 310.00).


Description This report is a very important component of Kazakh VAT reporting. Shows documents affecting VAT refund. Should be submitted as electronic file.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - VAT Reporting and Auditing.



AP Invoice Tax Register AP Invoice Tax Register report contains list of all Tax invoices received from Registered Kazakh companies. It may be issued in two modes: main and additional modes. Main mode contains all transactions received during the current period. Additional mode contains corrections (errors and/or corrections) created in the current reporting period to the documents from previous periods.

Add-on Localization

VAT Selection Procedure

"CLE: VAT Selection Process" request set needs to be run before running the reports CLE: AP Invoice Tax Register and CLE: Trial VAT Declaration Report. This program populates the data into Kazakhstan extension tables and into the EMEA VAT Repository tables. The reports extract the output data from these tables.

Add-on Localization

VAT Statement (Form 300.00)

Requirement Name VAT Statement (Form 300.00).


Description VAT declaration in accordance to Kazakh legal requirements. Should be submitted as electronic file.





Trial VAT Declaration Report

The VAT Declaration shows the VAT information (Taxable Amount and Tax Amounts) for specific Tax Rates and the information are grouped by predefined codes. These codes divide the tax information into the groups (the declaration lines) in accordance with the type of business transaction (these are the tax declaration line codes). This report is not the complete VAT Declaration report required by Kazakh Legislation. Instead it is indented to assist users in the preparation of such a document by providing the relevant information.

Add-on Localization

VAT Selection Procedure

"CLE: VAT Selection Process" request set needs to be run before running the reports CLE: AP Invoice Tax Register and CLE: Trial VAT Declaration Report. This program populates the data into Kazakhstan extension tables and into the EMEA VAT Repository tables. The reports extract the output data from these tables.

Add-on Localization


25. KOREA

1.Country Overview


Transaction Tax √ √(1)


Absence Management √

Human Resources √

Payroll √

Korea Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Korea. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Transaction Tax

VAT

• Korean Electronic VAT Invoicing 2011

• Korean VAT Report


• Korea Withholding Tax


Absence Management

Absence & leave entitlements & accruals

• Absences Processing

Human Resources




• Person and Employment Details

Payroll


• Korea-Specific Payroll Data Capture

Payroll processing






Complexity Low



3.Language Information Languages Supported by Oracle

Korean

4. HRMS a. Absence Management

Absences Processing

Requirement Name Absences Processing


Description Organizations in Korea need to process absences according to Korea legislation. This includes the need to accrue and carry over absence balances.

Functional Category Absence Management - Absence & leave entitlements & accruals



Absence Management The Korea localization provides a preconfigured formula that can be used as a template to create a customized formula to accrue and carry over absence balances.


b. Human Resources Organization Details



Description Organizations in Korea need to capture organization details so they can meet Korea-specific legislative requirements when processing HR and Payroll transactions and statutory reports.





Bank Information Use the Bank Information window to enter the bank details for the business place. You use the bank information when you pay employees, or when you create reports on magnetic tapes.


Business Place Use this classification to define an organization as an employer to which you assign employees. You set up information such as the registration number, representative information, and the health insurance number for the National Tax Service (NTS).


Business Place Registration Information

Enter business place information, such as the name and business registration number for your enterprise.


Corporate E-file Reporting Information

You can enter information about the tax reporter in the organization. This information appears in statutory reports you submit to the National Tax Service.


Corporate Information Corporate information includes your enterprise's name and registration number. This information appears in statutory reports you submit to the National Tax Service.


Corporate Representative Information

You can enter information about the corporate representatives of your enterprise, other than the main representative.


Employment Insurance Information

Enter employment insurance information like the insurance number for your business place, and also to prepare the related reports and E-files. All enterprises use their own unique number, to deduct employment insurance premiums from the employees.


Health Insurance Information

You can enter health insurance information like the insurance number for your business place. All enterprises use their own unique number, to deduct health insurance premiums from the employees. You use this information to prepare all the related reports and E-files like the Health Insurance Adjustment Report for leaving employees.


Income Tax Office Information

Enter information about the income tax office where you send your employee's income tax details.


National Pension Insurance Information

Enter national pension insurance information. All enterprises use their own unique number, to deduct national pension insurance premiums from the employees. You use this information to prepare all the related reports and E-files like the National Pension Adjustment report.


Samoojohap Information

You must inform either the Korea Labor Welfare Organization or the Samoojohap Inc. of all the new employees and any employee whose eligibility status has changed since their hiring date. If you want to send the insurance requisition report (about Health Insurance,



National Pension, Employment Insurance and Industrial Accident Compensation Insurance) to Samoojohap Inc., you must enter information such as the name, code and address.

Year End Adjustment Entry Period

For Business Groups and HR organizations you can set the start and end dates for a target year to enable employees and representatives to complete recording of their Year End Adjustment information with a self-service transaction.


Year End Adjustment Simulation Information

If your enterprise wants to provide a web page to simulate the Year End Adjustment process results prior to running this process, you can record the URL of your custom simulation page.



Requirement Name Person and Employment Details


Description Organizations in Korea need to record HR data in line with Korean legislative requirements and general business practices.




Capture Employment Details Following details are captured: - Employee info: employment insurance information, graduation information, health insurance information, military service information, national pension information, previous employment history information, veteran/patriot information, Year End Adjustment related information and employment insurance exception information. - Further contact relationship information for calculating employee taxes and for reporting purposes. - Address details in Korea-specific format. - Bank account details in Korean-specific format. - Payment Types: Korea-specific Payment Types namely Cash and Direct Deposit. - Recording seniority and grade related information



c. Payroll Korea-Specific Payroll Data Capture

Requirement Name Korea-Specific Payroll Data Capture


Description Korea-specific payroll data capture, in compliance with Korean legislative Payroll processing rules, forms a legislative salary computation basis for gross to net processing, payments as well as statutory tax and payroll reporting.




Payroll Parameters Information

Use the Payroll Parameters window to enter the employment insurance premium rate if you want to override the existing rate.


Residents' Tax Office Information

Enter your local employees' tax office details. Set up this information if you employ Korean residents, so you can send their tax reports to the correct office.


Seeded Classifications Seeded classifications for third party payments, deductions and information for distinguishing different types of transactions and steering processing order and additional rules within payroll calculations.


Seeded Elements Seeded elements with legislative content, including statutory deductions such as taxes, employment insurance premiums, health insurance premiums, employee and employer national pension premium contributions and garnishments.


Payroll Processing



Description Organizations in Korea need to process their payrolls according to Korean legislation.




Bonus Payroll Processing

The Oracle Payroll for Korea localization allows organizations to calculate and pay bonus amounts to their employees.


Entering Year End Adjustment Data

Collect and store an employee's information – such as insurance premium and housing information, medical expense information and donation information – so that the enterprise can report this information to the NTS.



Interim Separation Pay Process

Oracle Payroll enables employers to calculate and pay the separation pay that employees receive when they leave the enterprise. This amount is taxable. Once you have calculated the results, you need to send these results to the National Tax Service (NTS). You run the Interim Separation Pay Process while your employee is employed with the enterprise, and so that you can pay the employee the separation pay amount in advance.


Monthly Payroll Processing

The Oracle Payroll for Korea localization allows organizations to calculate and pay the monthly pay that their employees are earning.


Sample Formula for Processing Separation Pension

Oracle Payroll enables employers to calculate and pay the separation pay that employees receive when they leave the enterprise. This amount is taxable. Once you have calculated the results, you need to send these results to the National Tax Service (NTS). Sample Formula for Processing Separation Pension: Oracle provides a sample formula that enables you to calculate the lump sum amount while processing separation pension for employees.


Sample Formula for Year End Adjustment Information

Oracle provides a predefined legislative formula that you can use as a template to write a custom formula to validate Year End Adjustment information for each business group.


Separation Pay Process

Oracle Payroll enables employers to calculate and pay the separation pay that employees receive when they leave the enterprise. This amount is taxable. Once you have calculated the results, you need to send these results to the National Tax Service (NTS). You run this process when your employee leaves, or after your employee has left the enterprise.


Year End Adjustment Balance Adjustment and Archiving

Run the Year End Adjustment Balance Adjustment and Archive process to calculate the tax adjustment amounts and balance adjustments for the Tax Adjustment, Resident Tax Adjustment and Special Tax Adjustment elements, and to archive the results produced by the balance adjustment process.


Year End Adjustment Reclaim Sheet

Run this report to generate a record with details about Year End Adjustment tax exemptions and deductions.





Description Organisations in Korea need to generate payslips, payroll reports and other types of reports in line with Korean legislative requirements.





Health Insurance Reports

You run the Health Insurance Premium Adjustment Annual Earnings Archive process to store information about the employees' previous year's earnings and the number of months worked in the previous year, and to produce an e-file that will be sent to the National Health Insurance Corporation (NHIC). You can also run the Health Insurance Adjustment for Leaving Employees report for all the employees leaving the enterprise and send the report to NHIC. The report contains information such as the employees' previous year's income and the number of months the employee was employed in the enterprise. NHIC uses this information to calculate and adjust the premium amount an employee must pay before leaving the enterprise.


National Pension Adjustment Reports

You run the National Pension Adjustment Annual Earnings Archive process to store information about the employees' earnings and the number of months worked in the previous year, and to produce an efile that will be sent to the National Pension Corporation (NPC). You can also generate the National Pension Adjustment report for all the employees whose status has changed (newly hired or terminated workers) since the last report, and then send the report to the NPC. The NPC uses this information to calculate and adjust a new premium for the worker.


Payslip A Payslip must be provided with every salary payment. The payslip provided is in line with Korean legislation. The payslip is also available online in employee self-service.


Separation Pay Reports

You can generate the following separation pay reports for submission to the National Tax Service: separation payslip report, separation pay tax receipt report, separation pay E-file report, nonstatutory separation pay tax receipt report, non-statutory separation pay E-file report.


Uploading Statutory Deduction Adjustment Information

You can upload payroll adjustment information, sent as a text file by the National Pension Corporation (NPC) and the National Health Insurance Corporation (NHIC).


Year End Adjustment Reports

Oracle Payroll can generate a Year End Adjustment (YEA) report based on the year end balance adjustment and archive process. You can view and print the report, store it on magnetic tape and send the generated magnetic file to the local tax offices upon their request. You can also create a YEA Ledger report, a YEA Tax Receipt report, a YEA Tax Summary report, a YEA Medical Expense E-file report and a YEA Donation E-file report.



5. Financials c. Transaction Tax

Korean Electronic VAT Invoicing 2011

Requirement Name Korean Electronic VAT Invoicing 2011


Description Starting January 2011, the Korean National Tax Service (KNTS) requires all VAT invoices be issued electronically. All information required on the electronic invoices is identical to what was previously provided on paper-based invoices.




Korea National Tax Service(KNTS) VAT E-invoicing 2011

Starting January 2011, the Korean National Tax Service (KNTS) requires all VAT invoices be issued electronically. All information required on the electronic invoices is identical to what was previously provided on paper-based invoices. The current R12 and 11i Oracle E-Business Suite solution provides support for data elements required in the electronic invoices, as has been the case for the paper-based invoices. Oracle E-Business Suite does not plan to deliver any feature(s) beyond the data elements required to support VAT Invoice compliance. Customers are advised to select an ASP that understands the Oracle E-Business Suite data model before implementation. An Oracle account manager would also be available to answer questions.

Partner

Korean VAT Report

Requirement Name Korean VAT Report


Description Korean companies are required by law to be registered with all jurisdictions in which they operate. As a result, a company must report all of its VAT-related transactions to the proper tax authority using the unique tax registration number for each tax authority that the company reports to. All tax reports must include the VAT registration number of the business site, and other tax-related information.





Display Relevant VAT Information

The report displays all relevant VAT information, such as the supplier's or customer's tax registration number, as well as their industry classifications and sub-classifications. Note that format displayed in this report does not follow the format of the statutory reports in Korea. Thus this report is typically used for customer's internal review purpose.


Korean VAT Reporting Structure

Korean VAT report lists taxable transactions by tax registration number.


Regular Reporting to Tax Authority

Use the Korean VAT report to report your company's input and output VAT to the proper tax authority on a regular basis.


Separate Tax Registration Recording

Oracle Financials for Korea enables users to record separate tax registrations for a company using combinations of locations and tax codes.


Transaction Integration with GL

In addition to Payables and Receivables transactions, the Korean VAT report includes any transactions entered directly into General Ledger.


Korea Withholding Tax

Requirement Name Korea Withholding Tax


Description Business are required to withhold and report tax based on receipt of income to suppliers and employees.The two basic types of withholding tax are General and Resident withholdings. General withholdings relates to business income and resident withholdings relate to income other than business withholding income. Business and General Income withheld are paid to the Tax Authority, whereas Residence income withheld is paid to the Province Office (Koon Office). All withholding tax reports must contain company information which includes the Tax Registration Number and other tax related information.




Display Required Details for Withholding Tax

The Korean Withholding Tax Report displays each payment to suppliers where taxes are withheld with all required information such as tax registration number, organization type etc.


Review Withholding Tax History

Oracle Financials for Korea provides you with the Korean Withholding Tax report, which you can use to review your company's withholding tax history.


Supplier Withholdings Withholding report provides complete details of the withholdings that were applied to client's income payments to suppliers.



26. KUWAIT


Human Resources √

Payroll √

Kuwait Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Kuwait. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.


Human Resources



Payroll

Payroll processing

• Manage & Process Payroll to meet country's legal requirements


Complexity Low



3.Language Information

Languages Supported by Oracle :Arabic





Description Organizations in Kuwait are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All businesses in Kuwait must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. In Kuwait several details regarding worforce members need to be captured including disabilities, benefits eligibility, passport and visa details. Several person details are captured including Arabic names, civil identifier validations and social insurance information in accordance with Kuwait's legislative requirements.





Deployment Information

With Kuwait's localized features for capturing Employee Data you can use the E-Business Suite modules more effectively, for example for payments, mailing and, statutory reporting purposes. Localized HR features form a legislative basis for your country specific Payroll management. Integration of HR and Payroll processes is possible only by using localized data and functionality, specific to your country and legislation. The following Kuwait specific details are captured: • Localized screens for workforce deployment. New data fields to capture Arabic names, alternate language names, civil identifier validations and other localized personal data fields in addition to social insurance information • Full history of all deployment information, such as organization, grade and job changes available in a single repository • Ability to make future-dated changes for up-to-date information • Operational Reports assist decision making and compliance including Discoverer End User Layer • LOV's are seeded but can be extended if required at Implementation.



The following Kuwait specific details are captured: • Global information on all current and potential workforce members, including applicants, employees and contingent workers • Documents management is supported such that users can define passport and visa details and monitor their expiry. • Users are allowed to capture localized work incident details, disabilities and previous employment details. • Information on everyone covered by, eligible for, or receiving, benefits.





Description It is imperative for all organizations to pay their employees on-time and correctly. It is also a legal requirement to deduct statutory taxes and deliver reports to comply with the country's statutory requirements. Payroll Processing is necessary in order to reduce manual calculations, pay employees on-time and deliver the statutory reports expected by the authorities. Also, it is needed to reduce the amount of inquiries to the payroll department by providing information on pay direct to the employee on-line. Employee self-service processes are needed in order to streamline the administration of absence, reduce the time for payments to be reflected in the employee's pay and provide management reports. Payroll management covers areas such as insurance schemes, third party payments and legislative reporting.





Insurance Schemes Oracle Payroll (Kuwait) supports both the basic and supplementary insurance schemes provided by the Public Institution for Social Security of Kuwait (PIFSS).


Legislative Reporting Using Oracle payroll (Kuwait) users can capture social security data, calculate monthly contributions and report monthly to PIFSS.



Support is provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management (CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Kuwait. This feature enables users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run.


Third Party Payments In Addition to the existing payment methods of cash and cheque payment, Oracle payroll (Kuwait) introduces payment by bank transfer method that covers the various formats used by Banks in Kuwait. The new payment by bank transfer method can be customized and support layouts with combinations of header, details, and trailer sections. You can also process loan payments and recovery. You can also generate various local payroll reports to review and validate your payroll run results i.e. Payroll register report.



27. MEXICO

1. Country Overview



Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Payroll √

Mexico Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Mexico. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials


Fiscal Valuation

• Assets Inflation Adjustment


• Tax Reporting on Assets

Transaction Tax

VAT

• VAT Recovery on Cash Basis Rule


Human Resources



Payroll

Payroll Processing

• Payroll Legislative Reporting


Complexity Medium



3. Language Information Languages Supported by Oracle: English


4. HRMS

a. Human Resources


Requirement Name



Description Mexico has a comprehensive set of legal and business practices to track workforce information for Demography, Taxes and Social Security purposes. The following are the key benefits of these localizations: • Security options to meet your needs. • Rapid implementation tools to support set up of organizations, jobs, positions, grades and steps. • Operational Reports assist decision making and compliance including Discoverer End User Layer. • Global information on all current and potential workforce members, including applicants, employees and contingent workers. • Extensive integration. • Single repository of employee data. • Workflow to increase productivity and improve governance and control.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Business Practice


Employment Information

• Record organization information for tax and social security reporting (RFC id, Employer SS id, economic zone, tax subsidy, work risk premium, etc). • Use Generic Hierarchy to denote the relationship between the Legal Employer, GRE and work locations to comply Mexico statutory reporting. • Social Security affiliation transactions reporting (Hires and separations) in DISPMAG/IDSE format.


Extensive Reporting Capability

• Legislative compliance reports, such as DISPMAG and Work Risk Incident report



Personal Information

• Mexico Person Name format compliance: First Name, Second Name, Paternal Last Name and Maternal Last Name. • Local identifiers such as CURP, Social Security ID and RFC ID with system validation. • Enter employee information for Social Security compliance (Type of worker, type of salary, leaving reason, disabilities, medical center, etc). • Hold personal bank account information recording CLABE identifier. • Design custom views of data for each user or workgroup CLABE.


b. Payroll

Payroll Legislative Reporting

Requirement Name Payroll Legislative Reporting


Description Payroll management requirements demand the ability to configure a payroll solution without losing the benefits of a standard, supported package. In today's rapidly changing, competitive workplace, companies need to motivate their employees with innovative and attractive compensation and benefits plans.




Feature Name

Feature Description Delivery Type

Mexican Payroll Management Localizations

The Mexican localization delivers pre-configured data, user interfaces, calculations, balances and reports to meet local legislative needs. Some of the data standards that form the basis of any localization include payroll classifications/sub-classifications for earnings and deductions, legislation specific rules engine for eligibility and calculations, flexfield based data capture, such as tax information, configurable on-line payslips, pay method definitions, and flexible balance dimensions. Payroll also takes advantage of local data defined in Oracle Human Resources, such as legal employee identification, organization identifiers, and job classifications. The following Mexican processes are supported: • Support ISR tax calculation (ISR Law Articles: 113, 114, 115 & 142) • Annual tax adjustment (ISR Law Articles: 177 & 178 and 141 & 141A) • DIM Interface • Format 37 • Format 2D • State Tax support • Profit Sharing • Social Security Integrated Daily Wage calculation (SDI) • Social Security Quotas calculations • SUA Interface • DIPMAG / IDSE interface • Mexican Banks direct deposits.


5. Financials

a. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book


Requirement Name



Description In Mexico, accounting principles establish that companies must restate their Assets balances for the effects of inflation and include these restated balances in their inflation-adjusted Financial Statements. Mexican Income Tax and Tax on Assets also require the inclusion of inflationadjusted balances.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement



Mexican Assets Inflation Adjustment

Oracle Assets for Mexico provides the ability to maintain historical and inflation-adjusted balances for assets. Users require the ability to adjust for inflation the cost of the asset, its accumulated depreciation and the year-to-date depreciation expense to report their Assets balances in accordance with Mexican accounting principles and to be able to determine taxes accurately. Oracle Assets for Mexico also provides the following features to adjust asset balances for inflation: • A Mass Revaluation feature to adjust the cost, accumulated depreciation and year-to-date depreciation expense for inflation. • Historical and inflation-adjusted balances in different depreciation books. • Price indexes for specific periods and levels of precision, which can be assigned to different asset categories. • Inflation adjustment for depreciation books, asset categories or individual assets. • A user-definable inflation adjustment start date for assets. • A preview of the results of inflation adjustment on a depreciation book, using different indexes. • Inflation adjustment for corporate and tax books. • Calculation of depreciation for historical and adjusted depreciation books. • Selection of the General Ledger accounts to be used for the adjustment process and the generation of the journal entries. • Capitalization of inflation adjustment of construction in process assets. • Preparation of assets inflation adjustment reports for accounting and tax purposes, including inflation adjustment for half-period use.


Tax Reporting on Assets

Requirement Name

Tax Reporting on Assets


Description

In Mexico, some taxes are calculated from inflation-adjusted amounts for asset cost,accumulated depreciation, and year-to-date depreciation. These taxes include the Tax on Income (Impuesto Sobre la Renta or ISR) and the Tax on Assets (Impuesto al Activo or IMPAC). This solution allows companies to comply with Fiscal Authority regulations on tax reporting on Assets. Users are able to settle and prepare declarations for ISR, IMPAC and Fiscal Gain and Loss on Asset Retirement.


Mexican Fixed Assets ISR Report

Use the Mexican Fixed Assets ISR Report from the Standard Request Submission windows to show the adjusted depreciation for assets that were adjusted for inflation using the middle month function. The Mexican Fixed Assets ISR report shows every asset that had a depreciation charge during the current fiscal year, including retired assets. The report groups assets by asset category and shows the subtotal for each category. The Mexican Fixed Assets ISR report complements the Mexican Fixed Assets IMPAC report. These two reports are submitted together in the Mexican ISR-IMPAC Reports request set.


b. Transaction Tax

VAT Recovery on Cash Basis Rule

Requirement Name VAT Recovery on Cash Basis Rule


Description In Mexico, individuals or companies have to pay taxes to federal and city governments on most of the goods and services that they sale and purchase. VAT is recovered when it is paid, Mexican Fiscal Authority has defined that the VAT recoverability rule is on cash basis. It is needed to track VAT on purchases and sales when documents are issued and also when they are paid in order to recover the VAT on them.




E-Business Tax

E-Business Tax is used to setup and maintain transaction tax requirements in all geographic locations where you do business. In order to setup eBTax to recover VAT on cash basis rule you have to define first the tax regimes for the taxes on your country. When setting up your tax regimes you also have to define Tax recovery rules by allowing Tax Recovery for that specific tax regime. Once the Allow Tax Recovery option is set to yes you have to choose the default recovery settlement option to Deferred (tax recovery is available only after the invoice is paid). Then you must set up an interim tax account for the applicable taxes and tax rates to record the tax recoveries or liabilities that accrue prior to payment. An Interim Tax Account is an account that records tax recovery or liability before payment of an invoice. You must set up an interim tax account for taxes and tax rates that have a deferred recovery settlement. E-Business Tax integrates with Oracle XML Publisher to generate custom formatted standard tax reports. You can design and control the report presentation using report templates. When you generate a report, XML Publisher merges report data with the report template to create a document that supports numerous formatting options, including color, images, font styles, headers, and footers.



28. NETHERLAND


Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Payroll √

Netherlands Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Netherlands. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments


• Direct Debit Processing.

Payment Formats

• Netherlands Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) Payment File.

Payment Methods

• Receivables - Storno. • Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA).

Payment Reporting

• Netherlands Payment Specification Report.


Book Keeping Rules

• Ability to define local chart of account. • Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards. • Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone. • Ability to setup document sequencing. • Ability to support IFRS 'International Financial Reporting Standards'. • Support local "Chart Of Accounts"(COA) and Support user definable COA.


Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods

• European Sales Listing (ESL)

VAT

• Payables Invoice Tax - Public Sector Specific Calculation. • Tax Registration Number (TRN) validation.


Human Resources



Payroll

Payroll Processing






Dutch

4. HRMS




Description Organizations in Netherlands are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All Dutch businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. Data required to be maintained includes address formats, ethinicity information, bank account formats and social insurance information.






Record Name and validated Netherlands addresses: In the Netherlands multiple types of addresses exist. The reason for this isthat an address can possess different usage. Every type of address information has different data associated with it. Several components make up a person's name. There is lot of flexibility in the way a person's name can be presented, and therefore the components can be assembled in different ways. This is called the Full Name and each person's full name is registered with a government agency. Record ethnicity: The ability to record the ethnicity of employees. A report based on numbers of employees by ethnic group can be produced. Employee names are not included.










Absences and Holidays Record the percentage of time an employee is off sick: - Track actions taken for sick employees to accommodate the Poortwachter Law. - Additional Absence reporting for the Arbodienst (Social Health Report, Absence Action List Report Daily Sick- and Recovery Report, Re-integration Actions report) There is a Law in the Netherlands, which makes employers totally responsible for sick employees and their re-integration, during the first two years of sickness (as a minimum). Each employer must be able to produce a detailed and verifiable case, indicating the efforts made to re-integrate sick employees. Therefore it is necessary for the HRMS system to hold, for each absence, actions to be performed by the employer, along with the expected start dates for such actions to be performed. The functionality also allows information to be recorded against each action, such as the actual start and end dates, action holder(s), comments, and also allow a word document to be held and viewed. Payroll processing also includes the tax calculation for students and foreign workers. There is the ability to define employee pension schemes with seeded rules for the ABP and PGGM schemes.



Support is provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management (CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Netherlands. This feature enables users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run.


Payroll processing and reporting

Calculations for statutory deductions from pay for Tax, Insurance etc. Including Labor Handicap Discount, Health and Disability Insurance. Statutory payroll reports.


5. Financials

a. Payments Direct Debit Processing

Requirement Name Direct Debit Processing


Description Direct Debit Processing





Banking gateway for easy and fast processing of direct debits

• Remit automatic receipts to a Dutch bank through APRO (Software for banking interface) to initiate the transfer of payments from your customers. If APRO is being used, it will access the Oracle database and extract the required data for the bank file. • Automatically process payments received on a bank file processed by APRO. • Recognize automatic-receipt reversals received on a bank file processed by APRO.

Partner

Netherlands Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) Payment File

Requirement Name Netherlands Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) Payment File


Description In The Netherlands, companies perform both domestic and international payments using Electronic File Transfer (EFT) as a common business practice. The standards of the required file are defined by The Netherlands Banking Association.




Netherlands Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) Payment File

Oracle Payments offers end-to-end electronic payment processing that includes validation, aggregation, formatting and secure transmission of payments to financial institutions and payment systems, in order to provide The Netherlands EFT Payment File. The domestic format Clieop03 and the international format BTL91 are supported via 3rd party software. Features include: - Provide payment-level text messages for the payee - Conditionally report payments to a country central bank - Specify payment codes required by a financial institution for instructions on transaction handling, which bears the cost of bank charges, and statutory payment reasons All payment formats are provided via Oracle XML Publisher templates, which allow the implementer to perform specific company adaptations, if desired. The Netherlands International EFT Format is also International Bank Account Number (IBAN) compliant, allowing organizations in the Euro-zone to benefit from reduced bank charges for cross border Euro payments from July 1st 2003 Oracle Payments supports industry standards: EDIFACT PAYMUL, ANSI, X12.0 820, and U.S. NACHA.

Global Capability


Receivables - Storno

Requirement Name Receivables – Storno


Description This feature assists users in enforcing the company reversal policy by identifying the customers whose receipts are reversed, or rejected, in excess of their allowance. It enables to hold, release customer future transactions.




Receivables - Storno This feature is particularly to be used in conjunction with APRO Software.APRO Banking Gateway is a standardized application for processing your incoming and outgoing cash flows. The program acts as an intermediary between the banks and your Oracle EBusiness Suite. It automatically imports files, converts different formats, recognizes data and reconciles statements for incoming flows, and retrieves, creates and transfers files for outgoing flows. Receivables Storno enables to: -remit automatic receipts to a Dutch bank through APRO to initiate the transfer of payments from your customers. It will access the Oracle database and extract the required data for the bank file. -automatically process payments received on a bank file processed by APRO. -recognize automatic-receipt reversals (stornos) received on a bank file processed by APRO. Scope does not include: loading of the files from APRO into Oracle Application tables. It is assumed that the data is available in Automatic Reversal Interface tables. This feature does not address the formatting of the bank files processed by APRO.

Add-on Localization











Global Capability


Global Capability

Netherlands Payment Specification Report

Requirement Name Netherlands Payment Specification Report


Description It is a business practice in The Netherlands to forward a Separate Remittance Advice (SRA) to suppliers, detailing the transactions being paid. This is required in order to achieve the following: • Capitalize on global opportunities with an integrated ERP system, which helps address, Dutch Payment Processing requirements. • Build a Smarter Business by sending remittance advice slips to suppliers detailing invoices settled in each payment batch.




Netherlands Payment Specification Report

The R11 report called 'Dutch Payment Specification Report' is no longer needed in Release 12 because there are sufficient standard features to document payment details. Release 12 provides a way to allow the user to specify how invoice details can be concatenated at the payment level Instead when needed, users may use the standard Separate Remittance Advice (SRA) to create a separate payment letter for suppliers who have more than a specified number of invoices that are paid in a given payment batch Given the report is published by using XML Publisher, the implementer can decide to adapt said remittance advise to the company's specific needs.

Global Capability


b. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Ability to define local chart of account

Requirement Name Ability to define local chart of account







Global Capability










Global Capability









Time Zone Support The Legal Entity Time Zone support gives the option to record transactions by referring to the time zone of the legal entity involved rather than a single worldwide location. It means that you can for example, select to have a rolling close, which allows you to close periods in relation to the local date, or you can continue to use a single world-wide reference when period close should take place. With the "User preferred timezone" time zone feature each user can specify their time zone preference, and the system will honor this preference for display and entry of date with time fields in interactive UIs (reports are excluded), while the data in the database continuesto be stored in the standard corporate time zone.

Global Capability









Global Capability











Global Capability









Global Capability


c. Transaction Tax










Global Capability



Financials provide the following features: • Generic ESL extract file which includes the requirements of most EU countries. • Generic ESL Summary Report which includes the requirements of most EU countries. • Generic ESL Detailed Report for audit purposes. Global Capability

Payables Invoice Tax - Public Sector Specific Calculation

Requirement Name Payables Invoice Tax - Public Sector Specific Calculation


Description The requirement is to derive and calculate tax on Payables Invoices in an industry-specific manner for Local Government organizations. Tax codes or groups should be derived based on the charge account flexfield of the cost line using a user-defined setup.





Transaction Tax - Tax Rate Calculation

This feature derives and calculates taxes on Payables Invoices in an industry-specific manner for Local Government organizations. Tax codes or groups are derived based on the charge account flexfield of the cost line using a user-defined setup.

Add-on Localization










Global Capability


29. NEW ZEALAND

1. Country Overview


Human Resources √

Payroll √

New Zealand Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for New Zealand. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.


Human Resources


• Workforce Sourcing and Deployment

Payroll

Payroll processing

• Payroll Management


Complexity Low




4. HRMS

a. Human Resources Workforce Sourcing and Deployment

Requirement Name

Workforce Sourcing and Deployment


Description Organizations in New Zealand are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All businesses in New Zealand must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. Several details are captured including Employer IR numbers, Work Permit numbers and holding address styles in accordance with New Zealand's legislative requirements.

Functional Category


Requirement Type

Legal Requirement


English




With New Zealands's localized features for capturing Employee Data you can use the E-Business Suite modules more effectively, for example for payments, mailing and, statutory reporting purposes. Localized HR features form a legislative basis for your country specific Payroll management. Integration of HR and Payroll processes is possible only by using localized data and functionality, specific to your country and legislation. The following New Zealand specific details are captured: • Hold organization information such as Employer IR numbers • Record IRD numbers, Work Permit numbers and dates, ethnicity information as well as holding address styles in New Zealand format • Quarterly information survey report


b.Payroll

Payroll Management

Requirement Name Payroll Management






Legislative Reporting Statutory pay reporting which is delivered includes: • Employer Monthly Schedule in e-file format (IR348) • Inland Revenue Remittance Certificate (IR345/IR346) reports • Inland Revenue Arrears Payment Form report (IR901C)



A series of elements have been seeded to allow for the following legislative calculations to take place correctly: • PAYE tax calculations and deductions • Student loan deduction • ESCT (employer superannuation contribution tax) • Automatic update of yearly ESCT rate • Child support deduction • Inland Revenue arrears deduction • Withholding tax deduction • WINZ deductions



Sick and Holiday Pay Calculations

The following New Zealand specific details are captured with regard to sick and holday pay calculations: • Provided annual leave and sick leave plans compliant with Holiday Act 2003 • Calculate average, ordinary and relevant weekly earnings • Determine the appropriate pay rates for annual leave payments • Payment and recording of Parental leave and its effects on Annual Leave • Payment of leave compliant with Holiday Act 2003



30. NORWAY

1. Country Overview


Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Payroll √

Norway Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Norway. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments


• EFT Payment Formats. • NOEX TelePay Acknowledgement File Format (incoming),Bank Statement and Reports. • Payment File Transmission.

Payment Methods

• Dynamic Due Date Calculation.



Book Keeping Rules




• Document Sequencing Numbering.


• Fixed Assets Register Report.


Transaction Tax

VAT

• VAT Reconciliation Report.



Human Resources





Payroll

Payroll Processing






Norwegian

4. HRMS




Description Organizations in Norway are required to capture organization details so they can meet Norwayspecific legislative requirements when processing HR and Payroll transactions and statutory reports. It is necessary to record certain details for legal employers, Norwegian local units, and also details for external organizations such as the Tax office and Social Security Office.





Organization Details Oracle HRMS for Norway provides functionality to record details for internal and external organizations applicable to HR and payroll processes in Norway. You can keep records of the following Organization information: Þ Organisation number; Tax Municipality number; Calculation Method for Employer's Contributions; Industry Code. Þ Details for third party organizations: Payment and reference details Reporting levels: Oracle HRMS also provides a Structure that allows statutory tax Reporting/calculations using local units (local units can optionally be reported separately).





Description Organizations in Norway are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All Norwegian businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. Data required to be maintained includes national identity numbers, name and titles, address, bank account details and education details.





Multiple Assignments: Deployments within the same Legal Employer can be processed as one employment for actions critical to Norwegian legislation. For example, tax calculation processes can be aggregated onto the person level.Start and Termination of Employment:Starting and terminating employment creates a number of special requirements in Norway, mainly related to tax and holiday calculation processes that are delivered with this localization.




National Identity Number: National Identity number is available with validation for Norway HCM localization. For ease of use, three additional values are populated automatically from NI number: date of birth, age and, gender.Names and Title: Names format is correctly catered for in HRMS forNorway. The name in Norway includes a First name (given name),optional middle name and a Surname.Address details: Address details are available in Norwegian standard format. There is functionality for uploading Norwegian postal codes in the system using postal code file issued byNorwegian Post.Bank Account Details: Norwegian Bank Account details for domestic transactions can be entered with following fields: Bank name, Bank branch, Account type, Account number in with Norwegian validation.Education Details: It is possible to enter Educational Details within Norwegian localization with following fields: NUS-2000 Education code (based on national and international standard), Grade Point Average, and Number of Credits.Additional Person Details: A number of additional person details can be captured for Norwegian statutory HCM processing requirements. These are, for example, details for dependents, details from previous employments.Employment Details: Norwegian localization supports the recording of critical details for statutory calculation and reporting for employees' employment and/or deployments.










Absences and Holidays Country-specific Absence types and requirements are included in the Norwegian localization. In addition, Absences can be processed on Assignments level.Holiday Calculation: In Norway, holidays accruals are calculated in money. The holiday calculation solution for Norway typically supports 4 weeks + 1 day, or 5 weeks holiday. In addition one week for employees over 60 years. Calculations support both a 5-day work pattern or 6-day work pattern. Several options on top of this include; Þ 6G limit for holiday pay for employees over 60. Þ 6G limit for holiday pay calculated from absences. Þ Holiday accruals stops during absences when legislative limit has been reached. Þ Holiday Pay termination payments, both in accrual year and in holiday year. Absence calculation: Norwegian calculations of absence payments and days for: Þ Child/Child minders sickness. Þ Employee sickness. Þ Parental leave (maternity/paternity/adoption).



Legislative reporting is delivered as standard functionality, in line with Swedish legislative requirements.Statement of Earnings:The content of Statement of Earnings (SOE) can be modified according to customer needs.Payslip:A Payslip is to be provided with every salary payment. Norwegian payslip functionality includes legislative salary details for the payslip. Payslips can also be modified by customer.File for Electronic Payment Process: Standard format file according to Telepay format (Norwegian standard) is available for domestic bank accounts.Certificate of Pay and Tax Deducted (Yearly end of year certificate): All payments, tax deductions and expenses payments must be reported on a person level. The Report is provided in standard format, but also a compressed format for audit purposes. Bimonthly Recording Sheet for Withholding Tax and Employer's Contribution: Includes calculated Employer's contribution per Tax Municipal/Calculation Zone, and deducted withholding tax per employee tax municipality. Payment register: Report listing all employee payments in a payment file. Norwegian Payroll Accounting Reconciliation Report: Report to support reconciliation of costing transactions with reportable earnings.



Payroll Data Capture Enhanced data capture for Payroll processing and statutory Payroll reporting has been applied for the Norwegian localization as follows: • Additional data, specific for payroll processing, for person, employment and deployment/assignment levels can be recorded in line with Norwegian statutory requirements, for example: • tax card details, • benefits in kind details • Statutory deductions details (employer's contribution, tax levy, support orders, union dues etc.) • Data capture for tax computation, including tax tables and tax periods. • Electronic Tax card, mass upload functionality using file format, issued by Norwegian Tax administration • Seeded classifications for payments, deductions and information, for distinguishing different types of transactions and steering processing order and additional rules within required within pay calculation. • Seeded elements with legislative content, such as tax card, benefits in kind, union dues, travel expenses, for capturing essential data for tax computation and statutory reporting • Norway specific payroll data capture, in compliance with Norwegian legislative Payroll processing rules, form a salary computation basis for gross to net processing, payments, as well as statutory tax and payroll reporting.


Payroll Processing Payroll processing has been extended in compliance with the Norwegian legislation as follows: • Tax calculations based on tax percentage or tax tables, including Norwegian Tax cards and tax periods. • Calculation process from gross to net, including Norwegian statutory deductions and Employer's contribution calculations. Holiday Pay Calculation: • Holiday Pay Accruals (4 weeks + 1 day, or 5 weeks), with support for both 5 day working pattern and 6 day working pattern. Special holiday accrual for employees over 60 years. • Holiday Pay Termination Payment and Carry over of holidays to following calendar year. Option to stop holiday pay accrual during absences when statutory limits are exceeded.




Clearing and Bank Statement Files

Requirement Name Clearing and Bank Statement Files


Description Ability to support the electronic integration with local banks. Functional Category




Clearing and Bank Statement Files

EBS supports upload, import, and processing of clearing files and bank statements.


Transmission infrastructure

R12 supports an open payment file transmission infrastructure which allows integration with 3rd party software.


EFT Payment Formats



Description Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) is a widely used payment method in Norway. Companies maychoose to utilise the Telepay Format method or the Direct Remittance (BBS) method. Both havespecific format requirements, defined by the Norwegian Banking Authorities, which must bemet.




Direct Remittance (BBS) Format

This format allows customers to send a file, tape or diskette to a BBS organization (bank clearing house), which in turn processes the payments and returns an acknowledgement. This format is only used for domestic payment transfers.


Telepay Format This payment format is available as a common service from most commercial banks and is the format that most companies use to pay their trading partners. Companies can perform both domestic and foreign payment transfers with the Telepay format.



NOEX TelePay Acknowledgement File Format (incoming), Bank Statement and Reports

Requirement Name NOEX TelePay Acknowledgement File Format (incoming), Bank Statement and Reports


Description Customers who are using Norwegian Telepay format and receive payment clearing file from the bankasdf require creation of bank statement and a Telepay payements Report.




Norwegian Bank Statement Loader Program

Load, import Bank Statement and perform reconciliation in Cash Management.

Add-on Localization

Norwegian Processed Telepay Payments Report

A report that allows the user to view the details about the payments made by bank. Details like whether the payment is domestic or Foreign, whether the payment was credited to the payee''s account or a cheque was issued. The purpose of this report is to reconcile actual bank charges against the number of payments that the payer sent to the bank.

Add-on Localization

Payment File Transmission

Requirement Name Payment File Transmission


Description Ability to support payment batch processing for foreign and domestic payments.




EBS supports the use of electronic funds transfer for supplier invoices without bank account numbers

EBS supports the use of electronic funds transfer for supplier invoices without bank account numbers.


Payment Batch Processing

EBS supports the ability to split payment batches by foreign and domestic payments.



Payment Batch Processing - Foreign Currency Handling

Oracle supports a flexible selection criteria that allows grouping invoices with multiple currencies, operating units, and pay groups into the same batch.


Sequence Generator Oracle Payments supports generating a sequencing number which can be matched with the acknowledgement file


Dynamic Due Date Calculation

Requirement Name Dynamic Due Date Calculation


Description According to Norwegian law, "Lov om gjeldsbrev", §5, 2nd subsection, if a due date on a debt instrument, e.g. a customer invoice, falls on a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday, then the due date should be moved to the following workday. Most private customers evade this requirement by accepting grace days when calculating late-payment interests. However, the requirement is important for the public sector customers with regards to the due date on an invoice and the late-payment interest calculation process.




Norwegian Dynamic Due Date Calculation

Transactions are created from the transactions work bench.Transactions may also be created from Sales Orders, or from any other source and interfaced to the Receivables module. Due date is calculated based on the Payment Term assigned to the Transaction. A solution is required to achieve the functionality of calculating due date after considering non- working days (Saturday, Sunday or a National Holiday) and if the due date falls on a non-working day, it should be moved to the next working day.

Add-on Localization










A SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT) is a payment instrument used inorder to perform credit transfers in Euros between customer payments accounts located in the SEPA area. The supported SEPACredit Transfer process is based on the UNIFI (ISO 20022)message standards and in accordance to the European PaymentCouncil (EPC) rulebook and implementation guidelines version 5.0.

Global Capability

SEPA Direct Debit A SEPA Direct Debit (SDD) is a method of payment wherein thedebtor (payer) authorizes the creditor (payee) to collect the paymentfrom his bank account. SEPA Direct Debit is used for makingdomestic and cross-border payments across 32 countries. Thesupported SEPA Direct Debit process is based on the UNIFI (ISO20022) message standards and in accordance to the EuropeanPayment Council (EPC) rulebook and implementation guidelinesversion 5.0.

Global Capability











Global Capability




Description User's expect to be able to enter and view dates/times in their own local time zone. Global companies may submit their financial and statutory reporting using the local time zone of eachn legal entity or using corporate time zone: a single, unified time-zone for their entire worldwide operations.





Global Capability











Global Capability

Document Sequencing Numbering

Requirement Name Document Sequencing Numbering


Description Need to have an easy trace of original transaction in the accounting journal entries.




Document Sequencing

Oracle Financials allows numbering subledger documents and journal entries, always per ledger, by means of the following sequences: The document sequence allows numbering documents entered in the subledger. The accounting sequence allows numbering journal entries when the journal entry is created. The reporting sequence allows numbering journal entries by the general ledger accounting period closing process.

Global Capability


Requirement Name Fixed Assets Register Report


Description Legal Entities are required to have a report in order to show both original cost and depreciation.







Global Capability




Description Legal Entities are required to have some legal books such as Journal Book, Account Analysis Book and Third Party Book.





The Global Account Analysis Report displays the information for all transactions entered within a single period or within a period range per single account or per account range.The beginning balances, period activity, and ending balances are displayed in either detail or summary modes.

Global Capability



Global Capability



Global Capability


c. Transaction Tax VAT Reconciliation Report

Requirement Name VAT Reconciliation Report


Description In Norway VAT returns must be submitted bi-monthly. Payment is due one month and ten days following the last day of the reporting period. The VAT return contains several boxes for tax and taxable amounts according to the type of tax and the tax rate. Besides normal input and output VAT, Norway has a special self-assessed tax type for output VAT on purchases of foreign services. Additionally, company revenue must be reported on the VAT return, divided into taxable, non-taxable and exempt revenue.




Norwegian VAT Reconciliation Report

The Norwegian VAT Reconciliation Report provides the user with information that is required in order to prepare the VAT return. VAT amounts are shown as well as the taxable basis amounts and all revenue by the legally required categories is reported: taxable, nontaxable and exempt revenue. The report may be run in Draft, Final or Reprint modes. When running the report in Final mode, all transactions are marked in order to avoid reporting the same transactions in a subsequent run. Should a former period transaction be entered, it can be reported by running the process in "Correction Mode." The transaction shall then appear as a correction on the VAT Return.



31. PERU



Payments √


Transaction Tax √

Peru Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Peru. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials


Governance

• COA Flat Files

• PDT (Programa de Declaración Telemática)

Payments

Factoring

• Bill Receivable




Transaction Tax

Sales Tax

• Sales Reporting

VAT

• Purchase Reporting

• VAT Withholding Calculation and Reporting


Complexity Medium




Spanish


4. Financials

a. Financial Reporting & Governance COA Flat Files

Requirement Name COA Flat Files


Description In Peru, companies classified as "Exportation Companies" are required to generate COA (Confrontación de Operaciones Autodeclaradas or Declaration of Operation Confrontation in English) flat files in order to meet Peruvian legislation. Those flat files register the details of all acquisitions effective done, in order to determinate the balance in favor of exportations companies.




Peruvian Payables COA Files Report handling

Flat files supported from Payables transactions: · X58CPCOA Payment Confirmation - Using this table it will be possible to transfer the purchasing invoices information to SUNAT. · X61COAPR Suppliers - Using this flat file it will be possible to transfer a specific suppliers list to SUNAT. · X68CPCOA Debit and Credit Memo - Using this table it will be possible to transfer the purchasing credit memos and debit memos information to SUNAT. · X78CPCOA Import Invoices - Using this flat file it will be possible to transfer the Import invoices information to SUNAT.

Add-on Localization

Peruvian Receivables COA Files Report handling

Flat file supported from Receivables transactions: · X88CPCOA Exportation - Using this table it will be possible to transfer the export invoices information to SUNAT.

Add-on Localization

PDT (Programa de Declaración Telemática)

Requirement Name COA Flat Files


Description In Peru, companies classified as "Exportation Companies" are required to generate COA (Confrontación de Operaciones Autodeclaradas or Declaration of Operation Confrontation in English) flat files in order to meet Peruvian legislation. Those flat files register the details of all acquisitions effective done, in order to determinate the balance in favor of exportations companies.

Functional Category Financial Reporting & Governance - Governance




Peruvian Payables COA Files Report handling

Flat files supported from Payables transactions: · X58CPCOA Payment Confirmation - Using this table it will be possible to transfer the purchasing invoices information to SUNAT. · X61COAPR Suppliers - Using this flat file it will be possible to transfer a specific suppliers list to SUNAT. · X68CPCOA Debit and Credit Memo - Using this table it will be possible to transfer the purchasing credit memos and debit memos information to SUNAT. · X78CPCOA Import Invoices - Using this flat file it will be possible to transfer the Import invoices information to SUNAT.

Add-on Localization

Peruvian Receivables COA Files Report handling

Flat file supported from Receivables transactions: · X88CPCOA Exportation - Using this table it will be possible to transfer the export invoices information to SUNAT.

Add-on Localization

Requirement Name PDT (Programa de Declaración Telemática)


Description In Peru, companies are legally required to report transaction using an electronic system called PDT (Programa de Declaración Telemática). It is a system provided by federal tax authority (SUNAT) that collects, register, and validates transaction and fiscal information from Peruvian companies.




Peruvian PDT 3500 - Third Party Operations (Cost and/or Expenses)

The PDT 3500 - Third Party Operations (Cost and/or Expenses) reports the total transaction amount per each supplier.

Add-on Localization

Peruvian PDT 3500 - Third Party Operations (Entries)

The PDT 3500 - Third Party Operations (Entries) reports the total transaction amount per each customer.

Add-on Localization

Peruvian PDT 617 VAT Others Withholdings

The PDT 617 VAT Others Withholdings reports transactions subject to 2nd and 3rd Category, VAT withholding tax and foreign entities withholdings. Generally, those transactions are earnings from: stock, debentures, patents, rents and others.

Add-on Localization

Peruvian PDT 621 - Purchase

The PDT 621 Purchase reports information from monthly operations. This flat file should be used by VAT Contributors that generate transactions classified as Income tax for third category and companies that consume services from independent workers. This report consolidates information from Purchases operations.

Add-on Localization

Peruvian PDT 621 - Purchase

The PDT 621 reports information from monthly operations and is addressed to VAT Contributors that generate transactions classified as Income tax for third category and companies that consume services from independent workers. This flat file reports information from third party employees receipts and includes the withheld amount.

Add-on Localization


Peruvian PDT 621 - Sales The PDT 621 Sales report consolidates information from Sales operations. It reports information from monthly operations and is addressed to VAT Contributors that generate transactions classified as Income tax for third category and companies that consume services from independent workers.

Add-on Localization

Peruvian PDT 626 Withholding / Withholding Agents

The PDT 626 for Withholding Agents reports information from monthly withholdings performed on behalf of suppliers. This flat file lists each withholding performed in a monthly period basis.

Add-on Localization

b. Payments Bill Receivable

Requirement Name Bill Receivable


Description In Peru, bill receivable is subjected to VAT Withholding. A bill receivable is a document that a customer formally agrees to pay at some future date (the maturity date). The bill receivable document effectively replaces, for the related amount, the open debt exchanged for the bill.

Functional Category Payments – Factoring



Peruvian Bill of Receivables Payables The Peruvian Bill of Receivables Payables solution allows companies to exchange supplier invoices to bills receivables and to calculate the correct withholding tax.

Add-on Localization





Description In Peru, companies need to comply with accounting reporting requirements set by the government to support their financial statements. Accounting reporting is also used for internal auditing.





Peruvian GL Daily Book Report The Peruvian General Ledger Daily Book prints journal entries in ascending order by accounting date. For each accounting date, journal entries are sorted by document number. General Ledger prints the accounting date, document number, journal entry name, journal source and category, subledger document name and number, currency, and exchange rate. For each detail journal line, General Ledger prints the line number, account segment value and description, functional debit and credit amounts, description, and cost center segment value.

Add-on Localization

Peruvian GL Mayor Book Report The Peruvian General Ledger Major Book report prints the line number, account, transaction date, description, line/source item, the debit or credit amount, and the statistical amount for each journal line. Totals are provided for all journal lines within a journal, and all journals within a journal batch. In addition, totals are provided for your journal source, and a grand total is provided for all of the debit and credit amounts included in your report.

Add-on Localization

d.Transaction Tax

Sales Reporting

Requirement Name Sales Reporting


Description Peruvian companies are legally required to report their sales transactions to the tax authorities in a monthly base. The report can also be submitted to the tax authority for review upon the tax authority's request.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - Sales Tax - Tax Reporting



Peruvian Sales Ledger Report The Peruvian Sales Ledger report (Libro de Ventas) displays all the transactions associated with sales operations in a particular period, including invoices, debit memos, and credit memos. For each transaction, the Peruvian Sales Ledger report shows the invoice data, the taxable base reported by each classification, ISC TAX (Impuesto sobre Consumo or Consume Tax in English) and other taxes.

Add-on Localization


Purchase Reporting

Requirement Name Purchase Reporting


Description Peruvian companies are legally required to report their purchase transactions to the tax authorities in a monthly base. The report can also be submitted to the tax authority for review upon the tax authority's request.




Peruvian Purchase Ledger Report

The Peruvian Purchase Ledger report (Libro de Compras) displays all the transactions associated with purchase operations in a particular period, including invoices, debit memos, and credit memos. For each transaction, the Peruvian Purchase Ledger report shows the Invoice data, VAT amount reported by each classification, ISC TAX (Impuesto sobre Consumo) and other charges. It also includes de handling of VAT detraction information.

Add-on Localization

VAT Withholding Calculation and Reporting

Requirement Name VAT Withholding Calculation and Reporting


Description In Peru, customers classified as a tax-withholding agent are responsible for withholding tax from supplier invoice and remitting the withheld amount to the proper tax authority. The Peruvian Tax Authority (SUNAT) requires from Peruvian companies to calculate the withholding tax at payment time. The VAT calculation is based on supplier and transactions type and also on cumulative amounts per transactions. The SUNAT determinates some exceptions as follow: • Suppliers classified as good payers • Suppliers classified as tax withholding agents • Operations with a value less than 700 PEN, users have the flexibility to change this value if SUNAT decide to modify the exception value. The withholding tax calculation has to be performed following the "payment operation" concept. A payment operation is the sum of the invoice total amounts that are part of a payment. If this "payment operation" exceeds an amount determined by government then the withholding is applied to the payment total amount.

Functional Category Transaction Tax - VAT - VAT Withholding




Peruvian IGV Withholding Tax Exceptions

The following IGV Withholding Tax Exceptions are handled withing Oracle Ebusiness Suite: • Suppliers classified as good payers • Suppliers classified as tax withholding agents • Operations with a value less than 700 PEN, users have the flexibility to change this value if SUNAT decide to modify the exception value.

Add-on Localization

Peruvian Withholding Certificate

The Peruvian VAT Withholding Certificate includes information related to the supplier and buyer identification, document type, withholding certificate number, withholding certificate date, taxable base and the withheld amount. This solution allows companies to use pre-numbered certificates, in case of printing errors the user is allowed to re-print and re-assign the physical certificate number.

Add-on Localization

Peruvian Withholding Certificate 4th Category

The Peruvian Withholding Certificate 4th Category details the supplier annual taxable base and the annual withheld amount for both withholding tax types that affect this category (Income for 4th Category and IES). This solution helps companies to address their requirements regarding Withholding Certificate 4th Category.

Add-on Localization

Peruvian Withholding Registry The Peruvian Withholding Registry shows information regarding supplier payments and withholdings, including the VAT Withholding Certificate number.

Add-on Localization


32. POLAND



Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Poland Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Poland. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials



• Poland Regional Dunning Letter

Payments


• Cash Desk


• Bank Integration

• Bank Statement Reconciliation ("Selektor")

Payment Formats

• Poland EFT Formats (Credit Transfers & Direct Debits)

Payment Methods



Book Keeping Rules



• Statutory Accounting - Inventory document print-outs with number tracking

• Statutory Accounting - Multi-period Deferred Cost Settlement


• Statutory Accounting - Supplier Statement


Fiscal Valuation

• Fixed Assets Changes Report (detailed and summary)

• Fixed Assets Depreciation Plan Report (specific format and detailed information)

• Fixed Assets Register Report (source document used as stipulated by Polish Accounting Standards)

• Fixed Assets Register Sheet Report (detailed with specific parameters and specific layout)

• Statutory Accounting - Fixed Assets Depreciation of Adjustment (pro-rate convention method)

• Statutory Accounting - Fixed Assets document printout ("Placed in service" also called "OT Documents")

• Statutory Accounting - Fixed Assets document printout for assets confirmed to be transferred between locations (also called "PT Documents")

• Statutory Accounting - Fixed Assets document printout for release of an asset with a detailed history of withdrawal transactions ("LT Documents").


• Statutory Accounting - Account Analysis Report

• Statutory Accounting - General Ledger Journal Entry Report

• Statutory Accounting - Trial Balance Report

Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods

• European Sales Listing and European Purchase Listing Report (VIES Report)

VAT

• Correction Invoices

• Invoice Printout for Invoice's (manual / external), Correction Invoice's / Credit Note's





Polish


4. HRMS




Description Organizations in Poland are required to capture organization details so they can meet Polandspecific legislative requirements when processing HR and Payroll transactions and statutory reports. It is necessary in order to capture legal entity details of an organisation together with all the required Tax and payment information, and comply with Equity reporting requirements.

Functional Category




Organizations and Organizational Structure

Oracle HRMS for Poland provides functionality to record details for internal and external organizations applicable to HR and payroll processes in Poland. The following Organization details can be maintained: • Basic employer information: short and full name of employer, REGON employer identification number • Contact details (e-mail, facsimile, contact person, phone) • Contract information (labour court, bargaining unit, locally etc) • Legal base of activity, type of property, EKD, SII Branch, PKD, legal and economic activity status, statistical office • Data required by SII (PLATNIK) • Register data • Tax information (tax office, NIP – Tax identification number etc.)





Description Organizations in Poland are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All Polish businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. Data required to be maintained includes: identification numbers, address, bank account and employment details.






With the localization for Poland you are able to record and track employment details in accordance with the Polish government institutions Social Insurance Institution (SII) and its application PLATNIK, the tax offices, Central Statistical Office. Currently the minor part of Polish law requirements of HR is fulfilled. Personal Identifiers: PESEL: Personal Identification number is available with validation. NIP: Taxpayer identification number is available with validation. Names and Title. The name in Poland includes a First name (given name), optional 1 Middle name and a Surname. It is possible to choose which of the first and middle names is used as first name (known as). Titles are not commonly used in Poland and can be disabled if desired. Address details: Address details are available in the Polish standard format. Bank Account Details: Bank Account details can be held according to Polish standard format. The bank account data includes the following for domestic settlements: 26-digits Bank account, with validation, Bank name, bank branch name, Bank address, and Account name. Additional Person Details: A number of additional person details, required by Polish law and business rules, can be captured by the system: • Nationality, citizenship • Data, required by PLATNIK (SII application): old age/ pension Rights, Registered Disabled, National Heath Fund Branch • Documents of record: Identity Card, Passport Employment Details: Polish localization of Oracle Human Resources currently includes the following employment details, needed for proper calculation of payroll and for fulfillment of polish law requirements: Contract type, contract category and contract details Tax card data (tax office and tax parameters: tax rate, income and tax reductions, etc) SII Card data: (old-age, pension, sickness, work injury, labor fund and health contribution types and dates).



5. Financials

a. Local Business Standards Poland Regional Dunning Letter

Requirement Name Poland Regional Dunning Letter


Description In Poland companies have to track open as of date receivables balances to meet common business and legal requirements. From the review of the open receivable balances, companies can make accurate and smart decisions on whether to issue a Dunning Letter to the customer which advises the open balances, carry out the netting (contra charging) process or just verify open receivables balances to support accounting requirements.

Functional Category

Local Business Standards - Local Business Processes



Poland Regional Dunning Letter

The Regional Dunning Letter lists all open transactions for the selected range of customers, taking into account any applied receipts, credit memos or adjustments as of the entered date. The report shows the original transaction amount and amount remaining in both the entered transaction currency and the accounting currency. In addition to the detailed listing of open transactions, the report shows the total outstanding balance for eachcurrency and customer account. The report prints the number of days late and amount due details for all transactions for which payment has not been fully cleared. Transactions are displayed as of a specified date and are grouped by customer site. The dunning letter text is entered in Oracle Receivables and is specified when the report is submitted. Thereport can be run for a specific customer or for a range of customers, depending on the business requirements at a given time.

Global Capability

b. Payments Cash Desk

Requirement Name

Cash Desk


Description Requirement is to provide a solution where cash transactions are entered, maintained, accounted, reported and are integrated with Oracle E-Business Suite.

Functional Category

Payments - Cash Desk Processing





Add-on Localization

Bank Integration

Requirement Name

Bank Integration


Description Requirement is to create an interface between Oracle E-Business Suite and local home-banking systems.

Functional Category





Bank Integration Feature provides interfaces between Oracle E-Business Suite and a number of local home-banking systems. The following key features are provided: - Accomplishment of Bank Remittance: Based on the Bank statements data, bank statements are created in the cash management module. - Import Bank Statement: Importing the data from the Home Banking system (External System) to the E-Business system. - Communication with Oracle Payments Module: Payments made in the Oracle Payables module is considered and communicated to the Home Banking system.

Add-on Localization

Bank Statement Reconciliation ("Selektor")

Requirement Name



Description Requirement is to be able to maintain all local bank accounts in such a way that the local bank account shows current balances of all transactions. The reconciliation of bank statements lines with module transactions is provided, using transaction codes.

Functional Category





The reconciliation of bank statements lines with module transactions will be done, using transaction codes. A user, if not delivered in a bank statement, will indicate these codes, manually. Selector program will process bank statements, depending on the Localization descriptive flexifeld values, which are attached to bank codes and bank statement lines. Codes, delivered in bank statement lines, are used in the algorithm of clearing and reconciliation of bank statement lines.

Add-on Localization


Poland EFT Formats (Credit Transfers & Direct Debits)

Requirement Name



Description Businesses in Poland initiate a growing number of electronic transactions each year, whichb drives the increasing demand for automation in payment management. The Polish Payment Formats provide standard electronic file transfer formats to allow users to make payments quickly, accurately and easily. The formats are designed according to the specifications set by Polish National Clearing House (Krajowa Izba Rozliczeniowa — KIR) in line with the ELIXIR clearing system standards for interbank transactions for financial institutions in Poland.

Functional Category

Payments - Payment Formats




The following frequently used formats are provided: • The Polish Citibank MTMS EFT Format creates "IMP"compliant ASCII flat files to execute credit transfers (przelewy) compatible with the MTMS (Micro Transaction Management System) format. • The Polish Pekao Standard Payment Format creates "PLI"compliant ASCII flat files to execute domestic credit transfers (przelewy) and Social Insurance (ZUS) Payments. • The Polish Pekao Standard Payment Format creates "PLD"compliant ASCII flat files to execute domestic direct debits (Polecenia Zapłaty). XML Publisher is used to create the output and thus allows the implementor to modify the proposed layouts / formats as desired, by creating additional versions of the output.

Global Capability


Requirement Name




Functional Category







Global Capability


Global Capability

c. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone








Global Capability





Functional Category Ability to setup document sequencing providing an audit trail back to the original document.



Document Sequencing

Oracle Financials allows numbering subledger documents and journal entries, always per ledger, by means of the following sequences: The document sequence allows numbering documents entered in the subledger. The accounting sequence allows numbering journal entries when the journal entry is created. The reporting sequence allows numbering journal entries by the general ledger accounting period closing process.

Global Capability

Statutory Accounting - Inventory document print-outs with number tracking

Requirement Name Statutory Accounting - Inventory document print-outs with number tracking


Description Requirement is to provide inventory reports with number tracking.




Inventory document printouts with number tracking

This feature is used to automatically generate numbers for Inventory Transactions. User will be able to define the format of the number and will be able to query the inventory transactions based on this number.

Add-on Localization

Statutory Accounting - Multi-period Deferred Cost Settlement

Requirement Name Statutory Accounting - Multi-period Deferred Cost Settlement


Description Requirement is to provide specific functionality enabling the creation of a schedule to be used for multi-period cost settlements.





Statutory Accounting - Multiperiod Deferred Cost Settlement

Multi-period deferred cost settlement contains Payables Invoice Header, Invoice Lines, Invoice Distributions Lines and an additional Form of Deferred Cost schedule and which are used for calculating the amount and automatically creating accounting entries for invoice line on cost account (Cr) and deferred cost account (Dr). The amount on Deferred Cost Account is gradually settled in the end of each period indicated in multi-period schedule by automatically creating GL journals.

Add-on Localization

Statutory Accounting - Supplier Statement

Requirement Name Statutory Accounting - Supplier Statement


Description In Poland, it is standard business practice for companies to provide a report of outstanding payables transactions in response to supplier inquiries. Given it may be used as official correspondence, the supplier statement must have particular information on it such as the supplier name and address, and certain text identifying the applicable law. Polish companies also require the option of restricting the invoices that are printed on the report by document category, posting status and approval status.




Supplier Statement The Poland Supplier Statement is an Oracle Payables Reporting feature. The Polish Supplier Statement prints invoices, payments and prepayments for a given supplier or suppliers and a range of dates. The information is displayed in accounting and entered currencies. Specific text can be printed at the header of the report, in order that personalised reports may be sent to suppliers in response to specific inquiries. The report is very useful when crosschecking records of outstanding payables transactions with the supplier's records.

Global Capability

Fixed Assets Changes Report (detailed and summary)

Requirement Name Fixed Assets Changes Report (detailed and summary)


Description The requirement is to provide a Fixed Assets Changes Report as specified by the Polish GAAP Act, in both detailed and summary layouts.





Fixed Assets Changes Report (detailed and summary)

Feature provides an Asset Change Report - This report prints information of changes in Asset cost and Depreciation reserve. Report is available in detailed and summarized layout. - Detail Layout - Detailed report shows changes in each asset separately and summarizes the effect of transactions entered in it for a defined time span. - Summarized Layout - Summarized report shows changes in cost and depreciation reserve by categories in a defined time span.

Add-on Localization










Add-on Localization

Fixed Assets Register Report (source document used as stipulated by Polish Accounting Standards)










Add-on Localization

Requirement Name Fixed Assets Register Report (source document used as stipulated by Polish Accounting Standards)


Description The requirement is to provide a Fixed Assets Register Report (source document used as stipulated by Polish Accounting Standards) presenting a listing of assets to a current or historical state as recorded in a chosen depreciation book, at the end of a chosen period, subject to other selection and grouping criteria, also allowing the generation of a retrospective assets listing.




Fixed Assets Register Report (source document used as stipulated by Polish Accounting Standards)

Feature provides an Asset Register Report - which presents a listing of assets to a current or historical state as recorded in a chosen depreciation book, at the end of a chosen period, subject to other selection and grouping criteria, also allowing the generation of a retrospective assets listing.

Add-on Localization

Fixed Assets Register Sheet Report (detailed with specific parameters and specific layout)

Requirement Name Fixed Assets Register Sheet Report (detailed with specific parameters and specific layout)


Description The requirement is to provide a Fixed Asset Sheet report to print data for given parameters in 2 specific layouts: 1. Asset Sheet report will be a printed report for all the assets, irrespective of the fact if the asset is a sub-Asset or a Parent asset. 2. Asset Sheet report will be a printed report for only complex assets, where the parent asset and their sub-asset(s) are included in a single asset sheet.





Fixed Assets Register Sheet Report (detailed with specific parameters and specific layout)

Feature provides an Asset Sheet Report - This report should print financial data and transaction history of the main book for all assets including retired assets and also should print information for the YTD depreciation history to cover secondary book. Asset report will print data in 2 layouts: - A report for all the assets irrespective of the fact if the report is a sub-Asset or a Parent asset. - A report for only complex assets where parent asset and their sub Asset are included in a single asset sheet.

Add-on Localization

Statutory Accounting - Fixed Assets Depreciation of Adjustment (pro-rate convention method)

Requirement Name Statutory Accounting - Fixed Assets Depreciation of Adjustment (pro-rate convention method)


Description Requirement is to provide fixed assets depreciation of adjustment in a particular method. Prorate convention for improvement should support every Asset improvement transaction registered in FA module. Pro-rate convention for improvement, as pro-rate convention for calculating depreciation after putting Asset in service should be exactly the same.




Fixed Assets Re-valuation - Depreciation of Adjustment (pro-rate convention method)

Feature provides fixed assets depreciation of adjustment in a particular method. Pro-rate convention for improvement is intended to support every asset improvement transaction registered in the Fixed Assets module. Pro-rate convention for improvement, as prorate convention for calculating depreciation after an asset has been placed in service is exactly the same.

Add-on Localization

Statutory Accounting - Fixed Assets document printout ("Placed in service" also called "OT Documents")

Requirement Name Statutory Accounting - Fixed Assets document printout ("Placed in service" also called "OT Documents")


Description Requirement is to provide a receipt confirming that a fixed asset has been accepted to be used. It is typically required to be signed by a first user of a given asset and/or a person responsible for the asset. If the user signs this document it refers that the asset is capitalized.





Statutory Report - Fixed Assets document printout("Placed in service" also called "OT Documents")

Feature provides a report called the "OT Document". This is a source document used under Polish Accounting Regime, which confirms that a fixed asset has been accepted to use. The acceptance is reflected in books as an asset's capitalization.

Add-on Localization

Statutory Accounting - Fixed Assets document printout for assets confirmed to be transferred between locations (also called "PT Documents")

Requirement Name Statutory Accounting - Fixed Assets document printout for assets confirmed to be transferred betweenlocations (also called "PT Documents")


Description Requirement to provide a receipt confirming that a fixed asset has been transferred from one location to other location, or from one user to other user. This document should show detail information of depreciation of the asset, which is transferred, and it typically has to be signed by new user of the department.




Statutory Report - Fixed Assets document printout for assets confirmed to be transferred between locations (also called "PT Documents")

Feature provides a report called the "PT Document". This is a source document used under Polish Accounting Regime, which confirms that a fixed asset has been moved from one location to another or from one user to another or detailed information in depreciation account of this asset (like Cost Center) has been changed. The acceptance is reflected in books as an asset's transfer.

Add-on Localization


Statutory Accounting - Fixed Assets document printout for release of an asset with a detailed history of withdrawal transactions ("LT Documents").

Requirement Name Statutory Accounting - Fixed Assets document printout for release of an asset with a detailed history ofwithdrawal transactions ("LT Documents").


Description Requirement to provide a receipt confirming that a fixed asset retirement was properly registered. It typically has to be signed by a user responsible for retiring process or a person who was the last owner of the asset. The acceptance is reflected in books as an asset's retirement.




Statutory Report - FixedAssets document printoutfor release of an asset witha detailed history ofwithdrawal transactions ("LTDocuments")

Feature provides a report called the "LT Document". This is asource document used under Polish Accounting Regime. It is areceipt confirming that a fixed asset retirement was properly registered. The acceptance is reflected in books as an asset's retirement.

Add-on Localization

Statutory Accounting - Account Analysis Report

Requirement Name Statutory Accounting - Account Analysis Report


Description Eastern Central European (ECE) countries have strict account analysis and cash reporting requirements. Hungary, Poland, Slovakia and the Czech Republic legally require reporting on journals impacting account's turnovers and balances for declared accounting periods. This is a critical business requirement given the reports are used to audit posted journals and relevant account balances and turnovers on company's Trial Balances. Amounts must be displayed in the transaction's accounting currency and in the entered currency with the rate based on the conversion rate associated with the original transaction. Auditors, based on reported information confirming account balances, should explicitly locate originating subledger documents (Invoices,


Payments, etc...) through listed document sequence numbers in line with General Ledger Journal Entry Report.




Account Report - GL and SLA Account analysis and Detail Report

The Poland GL and SLA Account analysis and Detail Report is an Oracle Sub-Ledger Accounting Reporting feature. The Global GL and SLA Account Analysis Detail report provides an audit trail between account balances on trial balance reports (General Ledger Trial Balance Report) and related accounting journals (General Ledger Journal Entry Report) for closed accounting periods. For each account and range of periods specified, this report shows the opening balance, all transactions and journals affecting the account and the closing balance. The information is displayed in both entered and accounting currencies. Users can restrict the report by entered currency and journal source. Regarding the daily reporting the report displays the daily open balance, all transactions and journals posted during the day, daily closing balance for certain cash accounts and total number of transactions crediting and debiting cash account.

Global Capability



Global Capability

Statutory Accounting - General Ledger Journal Entry Report

Requirement Name Statutory Accounting - General Ledger Journal Entry Report


Description Polish accounting law require companies to provide journal reports confirming Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss statements prepared for accounting periods, thus allowing to contrast and confirm presented financial reports and proceed with accounting books verification while auditing.






Global Capability


Statutory Accounting - Trial Balance Report

Requirement Name Statutory Accounting - Trial Balance Report


Description Poland accounting laws require that companies provide Trial Balance reports confirming Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss statements prepared for accounting periods. Companies must support auditing of presented financial reports and verification of accounting books. A General Ledger Trial Balance Report must be provided to confirm monthly turnovers and balances reported on the General Ledger Journal Entry Report and GL and SLA Account Analysis Reports.




Account Report - General Ledger Trial Balance Report

The Poland General Ledger Trial Balance Report is an Oracle General Ledger Reporting feature. The report supports the preparation of periodic balance sheets and income statements for submission to tax authorities. It is commonly a legal requirement to run the report for the entire Chart of Accounts to support the audit process, helping to verify account balances and turnovers. The General Trial Balance Report lists ledger account balances on a monthly or yearly basis. The Report prints detailed balances and net activity by accounting flexfield combination or by natural account value. The later optionally summarizes by account class, sub-class and group. Data in the General Ledger Trial Balance reports can be cross-referenced with monthly data reported in the General Ledger Journal Report and the Global GL and SLA Account AnalysisReport.

Global Capability

d. Transaction Tax European Sales Listing and European Purchase Listing Report (VIES Report)

Requirement Name European Sales Listing and European Purchase Listing Report (VIES Report)


Description Requirement is to provide European Sales Listing and European Purchase Listing Report for declarations of intra-community delivery of goods transactions.







Add-on Localization



Global Capability

Correction Invoices

Requirement Name Correction Invoices


Description Invoices entered in Accounts Receivable module or imported from external systems may need to be modified manually. Users must be allowed to enter only information that is to be changed. The user has several possibilities of modifying and changing different data before creating a document.




Correction Invoices Feature enables users to create corrective invoices for invoices which have been entered in Receivables, or invoices imported from an external system. Users have the ability to correct details such as quantity, rate, tax code, discount, etc.

Add-on Localization

Invoice Printout for Invoice's (manual / external), Correction Invoice's / Credit Note's

Requirement Name Invoice Printout for Invoice's (manual / external), Correction Invoice's / Credit Note's


Description Requirement to provide specific details and layout of Invoice Printout for all types of invoice's and credit notes.





Reporting - Invoice Printout for Invoice's (manual / external), Correction Invoice's / Credit Note's

Invoice Printout enables you to print Invoices in the Receivables module in accordance with Polish business and legal requirements. With this solution, users will be able to print the following transactions: 1. Invoice's 2. Correction Invoice's 3. Debit Memo's 4. Credit Memo's Users can print the transactions in the following modes: 1. Draft 2. Original 3. Duplicate 4. Reprint The Draft mode is an online mode for which concurrent program is not required to be executed by the users. Transactions can be printed with Original, Duplicate and Reprint modes using the concurrent program CLE: Invoice Printout. Invoice and Debit Memo will have one section, whereas a Correction Invoice and a Credit Memo will have three sections as mentioned below: • IT WAS • IT SHOULD BE • INCREASE AMOUNT

Add-on Localization

Prepayment Processing

Requirement Name Prepayment Processing


Description The requirement is to enable creation of a 'prepayment invoice' in AR with VAT calculation after a prepayment from a client has been received. Afterwards, the final invoice should take into account this prepayment received from the client and the VAT amount, to reduce the invoice balance accordingly.






Add-on Localization

Monthly Sales Journal

Requirement Name Monthly Sales Journal


Description Belgian VAT laws require Belgian companies to record and maintain a VAT Sales Journal. This report lists all sales documents (Invoices, Credit Memos, Debit Memos, Deposits and Guarantees) in sequential order and is mainly used by VAT Authorities during VAT Audits.




VAT Sales Journal The Belgian VAT Sales Journal is used as supporting documentation during an internal or external VAT audit. The Journal provides a complete listing of all taxable sales transactions entered in Oracle Receivables on a monthly basis.BI Publisher is used to create the output and thus allows the implementor to modify the proposed layouts / formats as desired, by creating additional versions of the output.



33. PORTUGAL


Payments √


Transaction Tax √

Portugal Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Portugal. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments

Payment Methods

• Bank Transfer Request.

• Checks/Remittances Payment Method.

• Direct Debit File.

• Electronic Funds Transfer.



Book Keeping Rules





• Account Analysis Report.

• Daily Ledger Book.

• Third Party (customer/supplier) Balance Tracking Report.

• Year-End Procedures.

Fiscal Valuation

• Depreciation Report Model 32.1.

• Depreciation Report Model 32.2.

• Fiscal Gains and Losses Report Model 31.

• Model 30 - Statement of provisions, impairment credit losses and inventory adjustments.


• Revaluation Report Model 33.1.












• Revaluation Report Model 33.3 .

• Revaluation Report Model 33.4








• Balance Sheet.

• Cash Flow Report (Direct Method).

• Customers Recapitulative Extract and Report.

• General Ledger Trial Balance Reports.

• Profit and Loss Reporting (SNC).

• Suppliers Recapitulative Extract and Report.

Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods


VAT

• Additional Entity Information.

• Annual VAT Report.





Portuguese


4. Financials

a. Payments

Bank Transfer Request

Requirement Name Bank Transfer Request


Description The most commonly used payment method in Portugal is the bank transfer payment method, through which the payer can request a bank to remit from its account to a supplier account a specific amount of funds at a designated date.




Portuguese Bank Transfer Request

Oracle Financials provides a report which lists the suppliers, corresponding banks and accounts to which the amounts are to be transferred, grouping by the Remit-To Bank. The Portuguese Bank Transfer Request report prints a list of bank transfers in a generic format recognized by most Portuguese banks.


Checks/Remittances Payment Method

Requirement Name Checks/Remittances Payment Method


Description In Portugal companies at times utilise checks as their payment method. Additionally, they require a first block describing the invoices being paid in the given check. Thus, the requirement is to print both the remittance, which lists the invoices being paid, and the actual check.





Check Generation in Oracle Payments

Oracle Payments provides the ability to create checks in the standard Portuguese statutory format. Companies can print checks/remittances for payments in Euros. The check/remittance is printed as one document: the remittance is in the top block of the document (page) and the check is in the second (bottom) block. XML Publisher is used to create the output and thus allows the implementer to modify the proposed layouts/formats as desired, by creating additional versions of the output.

Global Capability

Direct Debit File

Requirement Name Direct Debit File


Description Portuguese companies frequently collect via direct debit instructions to the bank. There is a standard file format accepted by most banks that must be utilised. This file is transferred electronically to the bank via several possible means.




Portugal Receivables Direct Debit file

Remittances are created using the Portugal Receivables Direct Debit file and the information is transmitted to the bank (for example, via diskette) for automatic processing of direct debit transactions between the bank account of the company and the bank accounts of each customer. A listing detailing the records from the Direct Debit file is provided to the bank for audit purposes, so that the file contents can be confirmed. A separate remittance letter is provided to customers, to advise them that payments are being collected by direct debit.


Electronic Funds Transfer

Requirement Name Electronic Funds Transfer


Description Portuguese companies frequently utilise the Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) Payment Method. This file allows companies to order supplier payments. The electronic file has format specifications that must be met in order that the bank may automatically interprete the orders.





EFT Reports Oracle Payments provides a complete set of reports which meet all the business requirements, as follows: EFT Extract File - containing all the instructions for the bank to process the payment; EFT Listing - producing a listing of the EFT file contents for the bank to verify; and EFT Remittance - remitting document that displays the supplier and the transactions to be paid.











Global Capability


Global Capability











Global Capability








Time Zone Support The Legal Entity Time Zone support gives the option to record transactions by referring to the time zone of the legal entity involved rather than a single worldwide location. It means that you can for example, select to have a rolling close, which allows you to close periods in relation to the local date, or you can continue to use a single world-wide reference when period close should take place.With the "User preferred timezone" time zone feature each user can specify their time zone preference, and the system will honor this preference for display and entry of date with time fields in interactive UIs (reports are excluded), while the data in the database continues to be stored in the standard corporate time zone.

Global Capability










Global Capability










Global Capability


Account Analysis Report

Requirement Name Account Analysis Report


Description Detailed activity information is required of a certain account / range of accounts per accounting period with initial and end balances in order to identify the source system, accounting event and transaction information.






Global Capability

Daily Ledger Book

Requirement Name Daily Ledger Book


Description The Asset/Liability account balances by third-party (customers/suppliers) are required with the possibility of breaking the balances into all the accounting entries that make that balance.






Global Capability

Third Party (customer/supplier) Balance Tracking Report

Requirement Name Third Party (customer/supplier) Balance Tracking Report


Description The Asset/Liability account balances by third-party (customers/suppliers) are required with the possibility of breaking the balances into all the accounting entries that make that balance.







Global Capability

Year-End Procedures

Requirement Name Year-End Procedures


Description At the end of fiscal year, all balance accounts must be closed and reopened at the beginning of the new year. The profit & loss accounts follow a similar procedure, they must be closed to the retained earning account.





Global Capability

Depreciation Report Model 32.1

Requirement Name Depreciation Report Model 32.1


Description The Depreciation Report Model 32.1 should be delivered to the fiscal authorities annually in attachment to the income statement (Model 22).





The Depreciation Report Model 32.1 provides details on depreciation and retirement for both tangible/intangible assets that are not revalued, and shows a detailed analysis of assets, even after they are fully depreciated. The report has three sections: Tangible Assets, Intangible Assets, Retired Assets.

Add-on Localization



Requirement Name Depreciation Report Model 32.2


Description The Depreciation Report Model 32.2 should be delivered to the fiscal authorities annually in attachment to the income statement (Model 22).





The Depreciation Report Model 32.2 provides details on depreciation and retirement for tangible assets that are not revalued, and depreciated using a digressive method, and shows a detailedanalysis of the assets. The report has two sections: Tangible Assets Section includes revalued tangible assets totally depreciated, or not totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.Retired Assets Section displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization

Fiscal Gains and Losses Report Model 31

Requirement Name Fiscal Gains and Losses Report Model 31


Description There is a statutory requirement under Portuguese law to report through a Fiscal Gains and Losses Report Model 31 on realized Gains/Losses resulting from asset retirements where the owning company received an amount (equivalent to Proceeds of Sales), as well as retirements due to accidents or reassignments to other purposes different from the company's normal activity.




Fiscal Gains and Losses Report Model 31

Fiscal Gains and Losses Report Model 31 provides details of gains or losses due to asset alienation, asset transactions, accidents, or total reassignments to purposes different from normal activity.

Add-on Localization


Model 30 - Statement of provisions, impairment credit losses and inventory adjustments

Requirement Name Model 30 - Statement of provisions, impairment credit losses and inventory adj


Description There is a requirement for companies to produce the "Statement of provisions, impairment credit losses and inventory adjustments - Model 30".




Model 30 - Statement of provisions, impairment credit losses and inventory adjustments

The "Statement of provisions, impairment credit losses and inventory adjustments - Model 30" report provides valuable information about the company provisions, impairment credit losses, inventory adjustments and customers delayed credits during specific time frame.

Add-on Localization

Revaluation Report Model 33.1

Requirement Name Revaluation Report Model 33.1


Description Portuguese companies are required to report assets revalued according to Port 20 258, of 28th December 1963 or under Decree-Law no 126/77, of 2nd April. Under Model 33.1, only tangible assets totally depreciated or, not totally depreciated on the date of revaluation, must be reported. The report is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22).





The Revaluation Report Model 33.1 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections -Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets totally depreciated or not totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.Retired Assets Section displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization





Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.10 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). It includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 111/88 of 2nd April and that are not totally depreciated.





The Revaluation Report Model 33.10 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections: Tangible Assets Section includes revalued tangible assets not totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation. Retired Assets Section displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization




Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.11 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). The report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 49/91 of 25th January and that are totally depreciated.





The Revaluation Report Model 33.11 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections: Tangible Assets Section includes revalued tangible assets totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.Retired Assets Section displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization





Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.12 is delivered to fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 49/91 of 25th January and that are not totally depreciated.





The Revaluation Report Model 33.12 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections: Tangible Assets Section includes revalued tangible assets not totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation. Retired Assets Section displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization




Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.13 is delivered to fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 49/91 of the 25th January and that could be totally or not totally depreciated on the date of revaluation.





The Revaluation Report Model 33.13 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections – Tangible Assets and Retired Assets.The Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets totally depreciated or not totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.The Retired Assets section of report displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization





Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.14 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 264/92 of 24th November and that are totally depreciated.






Add-on Localization




Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.15 is delivered to fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 264/92 of 24th November and that are not totally depreciated on the date of revaluation.





The Revaluation Report Model 33.15 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections - Tangible Assets and Retired Assets. The Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets not totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.The Retired Assets section includes data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in fiscal year.

Add-on Localization





Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.16 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree-Law No. 264/92 of 24th November and that could be totally or not totally depreciated on the date of revaluation.





The Revaluation Report Model 33.16 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections – Tangible Assets and Retired Assets. The Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets totally depreciated or not totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation. The Retired Assets section includes data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in fiscal year.

Add-on Localization




Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.17 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 31/98 of the 11th February and that are totally depreciated.






Add-on Localization





Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.18 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 31/98 of 11th February and that are not totally depreciated on the date of revaluation.





The Revaluation Report Model 33.18 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections – Tangible Assets and Retired Assets.The Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets not totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.The Retired Assets section displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization




Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.19 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree-Law 31/98 of 11th February and that could be totally or not totally depreciated on the date of revaluation.





The Revaluation Report Model 33.19 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections - Tangible Assets and Retired Assets.The Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets totally depreciated or not totally depreciated assets as of the date of revaluation.The Retired Assets section of report displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization





Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.2 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). The report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 430/78, of 27th December or under Decree-Law no 24/82, of 30th January and that are totally or not totally depreciated.





The Revaluation Report Model 33.2 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections - Tangible Assets, and Retired Assets.Tangible Assets Section includes revalued tangible assets totally depreciated or not totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation. Retired Assets Section displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization




Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.3 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 219/82 of 2nd June and that are totally depreciated on the date of revaluation.






The Revaluation Report Model 33.3 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections – Tangible Assets and Retired Assets.The Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.The Retired Assets section of report displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization




Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.4 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 219/82 of 2nd June and that are not totally depreciated on the date of revaluation.





The Revaluation Report Mode 33.4 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections – Tangible Assets and Retired Assets.The Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets not totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.The Retired Assets section of report displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization




Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.5 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 399-G/84 of 28th December and that are totally depreciated on the date of revaluation.






The Revaluation Report Model 33.5 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections –Tangible Assets and Retired Assets.The Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.The Retired Assets section of report displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization




Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.6 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 399-G/84 of 28th December and that are not totally depreciated on the date of revaluation.





The Revaluation Report Model 33.6 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections – Tangible Assets and Retired Assets.The Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets not totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.The Retired Assets section of report displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization




Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.7 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 118-B/86 of 27th May and that are totally depreciated on the date of revaluation.






The Revaluation Report Model 33.7 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections - Tangible Assets and Retired Assets.The Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.The Retired Assets section of report displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization




Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.8 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 118-B/86 of 27th May and that are not totally depreciated on the date of revaluation





The Revaluation Report Model 33.8 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections – Tangible Assets and Retired Assets.The Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets not totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.The Retired Assets section of report displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization




Description The Revaluation Report Model 33.9 is delivered to the fiscal authorities annually and attached to the income statement (Model 22). This report includes the assets revalued under Decree Law 111/88 of 2nd April and that are totally depreciated on the date of revaluation.






The Revaluation Report Model 33.9 supports the legal/statutory needs for reporting revalued assets, and show a detailed analysis of assets, which are revalued under Portuguese law in two different sections – Tangible Assets and Retired Assets.The Tangible Assets section includes revalued tangible assets totally depreciated assets as on date of revaluation.The Retired Assets section of report displays data related to fully/partially retired tangible assets in the fiscal year.

Add-on Localization

Balance Sheet

Requirement Name Balance Sheet


Description Balance sheet would display details as per the chart of accounts provided by Portuguese legal authorities. As per Portuguese legal requirements, a Balance Sheet report is required, according to the statutory chart of accounts, and including the following sections: - Assets - Owners' equity - Liabilities




Balance Sheet (SNC) Balance Sheet is a financial statement at a given point in time. The Balance Sheet Report displays details as per the chart of accounts provided by Portuguese legal authorities. A user interface is provided to map the corporate chart of accounts and the chart of accounts (SNC) used for Portuguese Statutory Reporting from 2010. As per Portuguese legal requirements, the Balance Sheet Report includes sections for Assets, Owner's Equity, and Liabilities

Add-on Localization


Cash Flow Report (Direct Method)

Requirement Name Cash Flow Report (Direct Method)


Description The Portuguese legal requirement requires the Cash Flow report to display the company cash sources during a specific time frame and the corresponding cash applications as per the defined legal format.




Cash Flow Report (SNC Direct Method)

The Portuguese Cash Flow Report (SNC Direct method) provides information about the company cash sources during a specific time frame and the corresponding cash applications, in accordance with the SNC (IAS) Chart of Accounts required for statutory reporting. The Cash Flow Report, when presented along with other financial statements, provides a good overview of changes in the financial structure (including cash availability and solvency), and the capacity to manage payment funds (financial flexibility). The sources of Cash Flows are classified in to three categories: Operational activities related to the company main activity, not including investment or financing activities.Investment activities concerning acquisition and alienation of tangible and intangible assets, and financial activities that are not considered as cash or bank deposits.Financing Activities concerning the cash flows generated/used by financing activities. Financing activities assess the need to create new ways to finance the business and inform investors about payback capacity.

Add-on Localization

Customers Recapitulative Extract and Report

Requirement Name Customers Recapitulative Extract and Report


Description Portuguese government authorities require companies to report, via an electronic file format, customer transactions above a given threshold. The official file is known as the Portuguese Customers Recapitulative Extract File.





Portuguese Customers Recapitulative Extract File

The Portuguese Customers Recapitulative Extract File provides information required by government authorities in an electronic format. The file lists Portuguese customers with whom you have conducted transactions greater than a specified value (including VAT). The file only includes transactions posted through Oracle Receivables. It does not include transactions posted directly to General Ledger. The Portuguese Customers Recapitulative Extract File is an ASCII file. Additional to the file, a Portuguese Customers Recapitulative report is also provided. This report provides the same information included in the above file in a user readable format. Thus, the report lists Portuguese customers with whom you have conducted transactions greater than a specified value (including VAT). The report may be used to audit the contents of the Recapitulative Extract File before it is submitted to the government authorities.

Add-on Localization

General Ledger Trial Balance Reports

Requirement Name General Ledger Trial Balance Reports


Description In Portugal, the Portuguese General Ledger Trial Balance reports help companies satisfy their legal, statutory, and intercompany management requirements. Balances must be reported according to different totaling criteria, based on the specific trial balance report being requested.




Portuguese General Ledger Begin Year Trial Balance Report

Excludes classes 6, 7, and 8 (apart from account 88 - Year Net Result), which are associated with the company's trading accounts. At the beginning of the year, only balance sheet accounts are displayed and Portuguese General Ledger End Year Trial Balance Report (The Portuguese General Ledger End Year Trial Balance report is run after the Results Calculation because it represents the final year-end trial balance for all accounts except for classes 6 and 7, which are set to zero at the end of the fiscal year).


Portuguese General Ledger Detail Trial Balance Report

The degree that you select determines the level of summary information that appears for the account codes, period, and balancing segments that you select,


Portuguese General Ledger End Year Trial Balance Report

This report is run after the Results Calculation, given it represents the final year-end trial balance for all accounts except for classes 6 and 7, which are set to zero at the end of the fiscal year.



Portuguese General Ledger Results Trial Balance Report

Displays accounting balances for classes 6, 7, and 8 accounts (excluding account 88 - Year Net Result) for Degree 1 through Degree 7. These classes are associated with trading accounts. It also displays the trading position for the balancing segment that you select)


Portuguese General Ledger Summary Trial Balance Report

Displays selected accounts at Degree 1, such as the summary level. The report displays only two-digit accounts and aggregates all associated balances up to this degree level.


Profit and Loss Reporting (SNC)

Requirement Name Profit and Loss Reporting (SNC)


Description A profit and loss account is a summary of business transactions for a given period - normally 12 months. By deducting total expenditure from total income, it shows on the "bottom line" whether business made a profit or loss at the end of that period.




Profit and Loss Report (SNC)

The Profit and Loss Report (SNC) provides two report templates: The Profit & Loss by Nature report (SNC) provides fiscal year results, showing summary of business transactions by business function, for a given period normally 12 months.On the Profit & Loss by Function report, the company's results are explained according to their function, usually by cost center (production, commercial, administrative, financial, etc), and according to the SNC Chart of Accounts required for statutory reporting since 2010. The main natures used to analyze the results are: Operational results – profits or losses obtained on the company main activity. Financial results – profits and losses related to financial decisions. Other results – profits and losses obtained through partially unpredictable or random activity.

Add-on Localization


Suppliers Recapitulative Extract and Report

Requirement Name Suppliers Recapitulative Extract and Report


Description The Portuguese Suppliers Recapitulative Extract File is utilised to provide information required by government authorities in an electronic format. The file lists Portuguese suppliers with whom you have conducted transactions greater than a specified value (including VAT).




Portuguese Suppliers Recapitulative Report

The Portuguese Suppliers Recapitulative Report file only includes transactions posted through Oracle Payables. The file does not include transactions posted directly to General Ledger. The file is an ASCII file. Additionally, the Portuguese Suppliers Recapitulative Report provides the same information included on the file in a user readable (report) format. Thus, the report lists Portuguese suppliers with whom you conducted transactions greater than a specified value (including VAT). This report can be used to audit the contents of the Recapitulative Extract File before it is submitted to the government authorities.


c. Transaction Tax











Global Capability

Additional Entity Information

Requirement Name Additional Entity Information


Description Portuguese tax authorities require certain specific first party tax identification information be collected and represented when performing legal reporting.




Globalization Flexfield in Reporting Entity Window

When defining reporting entities in Oracle Payables, the globalization flexfield in the Reporting Entity window is used to enter the specific tax information regarding the first party: declarer's tax office details in the Tax Office Location, Tax Office Code, Tax Office Number, and SIC Code fields.


Annual VAT Report

Requirement Name Annual VAT Report


Description Portuguese companies must submit annual and periodic VAT returns to the tax authorities.





Portuguese Annual VAT report

The Portuguese Annual VAT report prints total taxable and tax amounts for each of the boxes identified in the annual VAT return. Taxable amounts and their associated tax must be posted to the General Ledger to be included in the report. The Portuguese Annual VAT report is used to complete the statutory annual VAT return. It displays total taxable amounts rounded to the nearest euro for each of the boxes identified in the Portuguese Annual VAT report. The report displays both the recoverable and non-recoverable elements of the taxable amounts and the recoverable element of tax. The different boxes on the tax return represent different tax rates and types of transactions.


Periodic VAT Report

Requirement Name Periodic VAT Report


Description Portuguese companies must submit annual and periodic VAT returns to the tax authorities. The periodic VAT returns are submitted on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on company business volume.




Portuguese Periodic VAT report

The Portuguese Periodic VAT report prints total taxable and tax amounts for each of the boxes identified in the periodic VAT report. Taxable amounts and their associated tax entries must be posted to General Ledger to be included in the report. The Portuguese Periodic VAT report provides a draft of the VAT return. The report includes transactions for a VAT reporting period.The Portuguese Periodic VAT report is used to complete the statutory periodic (monthly and quarterly) VAT returns. You can produce total taxable and tax amounts rounded to the nearest euro for each of the boxes identified in the Portuguese Periodic VAT report. The different boxes on the tax return represent different tax rates and types of transactions



Portuguese Billing Software Certification ("Portaria de Certificação Software Facturação”)

Requirement Name Portuguese Billing Software Certification ("Portaria de Certificação Software Facturação")


Description The Portugal General Directorate of Taxes ("Direcção Geral dos Impostos" – DGCI) established a set of requirements designed to incorporate monitoring and auditing mechanisms integrated into the software used by companies. This measure aims to facilitate the exchange of data and prevent tax fraud. The taxpayers that use billing software are required to use programs that have been previously certified by the tax authority. Oracle Financials has been certified toensure their customers abide to this mandatory legal requirement, duly attested by the DGCI.




Portuguese Billing Software Certification ("Portaria de Certificação Software Facturação")

The solution provided by Oracle translates into the following product features: - Addition of Public and Private Keys (Delivery Type: Product Localization). - User responsibilities and controlled access to the application (Delivery Type: Global Capability). - Traceability of inserts and updates to invoices (Delivery Type: Global Capability "extended audit trail" that must be activated). - eSignature of invoices (Delivery Type: Product Localization). - Hashing of certain information on invoices (Delivery Type: Product Localization). - Adjustment of the SAFT audit file for Portuguese additional requirements (Delivery Type: Add on localization). - Adjustment of the Portuguese Invoice Print and Re-Print functionality (Delivery Type: Add on localization).

Global Capability











Global Capability

Taxpayer ID Exception Report

Requirement Name Taxpayer ID Exception Report


Description In Portugal, companies are required to submit annual and periodic Value Added Tax (VAT) returns to the tax authorities. The transactions included in the calculations of the VAT liability on the tax return must be conducted with customers and suppliers that are registered for tax purposes. Thus, registration implies being assigned a valid Taxpayer ID. This feature checks all parties have been assigned a Taxpayer ID and therefore may be included in the tax declarations.




Portuguese Taxpayer ID Exception Report

Portugal provides reports that list all the suppliers and customers in Oracle Payables and Receivables that have taxable transactions, but do not have a taxpayer ID. The Portuguese Payables Taxpayer ID Exception report is utilised to list all suppliers that do not have a taxpayer ID. The Portuguese Receivables Taxpayer ID Exception report is utilised to list all customers that do not have a taxpayer ID.



34. ROMANIA


Payments √


Transaction Tax √

Romania Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Romania. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments

Payment Methods




Book Keeping Rules



• Statutory Accounting - Book-keeping rule for On Account Receipts / Transactions.

Fiscal Valuation

• Inventory Accounting Card - specific format.

• Inventory Consumption Bill.

• Inventory Goods Received Note.

• Inventory Transfer Note for Goods Report.


• Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Valuation - Invoice Aging.

• Statutory Accounting - Statutory Reporting - General Ledger Trial Balance Report.

Transaction Tax

VAT

• Transaction Tax - Accounts Payables VAT Report.

• Transaction Tax - Accounts Receivables VAT Report.



Complexity Medium




Romanian

4. Financials

a. Payments Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA)

Requirement Name




Functional Category






Global Capability


Global Capability


b. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone








Global Capability










Global Capability

Statutory Accounting - Book-keeping rule for On Account Receipts / Transactions

Requirement Name Statutory Accounting - Book-keeping rule for On Account Receipts / Transac


Description Statutory Accounting - Book-keeping rule for On Account Receipts / Transactions.





Add-on Localization

Inventory Accounting Card - specific format

Requirement Name Inventory Accounting Card - specific format


Description An on-hand movement quantity card for material (inventory), showing the relevant monetary valuation of all material (inventory), irrelevant of costing method used. Report required in a unique format (item name, location, transactions, costs, quantity, etc.).





Inventory Accounting Card

An on-hand movement quantity card for material (inventory), showing the relevant monetary valuation of all material (inventory), irrelevant of costing method used. Report required in a unique format (item name, location, transactions, costs, quantity, etc.).

Add-on Localization

c. Transaction Tax Transaction Tax - Accounts Payables VAT Report

Requirement Name Transaction Tax - Accounts Payables VAT Report


Description Transaction Tax - VAT Purchasing Register is an internal document, together with Sales Ledger report (VAT Sales Register), representing a basis for the Company VAT Report. The document is prepared for the fiscal authorities.




Purchasing VAT Register

Purchasing VAT Register is an internal document, together with Sales VAT Register, representing a basis for the Company VAT Report. The document is prepared for the fiscal authorities.

Add-on Localization

Transaction Tax - Accounts Receivables VAT Report

Requirement Name Transaction Tax - Accounts Receivables VAT Report


Description Transaction Tax - VAT Sales Register is an internal document, together with Purchasing Ledger report (VAT Purchasing Register), representing a basis for the Company VAT Report. The document is prepared for the fiscal authorities.





Sales VAT Register Sales VAT Register is an internal document, together with Purchasing VAT Register, representing a basis for the Company VAT Report. The document is prepared for the fiscal authorities.

Add-on Localization

35. RUSSIA

1. Country Overview


Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Russia Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Russia. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments


• Petty Cash Reporting

Payment Formats

• Bank Reports


Book Keeping Rules


• Assets Transactions - Supporting Documentation

• Division form

• Gapless and / or through numbering for documents ("Сквозная и/или непрерывная (без пропусков) нумерация документов")

• Supply Chain Management & Accounting Reports

•Third Party transactions - Legaly required reports

• Year-End closing for the income and expense accounts ("реформация баланса")

Fiscal Valuation


• Actual cost of purchased goods and materials

• Assets Depreciation - Accepted methods

• Third Party transactions - Revaluation


• Profit Tax - Profit Tax Registers

• Tax Register - Assets

• Tax Register - Securities

• Third Party transactions reports

Transaction Tax

VAT


• VAT accounting and reporting


Human Resources



2. Country Complexity Complexity Very High





Russian

4. HRMS

a.Human Resources Record details of Employees and their Employment



Description Organizations in Russia are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All Russian businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. In Russia several details regarding workforce members need to be captured including address, bank account details, disabilities, benefits eligibility, passport, identification details and military registration information.





Employment Details The following Russia-specific enhanced employer information is captured: • Company address in according with Russian address format • Employer codes and identifiers – INN, KPP, statutory pension insurance fund number, registration number in the statutory social insurance fund, registration number in obligatory medical insurance fund, OKVED, OKPO, OKOGU, OKATO, OKFS, OKOPF, OGRN • Bank account details in a Russian format


Person Details With the Russian localized features for capturing Employee Data you can use the E-Business Suite modules more effectively, for example for payments, mailing and, statutory reporting purposes. Localized HR features form a legislative basis for your country specific Payroll management. Integration of HR and Payroll processes is possible only by using localized data and functionality, specific to your country and legislation. The following Russian specific details are captured: • Russian format of Last First and middle name • National identifiers – INN (Individual Tax Payer's Number) and statutory pension insurance fund number are added • Localized format of the residential (permanent) and actual addresses • Place of birth has been added at the required format • Military registration information has been added • Passport or other identification document details has been added • Classificatory codes (OKIN classificatory, OKATO classificatory) are founded automatically and saved in the system for reporting purposes • Contract Resignation/Termination reasons in according with Russian Labour Code • Educational Level, College/University Title, Diploma/Certificate details – number, date of issuing , Qualification by diploma (supplemented by OKSO code) ,Foreign language knowledge and proficiency level (supplemented by OKIN code) • Enhanced Bank Details Information is captured including the the following bank codes– INN, KPP, OKPO, BIK Enhanced Contacts Information is captured including education and •Enhanced Disability and Work Accident Information including Disability type and level , Events (with codes) that caused accident ,



Accident reasons (with codes), Used equipment, Intoxication level/presence/code

Previous Employment Details

The following Russia-specific enhanced previous employer information is captured: • Employer Name and contact details , Service time, Position • Activity type code (in accordance with Pension Fund requirements) • Territory conditions code (in accordance with Pension Fund requirements) • Special employment conditions code (in accordance with Pension Fund requirements) • Calculated service record code (in accordance with Pension Fund requirements) , long service reason • Data is organized in according to the requirement of local regulations to hold on information about absence, Alphabetical codes of absence • Local vehicle information – car plates, usage schedule, VIN • Renting/Leasing company contact details – address, phone, contract number

5. Financials

a. Payments Petty Cash Reporting

Requirement Name

Petty Cash Reporting



Description The Decree Committee of Russian Federation published on August the 18th, 1998, N 88 "Unified accounting documentation for accounting of petty cash operations" which describes a set of reports which are legally required for Petty Cash transactions.

Functional Category




Cash Expense Order (KO-2)

Statutory Report issued on Payment of Cash by the Cashier. Add-on Localization

Cash receipt order (KO-1)

Statutory Report issued on Receipt of Cash by the Cashier. Add-on Localization

Petty Cash Book (KO-4)

Statutory Report which contains information about the Petty Cash Balances: Daily Opening Balance, Petty Cash Transactions during the day, and the Closing Balance.

Add-on Localization

Registration Journal for Petty Cash Receipt and Expense Order (KO-3)

Statutory Report which contains a list of Cash receipts and Cash expenses for a given day.

Add-on Localization

Bank Reports

Requirement Name

Bank Reports


Description Requests to banks for performing cash transactions should be provided in printed document with legally established layout.

Functional Category




Payment Order Payment Order Report is a bank document in which a payment instruction is sent to the bank to perform a bank transfer to the account of the creditor.

Add-on Localization


Payment Request The Payment Request is the bank document by which the recipient demands collection of payment due from payor through the receiving bank.

Add-on Localization

b. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone








Global Capability

Assets Transactions - Supporting Documentation

Requirement Name Assets Transactions - Supporting Documentation


Description Fixed assets and intangible assets transactions require legally defined supporting documentation.





Accounting Card for Group of Fixed Assets

This report is used for accounting of group of fixed assets and their movements inside the organization (Form OS-6a)

Add-on Localization

Act on Fixed Asset Retirement

The report lists the retired fixed assets and vehicles which become worthless (Forms OS-4, OS-4a).

Add-on Localization

Act on Fixed Assets Mass Retirement

The report lists groups of retired fixed assets which become worthless (form OS-4b).

Add-on Localization

Act on Fixed Assets from Repair, Modernization, Reconstruction

The report is used for registering and recording acceptance of fixed assets from repair, reconstruction, modernization (Form OS-3)

Add-on Localization

Asset Acceptance Order

The report printed on receipts or retirements of assets, except buildings (Form OS-1).

Add-on Localization

Asset Inventory Accounting Card

The report contains information about Fixed Assets (form OS-6) Add-on Localization


Asset selection for mass-transfer user form allows grouping different assets into selection sets and saving these sets with unique numbers in FA module for the purpose of generation of Statutory Reports & for external transfers

Add-on Localization

Assets Receipt Order The report is prepared on receipt of assets from supplier (Form OS- 14) Add-on Localization


Add-on Localization

Bill on Internal Transfer of Assets

The report contains details of internal transfer of assets (form OS-2) Add-on Localization

Card for intangible assets accounting

The report contains information about Intangible Assets (form NMA- 1).

Add-on Localization

Count List of Fixed Assets

The report allows user to print the statutory form for the physical counting procedure (Forms INV-1, INV-1a).

Add-on Localization

Division Form Division form is a user Form designed to store the Employee and Division mapping.

Add-on Localization

Fixed Asset Counting Differences

The report allows user to print results of physical counting (Form INV-18)

Add-on Localization



Add-on Localization



Add-on Localization

Statement of Equipment receipt for the purpose of Assembly

The report contains details of the transfer of an asset to assembly (form OS-15)

Add-on Localization


Division form

Requirement Name Division form


Description Division form is a user Form designed to store the Employee and Division mapping.





Add-on Localization

Gapless and / or through numbering for documents ("Сквозная и/или непрерывная (без пропусков) нумерация документов")

Requirement Name Gapless and / or through numbering for documents ("Сквозная и/или непрерывная (безпропусков) нумерация документов")


Description Russian laws requires through numbering for customers' VAT invoices (for all kinds of business transactions – standard invoice, prepayment, tax duty agent) and to sequence petty cash orders with no gap in the numbering





Add-on Localization

Supply Chain Management & Accounting Reports

Requirement Name Supply Chain Management & Accounting Reports


Description Inventory transactions require legally defined supporting documentation.





Bill of Lading Bill of Lading is a report, which prints shipper and carrier information against each shipment in the format 1-T.

Add-on Localization

Goods Receipt Order This report is issued by trade companies on the receipt of goods. The report layout is as per unified form TORG-1 approved by the order of State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation of 25.12.98, No 132.

Add-on Localization

Goods Write-Off Act This report lists material issues which are treated as write-off. The report layout is as per unified form TORG-16 approved by the order of State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation of 25.12.98, No 132.

Add-on Localization

Internal Transfer Order

The "Internal Transfer Order" report is used to audit the movement of tangible assets inside the organization, between subinventories or responsible persons. This report is delivered with the layouts: 1. Standard M-11 form approved by the order of State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation of 30.10.1997, № 71а. 2. Standard TORG-13 form approved by the order of State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation of 25.12.98, № 132.

Add-on Localization

Inventory Accounting Card

The "Inventory Accounting Card" report contains information about an inventory item, its on-hand quantities and its movements during a reporting period. The report is delivered with the following layout: 1. Standard M-17 form approved by the order of State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation №71a of 30.10.1997.

Add-on Localization

Inventory Count List The "Inventory Counts List Report" report, used during the physical inventory procedure is printed in the format of the standard INV-3 form approved by the order of State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation of 18.08.98, №88.

Add-on Localization

Inventory Counting Results Reconciliation

The "Inventory Counting Results Reconciliation" report allows user to print physical inventory counting results. The report is issued in the following format: 1. Standard form INV-19 approved by the State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation of 18.08.1998, №88.

Add-on Localization

Inventory Issue Order The "Inventory Issue Order" report can be printed from Order Management module using the SRS form or "Shipment transactions" form (during the shipment process). This report is delivered with the following layouts: · Standard M-15 form approved by the Regulations of the State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation of 30.10.1997, No 71a. · Standard TORG-12 form approved by the State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation of 25.12.1998, № 132.

Add-on Localization

Inventory Quantitative and Cost Accounting Card

This report prints the quantitative and cost information about an inventory item. The report layout is as per unified form TORG-28 approved by the order of State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation of 25.12.98, No 132.

Add-on Localization


Inventory Receipt Order

The "Inventory Receipt Order" report contains details on the inventory receipts. The report is delivered with the following layout: 1. Standard M-4 form approved by the order of State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation №71a of 30.10.1997.

Add-on Localization

Inventory Turnover Report - Discrete Manufacturing

Inventory Turnover Report allows auditing of inventory quantities and costs at the inventory and GL. The Inventory Turnover Report is a common practice in Russia and Ukraine to consolidate inventory registers and GL Data. The report shows both quantities and costs in one report

Add-on Localization

Material Acceptance Note

The "PO Acceptance report" report is used for documenting the acceptance of tangible assets in cases when the actual quantities do not match information in the delivery documents. The report can be issued using the following layout: Standard M-7 form approved by the Regulations of the State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation of 30.10.1997, No 71a.

Add-on Localization

Materials Returned to Suppliers Report

The "Materials Returned to Suppliers" report is a shipping document that lists all the goods that are returned to suppliers. The report layout is the standard M-15 form approved by the Regulations of the State Statistics Committee of the Russian Federation of 30.10.1997, No 71a

Add-on Localization

Power of Attorney The "Power of Attorney" report allows an employee to act as an authorized person for getting tangible assets from supplier according to an agreement, contact, order or invoice. The report is issued using the following layout: Standard M-2a form approved by the order of State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation №71a of 30.10.1997

Add-on Localization

Trade Report This report is issued by trade companies to get the sub-inventory balances of goods, all issue and receipt operations and the accompanying documents details for a time period. The report layout is as per unified form TORG-29 approved by the order of State Statistics Committee of Russian Federation of 25.12.98, No 132.

Add-on Localization

Third Party transactions - Legaly required reports

Requirement Name Third Party transactions - Legaly required reports


Description Third Party transactions require various legally defined supporting documentation. Report INV-43 is established by the letter #07-05-04/2 from 18.02.2005 of RF Ministry of Finance. Organizations have to reconcile periodically settlements with vendors and customers. Report INV-17 established by the Statement #88 from 18.08.1998 of RF Statistical Committee. INV-17 report is used to present audit results of settlements to vendors and customers. It is issued in a set of two and signed by audit commission after revealing from documents the remaining balances of the accounts. The Act of Net-off of Liabilities Report is a document fixing the net-off of mutual liabilities between the two companies. The report signed by both parties is treated as a


payment and as a reason to accrue output VAT on paid shipment (when VAT is accrued on cash basis) and torecover input VAT on paid purchases.




Customer Balance Reconciliation Report

Customer Balance Reconciliation Report - Requirement to fill report INV-43 is established by the letter #07-05-04/2 from 18.02.2005 of RF Ministry of Finance. Organizations have to reconcile periodically settlements with vendors and customers. Report INV-43 contains list of settlement documents for the period (invoices and payments) – according to registers of both contracting parties.

Add-on Localization

Receivables & Payables Audit Report

Receivables & Payables Audit Report (INV 17) - This report is used to report INV-17 established by the Statement #88 from 18.08.1998 of RF Statistical Committee. INV-17 report is used to present audit results of settlements with vendors and customers. It is issued in a set of two and signed by audit commission after validating from documents the remaining balances of the accounts.

Add-on Localization

Trading Partner AR-AP Netting

Trading Partner AR-AP Netting Report - The report "Trading Partner AR-AP Netting Report" will allow the trading partner to approve or reject the netting batch (list of AP and AR transactions selected for netting) before it is processed.The Act of Net-off of Liabilities Report allows you to print the document fixing the net-off of mutual liabilities between the two companies. The report signed by both parties is treated as a payment and as a reason to accrue output VAT on paid shipment (in case when VAT is accrued on cash basis) and to recover input VAT on paid purchases. This report is produced by applying the template delivered below to the standard extract "Proposed Netting Report" (Extract owner: FUN, Concurrent Program: Proposed Netting Report).

Add-on Localization

Year-End closing for the income and expense accounts ("реформация баланса")

Requirement Name Year-End closing for the income and expense accounts ("реформация баланса")









Global Capability

Actual cost of purchased goods and materials

Requirement Name Actual cost of purchased goods and materials


Description Russian legislature requires accounting of the cost of purchased stocked items inclusive of all additional transport-purchasing expenses sush as cost of transportation, insurance and so on




Product Costing and Inventory Valuation for Discrete Mfg

This feature caters to the Turkish and Russian requirements to value inventory with actual cost. Additional charges are added to inventory as a cost adjustment. The system first calculates the cost and inventory valuation, as per Oracle Discrete Manufacturing modules. After this valuation, this add-on localization programs perform cost adjustments at different levels, that will change the item cost and inventory value in each period, as these programs will be run periodically. This feature also allows allocation of General Ledger expenses to resources, on the basis of resource usages. It is also possible to create accounting for a secondary ledger, throught hisfeature.

Add-on Localization


Product Costing and Inventory Valuation for Process Mfg

This feature caters for the Turkish and Russian requirements to value inventory with actual costing in Oracle Process Manufacturing. The Add-on localization program performs cost adjustments periodically, as these programs are to be run periodically. This feature also enables allocating the General Ledger expenses to inventory on the basis of total item produced in the period, on the basis of actual resource usages for items completed or on a percentage basis. Resource rates are calculated on the basis of resource usages or percentages. Additional procurement charges can also be added to inventory as a cost adjustment.

Add-on Localization

Assets Depreciation - Accepted methods

Requirement Name Assets Depreciation - Accepted methods


Description Only certain depreciation methods are accepted by the Russian legislation.




Asset Flat Rate Based Linear Depreciation (next period)

Russian accounting rules (PBU 6/01 and Tax Code) set the standard for calculation of depreciation expenses. According to the standard the asset depreciation starts from the period following the period of putting asset into service. The period of asset retirement should be the last period of accounting of depreciation. Revaluations are done only once a year at the last period of the year and the revaluation of accumulated depreciation should be reflected in accounting before the start of the following year. Special depreciable basis rule that will include transactions on the asset into depreciable basis according to their type. Depreciation amount is calculated by the formulas: multiplication coefficient * depreciable basis * rate

Add-on Localization

FA Depreciation Bonus Calculation

Program for calculating and accounting of the depreciation bonus Add-on Localization

Flat rate depreciation rule - by useful life, with adjustment in next period

The Life Based Straight-Line Depreciation Method For Russia provides depreciation calculation according to Russian Accounting rules (RAS 6/01). The method uses asset lifetime for the depreciation calculation. This method ensures that any changes to the Asset Cost, Asset Life or Adjusting Coefficient (excluding revaluations and backdated corrections) change the depreciation expense calculation in a period following the period when this change was effective.

Add-on Localization

Third Party transactions - Revaluation


Requirement Name Third Party transactions - Revaluation


Description According to Russian legislation, payables and receivables nominated in foreign currency should be revalued at the reporting period end, using Russian Federation Central Bank rates. Realized exchange rate gain/loss amounts should be calculated by taking into account the results of earlier revaluations.




Payables Revaluation This report calculates the Payables currency exchange rate gain/loss as per Russian Accounting. Solution also creates GL postings for the gain-loss amounts.

Add-on Localization

Receivable Currency Conversion Gain/Loss

This report prints the currency conversion transactions entered as AR miscellaneous payments/receipts with gain/loss. It also optionally creates Gain/loss entries in GL interface that are mapped to customer requirements.

Add-on Localization

Receivables Revaluation

This report calculates revaluation amount of accounts receivable and prepayments nominated in foreign currency. Solution also creates GL postings for the gain-loss amounts.

Add-on Localization

Profit Tax - Profit Tax Registers

Requirement Name Profit Tax - Profit Tax Registers


Description Russian legislation requires many different types of profit tax registers. It is necessary that for tax reporting the most common register can be printed. A reporting tool should be provided to allow users to built many different types of tax registers, that are required to fulfill their needs.





Profit Tax - Profit Tax Registers

Profit tax registers is a solution giving an approach and a tool for getting Profit Tax registers. It consists of following parts - - Universal Tax Register report – a program that allows getting different profit tax registers based on the data source view and register structure definition. - GL Transfer Program – a solution for processing the past periods corrections. - Solution includes following registers (this set can be extended by the customer): Register of Sales Revenue Register of expenses Register of losses from Cession Deals Cost of the issued goods (materials) register Calculation of the cost of issued goods (materials) in case of costing method FIFO Depreciation expense register Depreciation bonus register Financial result from the asset's sale register Cost of asset's included into expenses in the month of acceptance - Dynamic View Creation – a program for extending the data sources views for registers listed above with additional fields - Profit tax LDFF Data Automation – autosetup of the registers listed above

Add-on Localization

Tax Register - Assets

Requirement Name Tax Register - Assets


Description Russian legislature requires printing special set of reports - "profit tax registers" - that illustrate different kinds of revenues and losses affecting calculation of the profit tax base. This is the case for the profit&losses resulting from transactions on fixed assets




Asset Retirement Tax Register

The Asset Retirement Tax Register report will display the following information : Separate sections to report on gain, loss and free of charge retirements as required by Russian law. Pick-up columns detailing useful and actual lifetimes. Date placed in service, retirement type, write-off time and write-off amounts. Displays retirements available for a specific period range and for a particular Asset Book. This report is produced by applying the template delivered below to the standard extract "Asset Retirement Tax Register" (Extract owner: FA, Concurrent Program: Asset Retirement Tax Register - Russia).

Add-on Localization


Asset Tax Accounting Card

The Asset Tax Accounting Card report displays information about the Assets, Assigned Locations, Cost Sources, History of Cost changes, Adjusting Coefficient usage details and suspend Depreciation details for the given depreciation book and the category according to Tax Code of Russian Federation. This report is produced by applying a specific template to the standard extract "Asset Tax Accounting Card" (Extract owner: FA, Concurrent Program: Asset Tax Accounting Card Russia)

Add-on Localization

Depreciation Summary Tax Register

Depreciation Summary Tax Register report will maintain information related to Fixed Assets Depreciation in a summary format by tax groups. This information is used to fill the tax declaration. This report displays all Recoverable costs and Depreciation amounts, of the corresponding Depreciation group during the period assigned to the depreciation book. This report is produced by applying appropriate template to the standard extract "Depreciation Summary Tax Register" (Extract owner: FA, Concurrent Program: Depreciation Summary Tax Register Russia)

Add-on Localization

Tax Register - Securities

Requirement Name Tax Register - Securities


Description Russian legislature requires printing special set of reports - "profit tax registers" - that illustrate different kinds of revenues and losses affecting calculation of the profit tax base. This is the case for the profit&losses resulting from transactions on securities.




Tax Securities Register Tax Securities Register - This report is generated on the basis of Tax Accounting rules and methods in accordance with Tax Code and Order # BG-3-02/585 of 29.12.2001 of Russian Federation Tax Ministry. Tax Securities Register covers transactions made in Government fixed income securities, Corporate fixed income securities, Stock shares and Shares of unit funds.

Add-on Localization

Third Party transactions reports


Requirement Name Third Party transactions reports


Description Turnover Journal of third parties is a widely used managerial report showing information about the receivables / payables balance at the beginning of the period, turnovers during the period and the balance at the end of the period.




AP Turnover Report Journal

AP Turnover Report provides you with the features you need to satisfy the following basic business needs: Check Liability Turnover by suppliers Audit summary amounts (both the balance and turnover) of Liability Accounts

Add-on Localization

AR Turnover Report Journal

AR Turnover Report provides you with the features you need to satisfy the following basic business needs: Audit customer balances and customer turnover Audit accounting entries (detail mode).

Add-on Localization

c.Transaction Tax Tax Registration Number (TRN) validation









Add-on Localization

VAT accounting and reporting


Requirement Name VAT accounting and reporting


Description There are several requirements towards VAT in Russia, with the ultimate goal to account and report VAT in accordance to Russian legislature. 1. Print the reports "Book of Purchases" and "Book of sales" in accordance with the requirements of Regulations of the Government of Russian Federation of December the 2nd, 2000 No. 914. "Book of Purchase" and "Book of Sales" are statutory reports which contain the list of all business transactions affecting VAT refund or liability that have been accounted during the reporting period. These reports should be printed in a legal layout. 2. The invoices issued to customers must follow the legally defined layout. Including Tax Agent Invoice which is an invoice issued by a company for itself on VAT amount where the vendor cannot report the VAT amount. 3. Register of invoices issued to the Customers during the tax period. Register of invoices received from vendors during the tax period. 4. VAT from the realized currency gains-losses (positive sum difference occurring in settlements with debtors; gains-losses occurring in case of prepayment). 5. VAT from prepayments received calculations and accounting 6. VAT declaration report 7. VAT refund from the fixed assets purchase 8. VAT from export calculation and accounting 9. Separate VAT accounting (NOT AVAILABLE)





BPA Invoice Transaction Print Program

BPA Invoice Transaction Print Program, Russia - Invoice Factura provides transaction based information. It is usually issued in 2 copies – one is kept by vendor, another is sent to customer. It contains information about sold goods, their price and VAT amount. It also contains information about the legal entity and the customer. This is a main document containing information about VAT liabilities of a vendor. It is also used as a basis for getting VAT refund for customers.The Invoice-factura has statutory layout.It can be run for a range of customers, transactions or date range. It uses an external template which is set up by the user as per the User Guide.

Add-on Localization

Book of Purchase Book of Purchase is a statutory report which contains the list of all business transactions affecting VAT refund and accounted during the reporting period. Solution includes 3 main components: VAT data repository; selection procedures for filling repository; report itself

Add-on Localization

Book of Sales Book of Sales is a statutory report which contains the list of all business transactions affecting VAT liabilities and accounted during the reporting period. Solution includes 3 main components: VAT data repository; selection procedures for filling repository; report itself

Add-on Localization

Prepayment Amount Application to Final Invoice

This solution provides an add-on form which helps the user to calculate the prepayment amount without VAT based on the amount including VAT entered by user (or amount including VAT, if user enters amount without VAT) and transfers the calculated amount without VAT to the prepayment application screen.

Add-on Localization

Separate VAT accounting

Solution is targeted to meet the very specific requirements of the russian legislature related to VAT refund - in case when enterprice has not only regular domestic sales but also export sales (VAT 0%) or sales that are not subject for VAT.

Add-on Localization

Tax Agent Invoice Tax Agent Invoice is an Invoice issued by the Customer for himself on VAT amount where the vendor cannot report the VAT amount.

Add-on Localization

Trial VAT Declaration The Trial VAT Declaration Report shows the VAT information (Taxable Amount and Tax Amounts) for specific Tax Rates and the information is grouped by predefined codes.

Add-on Localization

VAT - Tax Invoices Register

Tax Invoices Register is a Report which shows all the Tax Invoices issued or received by the organization during the Tax Period.

Add-on Localization

VAT Exchange Rate Differences Payables

Solution is targeted to meet the following requirement: if invoice nominated in the foreign currency is applied to the prepayment then it should be accounted by the exchange rate from the prepayment. Normally invoices are accounted by current rate in the core Oracle EBS functionality. This localization generates a special invoice for the exchange rate difference between prepayment and invoice. This allows adjusting amounts from invoice (including VAT) to the rate from prepayment.

Add-on Localization


VAT Exchange Rate Differences Receivables

Solution is targeted to meet the following requirements: - if settlements with customer are nominated in the conventional currency* then additional VAT should be accounted and paid from the resulted positive exchange rate differences (called sum differences). - if customer's invoice nominated in the foreign currency is applied to the prepayment then it should be accounted by the exchange rate from the prepayment (but normally invoices are accounted by current rate in the core Oracle EBS functionality). This localization identifies all cases when any amounts from the invoice need to be corrected after application to payment/prepayment and generates special invoices for the adjustment amounts. *Settlements in conventional currency means that invoice is nominated in foreign currency but payment is expected in rubles (by the rate of the invoice currency on the payment date).

Add-on Localization

VAT Refund for Purchased Assets

This program processes the source data and generates VAT refund invoices in Payables module when purchased assets are placed in service. This solution considers purchased assets created from two system sources namely Oracle Payables & Projects. Refund invoices are created as standard invoices in Payables module.

Add-on Localization


Add-on Localization

VAT on export The VAT on Export solution covers the Russian requirements for VAT reporting in case of export sales. The functionality enables to monitor the 180 days period, create VAT on Export invoice and VAT refund invoice as per legal requirements.

Add-on Localization



36. SAUDI ARABIA

1. Country Overview


Human Resources √

Payroll √

Saudi Arabia Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Saudi Arabia. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.


Human Resources



Payroll

Payroll processing



Complexity Low





Arabic





Description Organizations in Saudi Arabia are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All Saudi Arabian businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. In Saudi Arabia several details regarding workforce members need to be captured including disabilities, benefits eligibility, passport and visa details. Personal details required include Arabic names, national identifiers and social insurance information.





Deployment Information With the Saudi Arabian localized features for capturing Employee Data you can use the E-Business Suite modules more effectively, for example for payments, mailing and, statutory reporting purposes. Localized HR features form a legislative basis for your country specific Payroll management. Integration of HR and Payroll processes is possible only by using localized data and functionality, specific to your country and legislation. The following Saudi Arabian specific details are captured: • Localized screens for workforce deployment. New data fields to capture Arabic names, alternate language names, national identifier, and other localized personal data fields in addition to social insurance information (GOSI). • Full history of all deployment information, such as organization, grade and job changes available in a single repository. • Ability to make future-dated changes for up-to-date information. • Operational Reports assist decision making and compliance including Discoverer End User Layer.



The following Saudi Arabian specific details are captured: • Global information on all current and potential workforce members, including applicants, employees and contingent workers. • Documents management is supported such that users can define passport and visa details and monitor their expiry. • Users are allowed to capture localized work incident details, disabilities and previous employment details. • Users can capture specific data fields in Hirja calendar • Information on everyone covered by, eligible for, or receiving, benefits.


b.Payroll









Legislative Reporting Using Oracle payroll (Saudi) users can capture social security data, calculate monthly contributions and report monthly to GOSI.


Payroll Payment Recociliation

Support is provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management (CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in Saudi Arabia. This feature enables users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run.


Payroll purge facility The Purge process provided by Oracle Payroll enables users to delete data that is no longer required from the payroll tables to free up space and improve performance. A concurrent process 'Archive Payments and Deductions for Payslip' to archive the historic pay slip information is provided with this feature. Users must run this concurrent process to archive historic data


Third Party Payments In Addition to the existing payment methods of cash and cheque payment, Oracle payroll (Saudi) introduces payment by bank transfer method that covers the various formats used by Banks in Saudi. The new payment by bank transfer method can be customized and support layouts with Combinations of Header, Details, and Trailer sections. You can also process loan payments and recovery. You can also generate various local payroll reports to review and validate your payroll run results i.e. Payroll register report.



37. SINGAPORE



Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Payroll √

Singapore Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Singapore. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials



• Business Entity Information for Local Legal Reporting

• Input Taxes Gain/Loss Report

Transaction Tax

VAT

• Goods and Services Tax (GST) F5 Report


Human Resources




• Person and Deployment Actions

• Person and Employment Details

Payroll



Payroll processing









English

4. HRMS e. Human Resources

Organization Details



Description Organizations in Singapore need to capture legal employer details so they can meet Singaporespecific legislative requirements when processing HR and Payroll transactions.




Legal Employer Details Legal Employer details that can be captured include an employer's Unique Entity Number (UEN), CPF Submission Number and IRAS details. These details are necessary for Central Provident Fund (CPF) and Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS) processing.



Requirement Name Person and Deployment Actions

Product Family Human Capital Managemen

Description Organizations in Singapore need to be able to process multiple assignments in line with Singapore payroll processing requirements





Multiple Assignments Deployments with the same Legal Employer can be processed as one employment for actions critical to Singaporean legislation. For example, gross-to-net and tax calculation processes can be aggregated at the person level. In addition, Central Provident Fund (CPF) contributions, Community Fund contributions, the Skills Development Levy and Foreign Workers Levy calculations will be processed at the person level, in line with legislative requirements.


Data


Requirement Name Person and Employment Details


Description Organizations in Singapore need to record HR data in line with Singapore legislative requirements.





(1) Employee details: You can record and validate the Personal National Identifier number. You can also record the Employee Legal Name, Passport Number, Passport Country of Issue, Passport Date Issued, Passport Expiry Date, Permit Number, Permit Category, Permit Issue Date, Permit Expiry Date, Permit Cancel Date, Income Tax Number, Employee's Spouse Income Tax Number, CPF Number, NRIC Colour, Religion, CPF Category, Race, Community Fund, EE/ER CPF Rate and the Split portion for MBF/MDK Fund contributions. (2) Address details: Address details are available in the Singaporespecificformat. (3) Bank Account Details: Singapore Bank Account details for domestic transactions can be entered with the following fields: Bank Account Number, Account Name, Account Type, Bank Code, Bank Name, Branch Name and Branch Code.



f. Payroll Payroll Data Capture



Description Organizations in Singapore need to record Payroll data so they can process their payrolls according to Singapore legislation.




Payroll Data Capture Enhanced data capture for Payroll processing and statutory Payroll reporting has been applied for the Singapore localization as follows: (1) Additional data, specific for payroll processing, at person, employment and deployment levels can be recorded in line with Singaporean statutory requirements. For example: age, CPF Category, Permit details, Community Fund details, etc. (2) Seeded classifications for payments, deductions and information for distinguishing different types of transactions and steering processing order and additional rules within payroll calculations. (3) Seeded elements with legislative content, such as statutory deductions, community fund, for capturing essential data for community fund and statutory computation and reporting.


Payroll Processing



Description Organizations in Singapore need to process their payrolls according to Singapore legislation.





CPF Processing Oracle HRMS enables you to manage CPF processing which includes both employee and employer CPF contributions, Community Funds, Skills Development Levy (SDL) and Foreign Worker's Levy (FWL). These calculations are collected for monthend CPF submission and also accumulated for year-end IRAS reporting. Additionally, Oracle HRMS supports retrospective payment of earnings. The type of earnings being processed determines how CPF deductions are calculated for retrospective earnings.


Direct Deposits in Singapore IBG Format

The direct deposit process enables you to make payments to employees' bank accounts using Electronic Funds Transfer. The process produces a payment file that conforms with the IDEAL Interbank Giro (IBG) file format required by the Development Bank of Singapore. The process also produces a report for you to verify that the payments file is correct.





Description Organisations in Singapore need to be able to generate payroll reports in line with Singapore legislative requirements.




Additional Wages CPF Capping Report

The Additional Wages CPF Capping report lists all employees and their respective additional earnings. Oracle Payroll calculates Additional Wage CPF Capping based on the previous year's monthly ordinary wages.


CPF Line Report The CPF Line Report produces the file that you submit each month for each legal entity in your enterprise to the Central Provident Fund Board (CPFB). This report contains employees' CPF, community fund as well as Foreign Worker Levy (FWL) contributions.


Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS) Reporting

The earnings information reports supported are IR8A, IR8S, Appendix 8A, Appendix 8B and IR21.


National Service In-CampTrainingComputation Report

This report calculates the pay amount that an employer can claim from the Ministry of Defence for an employee who is attending mandatory National Service In-Camp Training.


Payslip A Payslip must be provided with every salary payment. The payslip provided is in line with Singapore legislation and is also available online in employee self-service.



Statement of Earnings The content of the Statement of Earnings (SOE) follows the contents of the Singapore Payslip.



Business Entity Information for Local Legal Reporting

Requirement Name Business Entity Information for Local Legal Reporting


Description In Singapore, it is mandatory to record company name, GST registration number, legal address information (street address, city, postal code, country), contact information of the GST tax registrant (name, title, position and telephone numbers) and tax filing period in the GST F5 form filed to the authorities.




Legal Entity and Tax Manager

Additional information is entered in Legal Entity Manager (company and GST contact) and Tax Manager (GST Registration Number and bank information). In Legal Entity Manager, the company name and legal address is entered when you set up your Legal Entity, or First Party Legal Establishment. The GST tax registrant contact is setup as one of the legal contacts. In Tax Manager, we navigate to the Party Tax Profile to retrieve the First Party Legal Establishment, to enter the GST Registration Number, Bank Name, Bank Account Number and Bank Branch (A new "GST" Registration is created if one does not already exist). This information is used to complete the GST Form 5 on pre-printed forms sent by the Singapore tax authority (IRAS), or filed electronically using IRAS' system.


Input Taxes Gain/Loss Report

Requirement Name Input Taxes Gain/Loss Report


Description In Singapore, companies are required to pay GST on all goods and services supplied for domestic consumption by a taxable entity, and on all goods imported into Singapore (unless specifically exempted). A taxable entity could be an individual, company, partnership, club, statutory board, or charitable organization who has registered with the Comptroller of GST. Oracle Financials for Singapore enables the business to invoice goods and services with GST.





Singaporean Input Taxes Gain/Loss Report

The Singaporean Input Taxes Gain/Loss Report is used to view the difference in both tax amounts and taxable amount on foreign invoices for different exchange rates. The report shows the in-house rate and the supplier's exchange rate for all foreign currency invoices. The report does not take into account the invoice status entered in Accounts Payable.


b. Transaction Tax Goods and Services Tax (GST) F5 Report

Requirement Name Goods and Services Tax (GST) F5 Report


Description In Singapore, companies are required to pay GST on all goods and services supplied for domestic consumption by a taxable entity, and on all goods imported into Singapore (unless specifically exempted). A taxable entity could be an individual, company, partnership, club, statutory board, or charitable organization who has registered with the Comptroller of GST. Oracle Financials for Singapore enables the business to invoice goods and services with GST.




Singaporean GST F5 report This report is used to help companies complete the GST Form 5, which they submit to the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore. The GST Form 5 is normally submitted on a quarterly basis, but companies can receive permission to submit it on a different basis if necessary. The report gathers information on taxable transactions from Oracle Payables, Receivables, and General Ledger. It lists totals of taxable and tax amounts for a company by tax type and tax rates. Use the Singaporean GST F5 report to help fill in the GST Form 5 that serves as a GST tax return. The report is run at the Legal Entity level in order to display the additional company information and GST registration information. The report only displays invoices that are approved and posted to the General Ledger (regardless of invoice status). This information is used to complete the GST Form 5 on pre-printed forms sent by the Singapore tax authority (IRAS), or filed electronically using IRAS'system.



Value Added Tax (VAT) Compliance

Requirement Name Value Added Tax (VAT) Compliance


Description Businesses in Canada need to comply with the Value Added Tax (VAT) in Canada which is known as the Goods and Services Tax (GST). In Canada the value added taxes are taken along with the sales taxes that are applicable for the particular provinces. The only exception to this is the province of Alberta. There are no sales taxes at the provincial level in Alberta. In some provinces a Harmonized Sales Tax (HST) is charged. The Harmonized Sales Tax is a combination of goods and services tax and the provincial sales tax.




E-Business Tax Engine E-Business Tax engine enables businesses to charge and collect the GST/HST/PST on their sales and pay the GST/HST purchases they make to operate their business. The engine handles compounded tax policies such as the Quebec Provincial tax compounded with the GST. It also helps define zero rated and exempt goods and services. If a business qualifies for tax credits, recovery rules can be defined to represent the tax position. For example, if an item has multiple intended uses, you can define recovery rules that accommodate different recovery rates for that item. Recovery rules offer a flexible way for you to define what portion of the tax amount is recoverable and whether or not you can claim the tax as tax credit. You control which criteria you want to use to determine your tax recoverability.


Electronic Filing of Withholding Tax

Requirement Name Electronic Filing of Withholding Tax


Description Companies in Canada are required to submit a yearly declaration on payments made to non employees such as individual contractors or single owner companies.





Generate withholding tax file

E-Business Suite allows companies to record payments made to individual contractors or single owner companies, to classify them according to fiscal categories, and report them to the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA). E-Business Suite also supports Suppliers identification information which is required to be filed on payments made to them. It includes controlling amounts reported, sending confirmation letters to Suppliers, and generating the file to be sent to the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA).



38. SLOVAKIA


Payments √


Transaction Tax √



Slovakia Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Slovakia. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments


• Petty Cash Application.

Payment Methods



Accounting Methods

• Depreciation Rounding.

• Pre-Payment Matching with Customer Invoice.

Book Keeping Rules

• Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards. • Ability to maintain data according to the local time zone. • Ability to setup document sequencing. • Asset Classification Report. • Asset Disposal Report. • Capital Asset Inventory Card Print. • Year-End Closing for the Income and Balance accounts.

Fiscal Valuation

• AP Open Balances Revaluation. • AR Open Balances Revaluation. • GL Open Balances Revaluation.



• AP and AR Trial balance Reports. • GL Trial Balance for Foreign Currency. • GL Turnovers by currency.

Transaction Tax

VAT

• European Sales Listing. • VAT Tax Register. • VAT for Uninvoiced Receipts. • VAT on AR deposits.






Complexity Medium




Slovenian

4. Financials

a. Payments

Petty Cash Application

Requirement Name

Petty Cash Application


Description Petty cash application with daily closing, reporting and document printing.

Functional Category





Cash Desk Key features provided with Cash Desk are: - Document Numbering: Dependant on set-up, documents numbers would be entered either manually, or would be automatically assigned by the system for both Cash Reports and Cash Documents.- Status Control: Status control is enforced for both Cash Reports and Cash Documents throughout the processing stages of Cash Desk.- Batch Naming and Transaction Numbering: When the Cash Report is accounted, transactions / accounting entries will be transferred from Cash Desk to the subledgers and General Ledger respectively.- Printing: This feature enables the user to make print-outs of Cash.Reports and Cash Documents in different pre-defined modes. Current Balance: Current cash balance in a Cash Box is displayed while entering Cash Documents. The transaction amount with the current cash balance will be validated during transaction entry, and a negative balance will not be allowed to be processed. Access Rights: Access rights are granted at the Cash Box level and can be assigned to an individual user, or to a user group. KW Document Valuation Method: Cash Desk supports various methods for converting from foreign currency to functional currency for output transactions (KW), methods such as User, LIFO (Last In First Out), FIFO (First In First Out) and Average Yield are supported.- Internal Control: Cash Desk supports several different internal controls.- Bank Reconciliation: Cash Desk supports the automatic creation of a technical bank statement and reconciliation of Cash Management.- Accounting: An accounting entry will be processed in General Ledger for each transaction created in Cash Desk.

Add-on Localization


Requirement Name




Functional Category







Global Capability


Global Capability

b. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Depreciation Rounding

Requirement Name Depreciation Rounding


Description Rounding of depreciation upwards.




Depreciation Rounding

The program sets calculated depreciations such that they are rounded up to the whole currency, in conformity with the valid Slovak and Czech legislation and binding accounting procedures.

Add-on Localization


Requirement Name Pre-Payment Matching with Customer Invoice


Description Deposit can be applied against the invoice only up to the amount that has been actually paid by the customer.






To have better credit control, and to have the records to represent a true status on invoice payments, the Prepayment Application feature validates the deposit while adjusting the invoices. The validation provides a check to allow the adjustment of deposits, where the amount of the deposit is already received. It does not allow adjusting an invoice with a deposit, if the amount of the deposit is not received.

Add-on Localization










Global Capability










Global Capability








Document Sequencing

Oracle Financials allows numbering subledger documents and journal entries, always per ledger, by means of the following sequences: The document sequence allows numbering documents entered in the subledger.The accounting sequence allows numbering journal entries when the journal entry is created.The reporting sequence allows numbering journal entries by the general ledger accounting period closing process.

Global Capability

Asset Classification Report

Requirement Name Asset Classification Report


Description Asset Disposal report serves for summarization of information about a new classified asset item, which was added to fixed assets.





Asset Classification Report

The CLE Asset Classification Report displays the summarized information about classification of asset that was added into fixed assets at corporate books. This report shows the assets item that the user has added to the existing Asset.

Add-on Localization

Asset Disposal Report

Requirement Name Asset Disposal Report


Description Asset Disposal report serves for summarization of information about a disposal of retired asset item.




Asset Disposal Report The CLE Asset Disposal Report displays the summarized information about the disposal of a retired asset. This report shows assets that are removed from the Organization through retirements and transfers.

Add-on Localization

Capital Asset Inventory Card Print

Requirement Name Capital Asset Inventory Card Print


Description Report displaying accounting and tax information about asset according Slovak legal req.




Capital Asset Inventory Card Print

As per the provisions in the Income Tax Act, a record of tangible and intangible assets and details of transactions on them should be maintained and these details should be made available to Income tax authorities.

Add-on Localization





Description At the end of the fiscal year the incomes and balance accounts must be closed to determine the profit&loss and the balance sheet. The closing journal should be generated from end balances on the income and balance accounts and the opening journal should be generated for balance accounts.






Add-on Localization

AP Open Balances Revaluation

Requirement Name AP Open Balances Revaluation


Description This report lists AP transactions details for auditing of the revaluation process.






Add-on Localization


AR Open Balances Revaluation

Requirement Name AR Open Balances Revaluation


Description AR transactions details for auditing of the revaluation process.






Add-on Localization

GL Open Balances Revaluation

Requirement Name GL Open Balances Revaluation


Description GL detail report for auditing of the revaluation process.






Add-on Localization

AP and AR Trial balance Reports

Requirement Name AP and AR Trial balance Reports


Description These trial balance reports list AP prepayments and AR deposits in functional and transaction currencies.





AP and AR Trial balance Reports

GL Trial Balance for Foreign Currency report is run as part of the normal Period End Process and Year End Process. This report is designed to meet requirements in the Slovakian legislation; Act No. 431/2002 of Collection of Acts. It allows companies to report on account balances on a detailed and summary level of the natural account segment and by two additional segments of the accounting flex field (the cost centre and/or the balancing segment).

Add-on Localization

GL Turnovers by currency

Requirement Name GL Turnovers by currency


Description This is based on requirements stated in the Act No. 431/2002 of Collection of Acts.This report displays turnover - both for synthetic and/or analytical accounts and provides the option to subtotal synthetic account turnover for any currency for specified period of time.




Turnover for Selected Segments Report

This report lists details per account and cost segment. Add-on Localization

c.Transaction Tax European Sales Listing










Global Capability



Add-on Localization

VAT Tax Register

Requirement Name VAT Tax Register


Description VAT register covering AP, AR, GL and Cash Desk transactions. Forms for maintaining tax periods and reports for audit and support of tax declaration process.




VAT Register Organizations in the Czech Republic and Slovakia have to prepare a VAT Register, according to a prescribed format. The VAT Register has to be prepared with box numbers (tax codes). This solution explains how to attach the box numbers to the tax rate code created in EBusinessTax, and how to print the report in the prescribed format.CLE: VAT Register (Czech Republic) is used to produce a report conforming to the Czech Republic requirement and CLE: VAT Register (SK) is used to produce a report suitable for Slovakian requirements. These reports use transaction data, which was processed by the EMEA VAT Selection Process. Reporting is provided in both Summary and Detail, with options available to produce the report as Preliminary, Final and Reprint.

Add-on Localization

VAT for Uninvoiced Receipts

Requirement Name VAT for Uninvoiced Receipts


Description This register lists VAT details for received inventory items, where invoice is missing in the middle of the period next to delivery.





VAT write-off without document

Report supporting VAT manual entry for receipts without invoice (Uninvoiced Receipts of goods and VAT for Uninvoiced Services).

Add-on Localization

VAT on AR deposits

Requirement Name VAT on AR deposits


Description Special VAT transaction with booking must be released when AR deposit is matched with receipt.





Add-on Localization


6.Supply chain Management

a.Regulated Transactions Intrastat Reporting



Description Solution built for right run of Intrastat report with an additeve functions.


Requirement Type Type Business Practice





39. SOUTH AFRICA

1. Country Overview




Human Resources √

Payroll √

South Africa Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for South Africa. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials


Book Keeping Rules



Human Resources



Payroll

Payroll Processing



Complexity Low





English






Description Organizations in South Africa are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All South African businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. In South Africa several details regarding workforce members need to be captured including employment equity reporting, NQF competence and accrual formulae corresponding to annual and sick leave. Several details are captured including South Africa ID number, address styles and bank account formats in accordance with South African legislative requirements.




Employment Details With South Africa's localized features for capturing Employee Data you can use the E-Business Suite modules more effectively, for example for payments, mailing and, statutory reporting purposes. Localized HR features form a legislative basis for your country specific Payroll management. Integration of HR and Payroll processes is possible only by using localized data and functionality, specific to your country and legislation. The following South African specific details are captured: • Record South African address styles • Sample accrual formulae delivered covering minimum South African legal requirements for Annual and Sick Leave • Validate and record South African Bank Account Details • Support for Employment Equity Reporting


Person Details The following South African specific details are captured: • Record and validate South Africa ID Number • Record NQF Competence Requirements • Link NQF Competence to SAQA registered Qualifications • Record detail for Recognition of Prior Learning



b. Payroll








Legislative Reporting Statutory pay reporting which is delivered includes: • Tax Year End Data Validation Report • Tax Certificate Number Report • Skills Development Levy Report • UIF Report • COIDA Report



A series of elements have been seeded to allow for the following legislative calculations to take place correctly: • Calculation of UIF Contributions • Calculation of Skills Development Levies • Calculation of SITE and PAYE using the Cumulative Tax Calculation Method • Package Structure Functionality • Bonus Provision Functionality • ACB, Credit Transfer, Cash, Cheque and Manual Payments supported • IRP5 and IT3a Tax Certificates • Electronic UIF and Tax Files • Tax Register


Net to Gross calculations

Net to gross calculation facility for annual Bonus and payments. The following componenets are included to enable this facility; classification and balances, run types are enabled, elements, model elements for reference to create user elements.



Support is provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management (CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in South Africa. This feature enables users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run


Third Party Payments In addition to the existing payment methods of cash and cheque payment, Oracle payroll (South Africa) introduces payment by ACB and Credit Transfer.



5. Financials










Global Capability

Person Details The following South African specific details are captured: • Record and validate South Africa ID Number • Record NQF Competence Requirements • Link NQF Competence to SAQA registered Qualifications • Record detail for Recognition of Prior Learning



40. SPAIN

1. Country Overview


Payments √


Transaction Tax √



Spain Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Spain. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments


• Bank Account Statements Upload CSB43.

Payment Formats

• Spanish Bank Transfer Magnetic Format CSB34.

• Spanish Bill Of Exchange / Promissory Note Format.

• Spanish Check Payment Format.

• Spanish Direct Debit Magnetic Format CSB19.

• Spanish Payment Format CSB32.

• Spanish Payment Format CSB58.

Payment Methods



Book Keeping Rules




• Ability to support IFRS 'International Financial Reporting Standards.

• Spanish Official Journal Diary ("Diario Oficial").

• Year-End Close Process.


Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods

•Declaration of Intra-EU Transactions (Modelo 349).

VAT

• Canary Islands Annual Transactions Report (Modelo 415).

• Declaration of Transactions with Third Parties (Modelo 347).

• Spanish Input VAT Journal Report ("Registro de IVA Soportado").

• Spanish Inter-EU Invoices Journal Report and Invoice Format.

• Spanish Output VAT Journal Report ("Registro de I.V.A. Repercutido").

• Validation of Tax Registration Number and Taxpayer Identification Number.


• Witholding Tax Reporting (Modelo 190).









Spanish

4. Financials

a. Payments Bank Account Statements Upload CSB43

Requirement Name Bank Account Statements Upload CSB43


Description Uploading information directly from the bank reduces the likelihood of data inconsistency and avoids the need for manual entry of transactions. The content of these formats is determined by the Asociación Española de Banca (AEB), also known as the Spanish Banking Board.





Bank Account Statements Upload CSB43

The bank statement information in a predefined format is loaded into Bank Statement Open Interface tables using the Bank Statement Loader program.

Add-on Localization

Spanish Bank Transfer Magnetic Format CSB34

Requirement Name Spanish Bank Transfer Magnetic Format CSB34


Description Companies in Spain frequently pay their suppliers via bank transfers. These bank transfers can be performed by using a standard file format known as CSB 34. The content of this format is defined by the Asociación Española de Banca (AEB), also known as the Spanish Banking Board.




Spanish Bank Transfer Magnetic format CSB34

The Spanish Bank Transfer Magnetic Format allows the user to create payment batches so that that supplier bank transfer orders can be performed. There are 3 types of payments that can be performed by using this format: Normal Domestic Payments, Intra EU Payments and Special Payments (the later for payments outside of the EU or greater than 12,000 Euros). BI Publisher is used to publish the output and thus allows the implementer to modify the proposed formats as desired, by creating additional versions of the output.













Global Capability









Global Capability










Global Capability










Global Capability

Spanish Official Journal Diary ("Diario Oficial")

Requirement Name Spanish Official Journal Diary ("Diario Oficial")


Description Spanish Authorities require companies to report all official accounting recorded transactions in General Ledger. The Spanish Official Journal Diary ("Diario Oficial") must be handed in annually to the tax authorities but can be executed monthly, in order to help reduce year-end closing time.







Global Capability


Requirement Name Year-End Close Process







Add-on Localization

c. Transaction Tax Declaration of Intra-EU Transactions (Modelo 349)

Requirement Name Declaration of Intra-EU Transactions (Modelo 349)


Description Spanish law requires all companies to report on Intra-EU transactions. The required reporting consists of sales of goods to EU Member States (Intra-Community supply) and purchases of goods from EU Member States (Intra-Community acquisitions). The report must be submitted to the Spanish authorities on magnetic format if any other supporting legal report is submitted on magnetic format as well.




Spanish Intra-EU Operations Summary Magnetic Format (Modelo 349)

This electronic file contains all Intra-EU transactions pertaining to sales and purchases of goods over a specified period. The solution also includes audit reports with the file contents.


Spanish Payables Intra-EU Operations

The Spanish Payables Intra-EU Operations Summary Data Extract (Modelo 349) is a summary by supplier of Intra-EU purchases of



Summary (AP Modelo 349)

physical goods. For transactions that correct previous declarations, the report separately lists the relevant suppliers and invoice amounts with the period and year of the correction. The report displays invoice totals for each supplier.

Spanish Payables/Receivables Intra- EU Operations Summary Data Extract (Modelo 349)

The Spanish Receivables Intra-EU Operations Summary Data Extract (Modelo 349) is a summary by customer of Inter-EU sales of physical goods. For transactions that correct previous declarations, the report separately lists the relevant customers and invoice amounts, with the period and year of the correction. The report also marks transactions that are triangulation operations and displays invoice totals for each customer.


Spanish Receivables Intra- EU Operations Summary (AR Modelo 349)

This extract collects data from AP and AR and is used by the Spanish Intra-EU Operations Summary Magnetic Format to generate the electronic file report. BI Publisher is used to create the output and thus allows the implementor to modify the proposed layouts / formats as desired, by creating additional versions of the output.


Canary Islands Annual Transactions Report (Modelo 415)

Requirement Name Canary Islands Annual Transactions Report (Modelo 415)


Description The Canary Islands is an autonomous Spanish region made up of seven islands geographically outlying from the mainland, adjacent to the western coast of Africa. All internal trade on the islands is subject to a special VAT tax regime called Impuesto General Indirecto Canario (IGIC). The IGIC tax rates are lower than those of the corresponding mainland VAT rates applicable to the same products or services. Most large Spanish companies maintain offices on the islands and are therefore subject to IGIC for the business that they undertake there.




Spanish Canary Islands Annual Operations Magnetic format (Modelo 415)

The report is a magnetic format of all transactions with local suppliers and customers, for businesses whose annual total sales exceeds a threshold amount designated by the Spanish government.


Spanish Payables Canary Islands Annual Operations Data Extract (Modelo 415)

This extract is a summary of domestic purchases (both goods and services) in the Canary Islands that are subject to the Canary Islands VAT regime, known as the Impuesto General Indirecto Canario (IGIC).



Spanish Receivables Canary Islands Annual Operations Data Extract (Modelo 415)

This extract is a summary of domestic sales (both goods and services) in the Canary Islands that are subject to the Canary Islands VAT regime, known as the "Impuesto General Indirecto Canario - IGIC".


Declaration of Transactions with Third Parties (Modelo 347)

Requirement Name Declaration of Transactions with Third Parties (Modelo 347)


Description Spanish law requires all companies to report on their turnovers with each of their domestic (Spanish) trading partners when a certain threshold is exceeded (EUR 3,000). This information must be reported in magnetic format.




Declaration of Transactions with Third Parties (Modelo 347)

This feature provides an electronic file for submission to the Spanish government. The solution includes an audit report with the details of the file. BI Publisher is used to create the output and thus allows the implementer to modify the proposed layouts / formats as desired, by creating additional versions of the output.


Spanish Input VAT Journal Report ("Registro de IVA Soportado")

Requirement Name Spanish Input VAT Journal Report ("Registro de IVA Soportado")


Description In Spain, VAT registered entities have to report VAT to tax authorities on a monthly or quarterly basis according to their turnover. Spanish Input VAT Journal Report aids the preparation of the VAT return by showing the summary input tax and taxable amounts along with the tax rate information. It also serves the internal audit by showing the detailed transactions with trading partner information.





Spanish Input VAT Journal Report ("Registro de IVA Soportado")

The Spanish Input VAT Journal Report is utilized to prepare the VAT return and support the internal audit process. The report shows third party VAT results in a given period of time (month, year). The period frequency is determined by the tax authorities, based on the first party total turnover. BI Publisher is used to create the output and thus allows the implementer to modify the proposed layouts / formats as desired, by creating additional versions of the output.


Spanish Inter-EU Invoices Journal Report and Invoice Format

Requirement Name Spanish Inter-EU Invoices Journal Report and Invoice Format


Description As a member of the European Union, Spain is required to comply with all EU VAT ("IVA" in Spain) regulations. Accordingly, Spanish businesses are not charged VAT on goods invoiced from other EU countries. However, all Spanish businesses are required to report the VAT that could have been charged, had the transaction not originated in the European Union. In addition, Spanish businesses have to produce supporting documents showing the invoice information and the calculated tax amount. These documents are called self-invoices.




Spanish Inter-EU Invoices Journal Report and Invoice Format

To report this hypothetical tax without changing the true tax liability, each business is required to create both an input tax and an offset tax for each billing that took place within the EU. The input tax is based on the invoice amount of the goods received and is posted to an input tax liability account. The offset tax must equal the calculated input tax and should be recorded on a self-invoice that is posted through the Accounts Receivable sub-ledger to an offset tax account.The Spanish Inter-EU Invoices Journal Report lists all invoices with offset tax amounts along with the invoice and supplier information.


Spanish Output VAT Journal Report ("Registro de I.V.A. Repercutido")

Requirement Name Spanish Output VAT Journal Report ("Registro de I.V.A. Repercutido")



Description In Spain, VAT registered entities must report VAT to tax authorities on a monthly, quarterly or annual basis according to their turnover. Spanish Output VAT Journal Report aids the preparation of the VAT return by showing the summary output tax and taxable amounts along with the tax rate information.




Spanish Output VAT Journal Report ("Registro de I.V.A. Repercutido")

The Spanish Output VAT Journal Report is utilized to prepare the VAT return and support the internal audit process. The report shows third party VAT results in a given period of time. The period frequency is determined by the tax authorities, based on the first party total turnover. BI Publisher is used to create the output and thus allows the implementer to modify the proposed layouts / formats as desired, by creating additional versions of the output.


Validation of Tax Registration Number and Taxpayer Identification Number

Requirement Name Validation of Tax Registration Number and Taxpayer Identification Number


Description Tax registration Numbers (also known as VAT numbers) and Taxpayer Identification Numbers (NIF) entered in Financials must be validated by the system. The automatic validation must avoid later problems with tax authorities.




Taxpayer Identification Number Validation

Payables provide for Spain a country–specific validation of the Taxpayer Identification Number, also known as the NIF. The validation ensure that the entered identification number is in the format as required by Spanish tax laws.

Global Capability

VAT Number Validation

Payables provide for Spain a country-specific validation of the Taxpayer Registration Number, also known as the VAT number. The validation rules ensure that the entered tax registration number is in the format as required by Spanish tax laws.

Global Capability

Witholding Tax Reporting (Modelo 190)


Requirement Name Witholding Tax Reporting (Modelo 190)


Description In Spain, Legal Entities must report on withholding that has been practiced on employees and physical persons (called "autónomos" in Spain). These physical persons are usually professionals that provide services to our company.




Spanish Witholding Tax reporting ("Retención A Cuenta")

The Spanish Withholding Tax Data Extract is a process that gathers withholding tax transactions from Payables and stores these transactions in an interface table. Two reports use this interface table to report withholding tax transactions: The Spanish Withholding Tax report and the Spanish Withholding Tax Magnetic Format report.




Intrastat Reporting








Global Capability


41. SWEDEN


Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Payroll √

Sweden Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Sweden. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments

Payment Formats

• Sweden EFT Payment Formats.

Payment Methods



Book Keeping Rules



Transaction Tax

VAT

• Swedish Electronic Invoice (XML) -Svefaktura format.


Human Resources





Payroll

Payroll Processing






Swedish

4. HRMS

a. Human Resources




Description Organizations in Norway are required to capture organization details so they can meet Norwayspecific legislative requirements when processing HR and Payroll transactions and statutory reports. It is necessary to record certain details for legal employers, Norwegian local units, and also details for external organizations such as the Tax office and Social Security Office.





Organization Details Oracle HRMS for Norway provides functionality to record details for internal and external organizations applicable to HR and payroll processes in Norway. You can keep records of the following Organization information: Þ Organisation number; Tax Municipality number; Calculation Method for Employer's Contributions; Industry Code. Þ Details for third party organizations: Payment and reference details Reporting levels: Oracle HRMS also provides a Structure that allows statutory tax reporting/calculations using local units (local units can optionally be reported separately).





Description Organizations in Norway are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All Norwegian businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. Data required to be maintained includes national identity numbers, name and titles, address, bank account details and education details.





Multiple Assignments: Deployments within the same Legal Employer can be processed as one employment for actions critical to Swedish legislation. For example, gross-to-net and tax calculation processes can be aggregated onto person level. Holiday earning calculation and absences calculation will be processed on Assignment level, in line with legislative requirements.




Personal Identifier (Person Number): Personal Identifier (Person number) is available with validation for Sweden HCM localization. For ease of use, three additional values are populated automatically from NI number: date of birth, age and, gender. Names and Title: Names format is correctly catered for in HRMS for Sweden. The name in Sweden includes a First name (given name), optional middle name and a Surname.Address details: Address details are available in Swedish standard format. There is functionality for uploading Swedish postal codes in the system using postal code file issued by Swedish Post. Bank Account Details: Swedish Bank Account details for domestic transactions can be entered with following fields: Bank name, Account number in with Swedish validation. Education Details: It is possible to enter Educational Details within Swedish localization with following fields: SUN Education Code (based on national standard), Education/Course.Additional Person Details: A number of additional person details can be captured for Swedish statutory HCM processing requirements. These are, for example, citizenship, TFA Insurance, Social Security Office, Adjusted Service Date, Absence details.Employment Details: In Sweden, several legal reports require a number of employee or deployment details. Swedish localization supports recording critical details for statutory calculation and reporting for employment and/or deployments employee is assigned to.










Absences and Holidays

Absence management has been extended in compliance with the Swedish legislation as follows:Absence details are needed for salary calculation processes and statutory reporting. Country-specific Absence types and requirements are included in the Swedish localization. In addition, Absences can be processed on Assignment level. As calculation, reporting and payment rules are largely determined in Collective Agreements, a template framework is supported rather than a full setup for one specific set of rules. This enables support of several absence type classifications and calculations.Holiday Calculation: Swedish Holiday legislation follows two main principles: Coincident or Non-Coincident Holiday Year. Holiday PayCalculation can handle both Monthly and Hourly paid. Holiday Pay calculation solution for Sweden contains the following parts: • Holiday Pay. • Holiday Pay Deduction. • Additional Holiday Pay. • Variable Additional Holiday Pay. • Saved Holiday Pay. • Variable Saved Holiday Pay, • Unpaid Holiday. • Advance Holiday Pay. • Compensation in Lieu. Sick Pay Calculation: Sick Pay calculation solution for Sweden contains the following parts: • Waiting Day Deduction. • Sick Pay 2 – 14 days. • Sick Pay after 14 days. • Sickness Deduction. • Sickness Deduction after 14 days. • Common high risk protection. • Sick Pay from employer after day 14. • Yearly Salary overriding 7,5 Basic Amounts.



Statement of Earnings: The content of Statement of Earnings (SOE) can be modified according to customer needs. File for Electronic Payment Process: Standard format file according to Direct File Transfer format (Swedish standard) is available for domestic bank accounts.



Payroll Data Capture Enhanced data capture for Payroll processing and statutory Payroll reporting has been applied for the Swedish localisation as follows: Additional data, specific for payroll processing, for person, employment and deployment/assignment levels can be recorded in line with Swedish statutory requirements, for example: tax card details, benefits in kind details or, statutory deductions details (employer's contribution, court orders etc.). Data capture for tax computation, including tax tables and tax periods.Electronic Tax card mass upload functionality using file format, issued by Swedish Tax administration Seeded classifications for payments, deductions and information, for distinguishing different types of transactions and steering processing order and additional rules within calculation. Seeded elements with legislative content, such as tax card, Benefits in kind, travel expenses for capturing essential data for tax computation and statutory reporting Sweden specific payroll data capture, in compliance with Swedish legislative Payroll processing rules, form a legislative salary computation basis for gross to net processing, payments, as well as statutory tax and payroll reporting.


Payroll Processing Payroll processing for Sweden includes the following: Tax calculations based on tax percentage or tax tables, including Swedish Tax cards and tax periods. Calculation process from gross to net, including Swedish statutory deductions and Employer's contribution calculations. • Holiday Pay Calculation: • Holiday Pay Calculation for Coincident or Non-Coincident Holiday Year. • Holiday Pay Calculation for Monthly and Hourly paid. • Holiday Pay Calculation for: Holiday Pay, Holiday Pay Deduction. • Additional Holiday Pay, Variable Additional Holiday Pay, Saved Holiday Pay, Variable Saved Holiday Pay. • Unpaid Holiday, Advance Holiday Pay, Compensation in Lieu.


5. Financials

a. Payments Sweden EFT Payment Formats


Requirement Name Sweden EFT Payment Formats


Description In Sweden, companies make extensive use of Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) payments in business. Swedish companies need the ability to create electronic payment files that instruct their Swedish clearing house to transfer funds from their accounts' to suppliers, either by transferring funds to the supplier's giro account or bank account, or by sending a voucher or check to the supplier.




Bankgiro Inland Used for domestic payments in Swedish Kronas or Euros. Bankgiro Inland handles giro payments through the Swedish Bankgiro central clearing house, as well as direct bank deposits to the supplier's account and remittance vouchers to the supplier's address. Bankgiro Inland supports immediate payments, payments on a specified date, and payments on the invoice due or discount date.


Bankgiro SISU Used for foreign payments in any valid foreign currency, including the Euro. These payments go through the Swedish Bankgiro central clearing house and are processed by SE Banken. Bankgiro SISU supports immediate payments, payments on a specified date, and payments on the invoice due or discount date. This format supports multiple supplier banks, different payment date assignments, and functional currency payment amount. The SISU format also supports the International Bank Account Number (IBAN) and Bank Identification Code (BIC), allowing organizations in the Euro-zone to benefit from reduced bank charges for cross border Euro payments from July 1st 2003.


Bankgiro UTLI Used for foreign payments in any valid foreign currency, including the Euro. These payments go through the Swedish Bankgiro central clearing house and are processed by Svenska Handelsbanken. Bankgiro UTLI supports immediate payments, payments on a specified date, and payments on the invoice due or discount date. This format supports multiple supplier banks and different payment date assignments. The UTLI format also supports the International Bank Account Number (IBAN) and Bank Identification Code (BIC), allowing organizations in the Euro-zone to benefit from reduced bank charges for cross border Euro payments from July 1st 2003.



Postgiro Inland Used for domestic payments in Swedish Kronas or Euros. Postgiro Inland handles giro payments through the Swedish Postal Giro clearing house, as well as direct bank deposits to the supplier's account. Postgiro Inland supports immediate payments, payments on a specified date, and payments on the invoice due or discount date. This format supports multiple supplier banks and different payment date assignments.


Postgiro Utland Used for foreign payments in any valid foreign currency, including the Euro. These payments go through the Swedish Postal Giro clearing house. Postgiro Utland supports immediate payments, payments on a specified date, and payments on the invoice due or discount date. This format supports multiple supplier banks, different payment date assignments, and functional currency payment amount. The Postgiro Utland format also supports the International Bank Account Number (IBAN) and Bank Identification Code (BIC), allowing organizations in the Euro-zone to benefit from reduced bank charges for cross border Euro payments from July 1st 2003.


EFT Payment Formats



Description Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) is a widely used payment method in Norway. Companies maychoose to utilise the Telepay Format method or the Direct Remittance (BBS) method. Both havespecific format requirements, defined by the Norwegian Banking Authorities, which must bemet.




Direct Remittance (BBS) Format

This format allows customers to send a file, tape or diskette to a BBS organization (bank clearing house), which in turn processes the payments and returns an acknowledgement. This format is only used for domestic payment transfers.


Telepay Format This payment format is available as a common service from most commercial banks and is the format that most companies use to pay their trading partners. Companies can perform both domestic and foreign payment transfers with the Telepay format.












Global Capability


Global Capability












Global Capability




Description User's expect to be able to enter and view dates/times in their own local time zone. Global companies may submit their financial and statutory reporting using the local time zone of eachn legal entity or using corporate time zone: a single, unified time-zone for their entire worldwide operations.





Global Capability










Global Capability










Global Capability

c. Transaction Tax Swedish Electronic Invoice (XML) - Svefaktura format

Requirement Name Swedish Electronic Invoice (XML) - Svefaktura format


Description Since July 1st, 2008 all public organizations in Sweden are by law responsible for receiving and sending invoices through the "Svefaktura" format.





Swedish Electronic Invoice (XML)

The Sweden Electronic Invoicing solution is designed to to receive Inbound XML and send Outbound XML Invoices in a predefined Svefaktura format as prescribed by the Swedish Government which is acceptable to all the Swedish Government agencies. This is achieved through Inbound Invoice processing program, Inbound Transaction Monitor page, Outbound Invoice processing program and Outbound Transaction Monitor page.

Add-on Localization

42. SWITZERLAND


Payments √


Transaction Tax √

Switzerland Requirement Maps


The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Switzerland. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments


• BC Bank Master Data.

• ESR Entry Screen.

Payment Formats

• EFT DTA Payment Order.

• EPO Payment Format.

• Payment Validation.

Payment Methods



Book Keeping Rules

• AP Invoice Online Validation.




Transaction Tax

VAT

• Payables VAT Report.






Italian

English

4. Financials

a. Payments BC Bank Master Data


Requirement Name BC Bank Master Data


Description The requirement is to be able to load Swiss Bank information into the Bank Branches and Bank Accounts tables.

Functional Category




BC Bank Master Data Loader

Loads the Swiss Bank information into Bank Branches and Bank Accounts tables.

Add-on Localization

ESR Entry Screen

Requirement Name ESR Entry Screen


Description The requirement is to be able to capture data from Swiss AP Invoices, via an OCR Reader.

Functional Category




ESR Entry Screen Captures data from Swiss AP Invoices, via an OCR Reader. Add-on Localization

EFT DTA Payment Order

Requirement Name EFT DTA Payment Order


Description The requirement is to be able to create a DTA Payment file to be uploaded to banks, via bank websites or third party e-banking software like C-CHANEL, MAMMUT or OFFICE WINGS.


Functional Category




EFT DTA Payment Order

This feature generates the DTA Payment file to be uploaded to banks, via bank websites or third party e-banking software like CCHANEL, MAMMUT or OFFICE WINGS.

Add-on Localization

EPO Payment Format

Requirement Name EPO Payment Format


Description The requirement is to be able to generate the Payment File for the Swiss Post and it is based on EPO Standard.

Functional Category




EPO Payment Format

This program generates the Payment File for the Swiss Post and it is based on EPO Standard.

Add-on Localization

Payment Validation

Requirement Name Payment Validation


Description The requirement is to be able to validate payment related information on AP invoices before payment file generation.

Functional Category




Payment Validation This program validates payment related information on AP invoices before payment file generation.

Add-on Localization






Functional Category






Global Capability


Global Capability

b. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book AP Invoice Online Validation

Requirement Name AP Invoice Online Validation



Description The requirement is to validate the data of the supplier invoices before the generation of a payment file (DTA or EPO) at the time of data entry.




AP Invoice Online Validation This feature allows online validation of the data of supplier invoices, before the generation of a payment file (DTA or EPO), at the time of data entry.

Add-on Localization










Global Capability










Global Capability









Global Capability

c. Transaction Tax Payables VAT Report

Requirement Name Payables VAT Report



Description The requirement is to list all the supplier invoices, showing Total Amount, Taxable Amount, Tax Amount and the discounts based on the Recoverability Rate for those particular transactions.




Payables VAT Report The report lists all the supplier invoices, showing Total Amount, Taxable Amount, Tax Amount and the discounts based on the Recoverability Rate for those particular transactions.

Add-on Localization

43. TAIWAN



Transaction Tax √


Taiwan Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Taiwan. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials



• Taiwan GUI Legal Reports

Transaction Tax

VAT

• Taiwan Government Uniform Invoice (GUI)





Traditional Chinese


Taiwan GUI Legal Reports

Requirement Name Taiwan GUI Legal Reports


Description In Taiwan, you must report all revenue to the Taiwanese tax authority. Government Uniform Invoice is a process in which the government issues invoice numbers for every Receivables invoice to track your company's revenue. Taiwan GUI Legal Reports are as follows, • Purchase Return and Discount Reports. • Taiwanese EDI Government Uniform Invoice. • Taiwanese Input VAT Report. • Sales Return and Discount Report. • Payables Sales / Purchase Return and Discount Certificate. • Taiwanese Output VAT Report. • Receivables Government Uniform Invoice Report. • Taiwanese Receivables Zero-Rate Tax Report. • Taiwanese Pro Forma 401 Report.





Payables Sales / Purchase Return and Discount Certificate

Use the Taiwanese Payables Sales/Purchase Return and Discount Certificate to notify suppliers of sales returns and discount information. The certificates are formal evidence for accounting and tax auditing purposes. The Taiwanese Payables Sales/Purchase Return and Discount Certificate displays credit and debit memos with Government Uniform Invoice type 23 (Triplicate Purchase Return or Discount Document) and 24 (Duplicate Purchase Return or Discount Document). The certificate includes a cover page that lists the date and time that you submit the report, the values that you enter for each report parameter, the request ID, and the responsibility and user that the report is submitted under.


Purchase Return and Discount Reports

Use the Taiwanese Purchase Return and Discount report to review purchase and discount information for a tax reporting period. The report displays credit and debit memos with Government Uniform Invoice type 23 (Triplicate Purchase Return or Discount Document) and 24 (Duplicate Purchase Return or Discount Document). The Taiwanese Purchase Return and Discount report supports multi-organization reporting. The report includes a cover page that lists the date and time that you submit the report, the values that you enter for each report parameter, the request ID, and the responsibility and user that the report is submitted under.


Receivables Government Uniform Invoice Report

Use the Taiwanese Receivables Government Uniform Invoice report to review all Government Uniform Invoice transaction information, including invoices with tax, invoices with exempt tax, voided invoices, and unused invoices. Use this report internally for accounting purposes. The Taiwanese Receivables Government Uniform Invoice report supports multi-organization reporting. The report includes a cover page that lists the date and time that you submit the report, the values that you enter for each report parameter, the request ID, and the responsibility and user that the report is submitted under.


Sales Return and Discount Report

Use the Taiwanese Sales Return and Discount report to review sales return and discount information for each accounting period.The report displays credit memos with Government Uniform Invoice type 33 (Triplicate Sales Return or Discount Document) and 34 (Duplicate Sales Return or Discount Document).The Taiwanese Sales Return and Discount report supports multiorganization reporting. The report includes a cover page that lists the date and time that you submit the report, the values that you enter for each report parameter, the request ID, and the responsibility and user that the report is submitted under.



Taiwanese EDI Government Uniform Invoice

Use the Taiwanese EDI Government Uniform Invoice to generate an EDI (Electronic Data Interchange) file to submit to your tax authority. The Taiwanese EDI Government Uniform Invoice file includes both Oracle Payables and Receivables VAT information, as well as credit memo information for sales /purchase return and discount. If you void a Government Uniform Invoice, the Taiwanese EDI Government Uniform Invoice identifies the transaction as void.Unused Government Uniform Invoice numbers are also displayed in the EDI file with government tax type D (Void, used). The Taiwanese EDI Government Uniform Invoice supports multiorganization reporting.


Taiwanese Input VAT Report

Use the Taiwanese Input VAT report to review tax information on your invoices for all purchases and expenses during each tax reporting period. When you make purchase returns or discounts after the end of the month, you must report a credit against the original Government Uniform Invoice. The Taiwanese Input VAT report displays the original Government Uniform Invoice number of the credit or debit memo if the memo was entered by matching to an invoice. If the credit or debit memo was not matched to an invoice, the report shows the credit or debit memo number. The Taiwanese Input VAT report supports multi otrganization reporting.The report includes a cover page that lists the date and time that you submit the report, the values that you enter for each report parameter, the request ID, and the responsibility and user that the report is submitted under.


Taiwanese Output VAT Report

Use the Taiwanese Output VAT report to review tax information on your invoices for all sales during each tax reporting period. Send the Taiwanese Output VAT report and the Taiwanese EDI Government Uniform Invoice file to your tax authority for reporting purposes. If a return or discount occurs after the end of the month, you must report a credit against the original Government Uniform Invoice. The Taiwanese Output VAT report displays the original Government Uniform Invoice number instead of the credit memo number.The Taiwanese Output VAT report supports multi-organization reporting. The report includes a cover page that lists the date and time that you submit the report, the values that you enter for each report parameter, the request ID, and the responsibility and user that the report is submitted under.


Taiwanese Pro Forma 401 Report

Use the Taiwanese Pro Forma 401 report to print information required for the statutory form 401 for tax reporting. The report lists all sales and purchase information in the accounting period. The Taiwanese Pro Forma 401 report supports multi-organization reporting. The report includes a cover page that lists the date and time that you submit the report, the values that you enter for each report parameter, the request ID, and the responsibility and user that the report is submitted under.



Taiwanese Receivables Zero-Rate Tax Report

Use the Taiwanese Receivables Zero-Rate Tax report to review all transactions with zero-rate tax applied. The report prints export certificate information along with other transaction information. The Taiwanese Receivables Zero-Rate Tax report uses the government tax type to identify zero-rate tax lines.The Taiwanese Receivables Zero-Rate Tax report supports multiorganization reporting. The report includes a cover page that lists the date and time that you submit the report the values that you enter for each report parameter, the request ID, and the responsibility and user that the report is submitted under.


b.Transaction Tax Taiwan Government Uniform Invoice (GUI)

Requirement Name Taiwan Government Uniform Invoice (GUI)


Description In Taiwan, you must report all revenue to the Taiwanese tax authority. Government Uniform Invoice is a process in which the government issues invoice numbers for every Receivables invoice to track your company's revenue. The tax authorities for the geographical regions of Taipei, Kaohsiung, and Taiwan (the rest of the country outside Taipei and Kaohsiung) assign the GUI numbers.The Government Uniform Invoice numbers are unique to each company and must be used in a two month period.The tax authorities assign Government Uniform Invoice numbers to you based on: • The type of invoice. • The location of the company issuing the invoice. • The month that the invoice will be issued. Currently there are three types of invoices issued in Taiwan. The type is usually determined by the characteristics of the supplier and the customer.




Defining Default Government Uniform Invoice Types

Report each revenue and expense-related transaction to your tax authority using Government Uniform Invoice types. You should default these types based on the Government Uniform Invoice number for your invoices. For instance, a triplicate Government Uniform Invoice number needs a triplicate type. These types default to the supplier invoices, but you can override the default when you

Global Capability


enter invoices.You define default Government Uniform Invoice types in E-Business Tax as document fiscal classifications.

Defining Government Uniform Invoice Books

Government Uniform Invoice numbers are usually issued in ranges for two month periods. Use the Transaction Sources window to define each range as a Government Uniform Invoice book and set up the automatic Government Uniform Invoice numbering for the range. This transaction numbering process is not used for transactions other than invoices.


Setting Up Company and Tax Information

To set up company and tax information for Government Uniform Invoice: • Use the Legal Entity Configurator to set up the first party legal entities that represent your company, and the first party legal establishments in your company that have or require tax registrations, either implied or explicit, from all applicable tax authorities. • Use E-Business Tax to set up tax registrations for your legal establishments.

Global Capability

Setting Up Taiwanese VAT Use E-Business Tax to set up the basic tax configuration for Taiwanese VAT. Your setup should include: • Taiwan VAT tax regime. • VAT tax. • Tax statuses of standard, exempt, and zero rate. • Tax jurisdictions for Taipei, Kaohsiung, and Taiwan.

Global Capability

44. THAILAND

1. Country Overview



Transaction Tax √

Thailand Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Thailand. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Transaction Tax

VAT

• Thai VAT Recording and Reporting compliance


• Thai Withholding Tax Reporting compliance





Thai

4. Financials


a. Transaction Tax Thai VAT Recording and Reporting compliance

Requirement Name Thai VAT Recording and Reporting compliance


Description Thai Enterprises are required to calculate, record and report Thai VAT including: • Recording the Tax Invoice Date and Number on receiving vendor goods invoices. • Recording the Payment Date for your vendor payments. • Recording the Tax Invoice Date and Number for a services invoices when the payment is made. • Reporting on payments on a given day. • Reporting on payments have not delivered. • Reporting VAT taxable standard invoices which are missing their corresponding Tax Invoice information. • Separate your VAT tax reports based separate tax reporting entities. • Recording actual vendor name for tax invoices issued from vendors different to invoice vendors. • Record multiple tax invoices in only one AP invoice transaction. • Reporting on average vat upon issuing a goods invoice to your customer (the time of issuing invoice). • Recording the Tax Invoice Date and Number on issuing a goods invoice to your customer. • Recording the Tax Invoice Date and Number for a services invoice when the payment is collected and issuing of receipt. • Recording the Tax Invoice Date and Number upon issuing a miscellaneous receipt. • Recording the Tax Invoice Date and Number upon issuing a credit memo or debit memo. • Calculate VAT for Tax Invoice upon receipt excluding Tax Invoices already subjected to VAT and for all partially paid invoices, proportionally calculating the VAT base amount and VAT amount. • Generate an Output Tax Summary report for period that you can submit to the tax authorities.





Thai VAT - Inventory Recording and Reporting

Thai Goods and Raw Materials Report Thai Goods and Raw Materials With Cost Report Thai Goods and Raw Materials With Cost Report (Specify Cost Goup) Thai Goods and Raw Materials With Cost Report (Avg)

Add-on Localization

Thai VAT - OPM Inventory

Thai OPM Goods and Raw Materials Report Thai OPM Goods and Raw Materials With Cost Report

Add-on Localization

Thai VAT - Payables Recording and Reporting

Thai Input Tax Summary Report Thai Value Added Tax Return (P.P. 30) Thai Value Added Tax Remittance Return (P.P. 36) Thai Input Tax Summary Report (Average VAT) Thai Input Tax Summary Report (Including JV) Thai Payables Incomplete Tax Invoice Report Thai Payment Delivery Report

Add-on Localization

Thai VAT - Receivables Recording and Reporting

Thai Output Tax Summary Report Thai Unclaimed Vat Detail Report Thai Unclaimed Vat Summary Report Thai Output Tax Summary Report (Including JV) Thai Output Vat Suspense Detail Report Thai Output Vat Suspense Summary Report

Add-on Localization

Thai Withholding Tax Reporting compliance

Requirement Name Thai Withholding Tax Reporting compliance


Description Thai Withholding Tax rules require specific Sequence Number creation, Data Capturing and Reporting including: • Creation of sequence of Withholding Tax that relate to each Phor Ngor Dor type • Recording withholding tax in credit memos in the case of sales promotions • Report on the Vendor Withholding Tax to enable preparation of the Thai Phor Ngor Dor reports including the Phor Ngor Dor 3, Phor Ngor Dor 53 and Phor Ngor Dor 54 • Report on the Withholding Tax Certificate.





Thai Withholding - Payables Reporting

Thai Vendor WHT Certificate Report Thai Vendor WHT Summary Report Thai Vendor WHT Summary (Cover PND3) Report Thai Vendor WHT Summary (Cover PND53) Report Thai Withholding Tax and Profit Remittance Return(P.N.D.54) Thai Vendor WHT Summary Report (P.N.D. 3) Thai WHT Return Attachment (PND1) Report Thai WHT Return (Cover PND1) Report Thai WHT Return Attachment (PND2) Report Thai WHT Return (Cover PND2) Report Thai Vendor WHT Certificate Report (No Key DFF Payment Date) Thai Vendor WHT Summary Report (No Key DFF Payment Date) Thai Vendor WHT Summary (Cover PND3) Report (No Key DFF Payment Date) Thai Vendor WHT Summary (Cover PND53) Report (No Key DFF Payment Date) Thai WHT Return Attachment (PND2A) Report Thai WHT Return (Cover PND2A) Report Thai WHT Return Special Account Report Thai Vendor WHT Certificate (PND2) Report

Add-on Localization

Thai Withholding - Receivables Reporting

Thai AR Withholding Tax Report Add-on Localization

45. UK

1. Country Overview



Payments √


Transaction Tax √


Human Resources √

Payroll √



United Kingdom Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for United Kingdom. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments

Payment Formats

• United Kingdom Payment Formats

Payment Methods



Book Keeping Rules





• Support for Revaluations and Impairments Local Authority Accounting


• General Ledger Audit Documents

Fiscal Valuation

• Public Sector High Inflation Assets


• Fixed Assets Reporting

Transaction Tax

Movement of Goods

• European Sales Listing (ESL)


VAT


• VAT Reverse Charge to apply to services and certain specified goods


• Contruction Industry Withholding Tax


Human Resources



Payroll

Payroll Processing



• Payroll Legislative Requirements




• Intrastat Reporting





English

4. HRMS b. Human Resources





Description Organizations in UK are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All businesses must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. Data required to be maintained includes: address and postal codes, national insurance numbers, disability data, and vehicle details in accordance with UK legislative requirements.




Person and Employmentv Details

You can record British address styles, with post codes and counties. The data capture for bank accounts supports the British bank structures including Building Societies. National Insurance number is recorded with validation. Disability data, can be recorded in line with legislation, ( Disability Type and Number). Vehicle details can be captured for mileage processing for P11D recording purposes.


b.Payroll Manage & Process Payroll to meet country's legal requirements



Description It is imperative for all organizations to pay their employees on-time and correctly. It is also a legal requirement to deduct taxes and deliver reports to comply with the country's statutory requirements.





Absences and Holidays Absence management provides support for the UK legislation as follows: SSP, SMP SAP SPP processing and payments. Users can also set up Occupational Maternity or Occupational Sick pay schemes. .Example templates and formulae are provided for Local Government and Civil Service schemes.


Payroll Data Capture Enhanced data capture to enable Payroll processing and statutoryPayroll reporting to meet UK legislative requirements. Datacaptured includes: • Data capture for P11d reporting • Use the vehicle repository to store details of company and private vehicles and to assign them to your employees. Oracle Payroll allows mileage claims to be entered and calculates payments in accordance with HMRC legislation • Oracle HRMS Self Service allows employees and managers to enter their own mileage claims and allocate vehicles with the appropriate workflow authorization. All vehicle benefits are can be included in the P11D notification. • The ability to record PAYE details to facilitate aggregated PAYE and NI calculations • Support is also provided for the Scottish variable rate.


Payroll Payment Reconciliation Support is provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management (CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in UK. This feature enables users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run


Payroll Processing The following Payroll Processing details are captured: • All PAYE processing including Scottish Variable Rate, Aggregation of PAYE for multiple assignments. • NI Contributions including aggregated earnings & director's annual calculation • Statutory Payments – SSP/SMP/SAP/SPP, OSP/OMP • Court Orders including Scottish Arrestments and Court Orders for multiple assignments • Student Loans • P45 continuous and laser stationery



Payroll Legislative Requirements

Requirement Name Payroll Legislative Requirements


Description It is a legal requirement to report on Employee's pay and deductions to the Tax Authorities and Statistics Office




Payroll Legislative Reporting Legislative reporting is delivered as standard functionality, in line with UK legislative requirements. The following reports are provided: Payroll End of year returns for HMRC EOY and In-year electronic filing P11D reporting P45(3) P46 Payoll Exceptions Report.


Payroll Legisltative Reporting P6/P9 The Employer PAYE reference is included in the P6/P9 Output file.


5. Financials b. Payments

United Kingdom Payment Formats

Requirement Name United Kingdom Payment Formats


Description Legal Entities are required to have the main payment formats to be used in the business transactions.




BACS payment format Oracle Payment allows generating the BACS electronic payment to pay the invoices received from the suppliers.










SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT) A SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT) is a payment instrument used in order to perform credit transfers in Euros between customer payments accounts located in the SEPA area. The supported SEPA Credit Transfer process is based on the UNIFI (ISO 20022) message standards and in accordance to the European Payment Council (EPC) rulebook and implementation guidelines version 5.0.

Global Capability


Global Capability

c. Statutory Accounting - Fiscal Book Ability to execute 'Translation and Revaluation' as per accounting standards









General Ledger conforms to multiple national accounting standards, include ng SFAS #52 (Statement of Financial Accounting Standards) with regard to the translation, revaluation, and reporting of foreign currency denominated balances.

Global Capability









Global Capability










Global Capability










Global Capability

Support for Revaluations and Impairments Local Authority Accounting

Requirement Name Support for Revaluations and Impairments Local Authority Accounting


Description Financials should support for revaluations and impairments according to (CIPFA) The Chartered Institute of Public Finance & Accountancy, SORP (Statement of Recommended Accounting Practice)





Revaluations and Impairments Local Authority Accounting

Revaluation and impairment functionality in Oracle Assets addresses the fixed asset revaluation and impairment requirements as per CIPFA SORP: - Process revaluations and impairments based on Net Book Value (or Value in Use or Net Selling Price) - Track revaluations and impairments together at asset level - Process revaluation gains - Process revaluation losses - Process reversal of revaluation losses - Process impairment losses - Process reversal of impairment loss if linked to gain Available Release 12.1.3, backported to 12.1.x


General Ledger Audit Documents

Requirement Name General Ledger Audit Documents


Description Legal Entities are required to have the General Ledger documents for audit needs.






Global Capability

Global Journal Ledger Report The Global Journal Entries Report displays detailed header and line information for Subledger and General Ledger journal entries within a single period or within a period range.

Global Capability



Global Capability


Public Sector High Inflation Assets

Requirement Name Public Sector High Inflation Assets


Description Central Government Departments, Government Agencies, and Non-Departmental Public Bodies are required by law to produce accruals based accounts in line with the UK Treasury's Resource Accounting and Budgeting (RAB) initiative.




Inflation Accounting for Assets (IAC)

Inflation Accounting for Assets works with Oracle Assets to help governmental bodies with their regulatory requirements. All revaluation accounting entries are created in Inflation Accounting for Assets while historic accounting entries are created in Oracle Assets; both sets of entries are passed to the same ledgers within the general ledger.


Fixed Assets Reporting

Requirement Name Fixed Assets Reporting


Description Legal Entities are required to have the Cash Flow Statement listing the asset movements. The Cash Flow Statement needs to report: Asset Additions, Reclassifications, Retirements/Disposals.




Fixed Asset Retirements Report

Oracle Fixed Assets provides the Asset Retirements Report to review asset retirements transactions. The report shows all assets retired per tax book in a specified accounting period range. The report is sorted by balancing segment, asset type, asset account, cost center and asset number printing totals for each cost center, account, asset type and balancing segment.

Global Capability


Fixed Assets Additions Reports Oracle Fixed Assets provides some reports to review asset additions in a Tax Book. The assets additions reports provided are: - Tax Additions Report that shows the asset additions and capitalizations for a specified period range; - Additions By Date Placed Report that shows all assets placed in service in a specified date range; - Additions By Period Report that shows all assets added or capitalized during the specified accounting periods; - Additions By Responsibility Report that shows all assets added to cost centers through additions and transfers in a specified accounting period; - Annual Additions Report that shows all assets placed in service in a specified date range; - Asset Additions Report that shows all assets added or capitalized in a specified accounting period.

Global Capability

Fixed Assets Cost Detail Report

Oracle Fixed Assets provides the Asset Cost Detail Report to see period changes in fixed asset costs. The report provides additions, revaluations, retirements, reclassifications, cost adjustments and ending balances on all fixed assets.

Global Capability

Fixed Assets Register Report The Fixed Assets Register Report provides asset information such as original cost, starting depreciation year, depreciation rate, revaluation, devaluation, yearly depreciation amount, accumulated depreciation, and net book value. It is possible to define a specific attribute set in order to print the columns required by country legislation and according to the order defined by the user.

Global Capability

d. Transaction Tax European Sales Listing (ESL)



Description The European Sales List is the declaration of goods and services that are sold within the European Union to other VAT Registered Customers in other European Union member states.The EU Member States must provide a Services Recapitulative Statement (also known as European Sales Listing for Services) for supplies of taxable services that are subject to the reverse charge (Directive 2008/08/EC)







Global Capability










Global Capability

VAT Reverse Charge to apply to services and certain specified goods

Requirement Name VAT Reverse Charge to apply to services and certain specified goods


Description The Reverse Charge is to be applied to services and supplies of mobile phones and/or computer chips which are valued at £5000 and over and are made by one VAT-registered business to another. Under the reverse charge accounting mechanism, it is the responsibility of the customer, rather than the supplier, to account to Her Majesty's Revenue & Customs (HMRC) for VAT on supplies of the specified goods and services. A supplier who has made a reverse charge supply must notify HMRC the reverse charge sales list when he submits a VAT return.





Reverse Charge Sales List Report

The Reverse Charge Sales List Report provides reverse charge transaction details in the format prescribed by HMRC. The report can be generated in PDF and CSV (comma separated values) formats and contain following details: - VAT Registration number of the deploying company - VAT Registration number of customer to whom reverse charge sales are made - monthly total reverse charges sales made to the customer.


Contruction Industry Withholding Tax

Requirement Name Contruction Industry Withholding Tax


Description Legal Entities are required to apply the Withholding Tax to contractors subcontractors in the construction and utility industries.




Construction Industry Scheme (CIS)

Construction Industry Scheme extends automatic withholding tax features in Payables and Purchasing to comply with UK Inland Revenue requirements for collecting tax from construction subcontractors. The following features are included: - maintain and report details of payments to subcontractors where applicable, for monthly payments to the Inland Revenue using the vouchers - manage details of subcontractors' certificates CIS4, CIS5, and CIS6 including the following: - automatic warnings on Invoice, Purchase Order, and Purchase Agreement windows - maintain certificate details for suppliers - maintain voucher details for payments - certificate expiry reports - generate the following standard returns for the Inland Revenue: - CIS23 Taxed Payment Vouchers - CIS24 Gross Payment Vouchers - CIS25 Company Gross Payment Vouchers - CIS36 Contractors End of Year Return.



6. Supply Chain Management a. Regulated Transactions

Intrastat Reporting








Global Capability


46. UKRAINE


Payments √


Transaction Tax √

Functional Categories for Supply Chain Management Oracle


Ukraine Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Ukraine. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Payments


• Petty Cash Reporting.

Payment Formats

• Bank Reports.


Book Keeping Rules


• Advances from Customers.

• Asset Transactions - Legally required supporting documentation.

• Gapless and / or through numbering for documents ("Крізна і безперервна (без пропусків) нумерація документів").

• Supplementary FA Forms.

• Third Party Transactions - Reconciliation.

• Third Party Transactions - Revaluation.

• Year-End closing for the income and expense accounts ("реформація балансу").

Transaction Tax

VAT

• VAT Accounting and Reporting.



Regulated Documentation

• Supply Chain Management & Accounting Reports.






Ukrainian

4. Financials

a. Payments Petty Cash Reporting

Requirement Name Petty Cash Reporting


Description Petty cash accounting and reporting forms are regulated by Ukrainian Ministry of Statistics order #51 "The forms of documentation to account petty cash operations" from 15.02.1996.

Functional Category




Cash Expense Order (KO-2)

Statutory Report issued on Payment of Cash by the Cashier. Add-on Localization

Cash receipt order (KO-1)

Statutory Report issued on Receipt of Cash by the Cashier. Add-on Localization

Petty Cash Book Petty Cash Book (KO-4) is a Statutory Report which contains information about the Petty Cash Balances: Petty cash balance as at the start of the day, Petty Cash Transactions during the day and the Closing Balance.

Add-on Localization

Bank Reports

Requirement Name Bank Reports


Description Requests to banks for performing cash transactions should be provided in a printed document conforming to the legally established layout.

Functional Category





Payment Order Payment Order Report is a bank document in which payers give a request to bank to perform bank transfer to the account of the creditor.

Add-on Localization










Global Capability

Advances from Customers

Requirement Name Advances from Customers


Description Advances from Customers - set of reports for special Cash-To-Order business flow.





Advances from Customers solution

This feature allows users to: reserve goods, issue Proforma invoice to Customer, check prepayment amount receipt, cancel goods reservation in case if prepayment amount wasn't received in time.

Add-on Localization

Asset Transactions - Legally required supporting documentation

Requirement Name Asset Transactions - Legally required supporting documentation


Description Fixed assets accounting and reporting forms are regulated by Ukrainian Ministry of Statistics orders №352 "About fixed assets accounting forms" from 29.12.1995 and №732 "About intangible assets accounting forms" from 22.11.2004.




Act on Fixed Assets retirements (forms OZ-3, OZ-4)

This report is used to register and account retirement of fixed assets and vehicles, which are fallen into disrepair (Ukrainian forms OZ-3, OZ-4).

Add-on Localization

Act on getting Fixed Assets from repair, modernization, reconstruction (form OZ-2)

This report is used to register and record acceptance of fixed assets objects obtained from repair, reconstruction or modernization (Ukrainian form OZ-2)

Add-on Localization

Asset Acceptance Order Report (form OZ-1)

This report is prepared on receipt or issue of the assets (except Building) (Ukrainian form OZ-1).

Add-on Localization

Asset Accounting Card Report (from OZ-6)

This report contains information about Fixed Assets accounting records (Ukrainian form OZ-6).

Add-on Localization

Fixed Assets Counts Difference Report

The report allows to print results of physical inventory counting. As is Russian and Ukrainian forms of this report are quite similar, the Ukrainian users are proposed to use the Russian form.

Add-on Localization

Fixed Assets Inventory Sheet (forms INV-1, INV-4)

This report allows to print statutory required form for the physical inventory counting procedure (Ukrainian forms - INV-1, INV-4)

Add-on Localization

Intangible Asset Retirement Report (form NA-3)

This report gives details of the intangible assets, which have been retired (Ukrainian Form NA-3).

Add-on Localization

Intangible Asset acceptance order (form (NA-1)

This report is prepared on receipt or issue of the intangible assets (Ukrainian Form NA-1).

Add-on Localization


Intangible Asset accounting card (form NA-2)

This report contains information about Intangible Assets accounting records (Ukrainian form NA-2).

Add-on Localization

Gapless and / or through numbering for documents ("Крізна і безперервна (без пропусків) нумерація документів")

Requirement Name Gapless and / or through numbering for documents ("Крізна і безперервна (без пропусків) нумерація документів").


Description Ukrainian laws requires through numbering for customers' VAT invoices (for all kinds of business transactions – standard invoice, prepayment, tax duty agent) and to sequence petty cash orders with no gap in the numbering.




Document Sequencing Oracle Financials allows numbering subledger documents and journal entries, always per ledger, by means of the following sequences: The document sequence allows numbering documents entered in the subledger. The accounting sequence allows numbering journal entries when the journal entry is created.The reporting sequence allows numbering journal entries by the general ledger accounting period closing process.

Global Capability

Supplementary FA Forms

Requirement Name Supplementary FA Forms


Description Fixed assets accounting and reporting forms are regulated by Ukrainian Ministry of Statistics orders №352 "About fixed assets accounting forms" from 29.12.1995 and №732 "About intangible assets accounting forms" from 22.11.2004.





Asset selection for mass-transfer user form allows grouping different assets into selection sets and saving these sets with unique numbers in FA module for the purpose of generation of Statutory Reports & for external transfers.

Add-on Localization


Add-on Localization


Add-on Localization




Add-on Localization



Add-on Localization

Third Party Transactions - Reconciliation

Requirement Name Third Party Transactions - Reconciliation


Description According to Ukrainian accounting principals, organizations have to reconcile periodically settlements with vendors and customers.




Customer Balance Reconciliation Report

According to Ukrainian accounting principals, organizations have to reconcile periodically settlements with vendors and customers. This report contains list of settlement documents for the period (invoices and payments) – according to registers of both contracting parties.

Add-on Localization

Disclosures on Payables and Receivables

Disclosure Report shows every balance for given account with given period that should be disclosed with list of open items which constitutes this balance. These lists are required with the Vendor (for liability accounts), Customer (for Receivable accounts), Invoice/Payment No., Description, Date, and Amount in Foreign currency (for foreign currency liability/receivable accounts), Amount in functional currency. The Total on such disclosure lists should be equal to the appropriate account's ("Payables"/"Receivables") balance in General Ledger with their balances for every accounting period.

Add-on Localization

Third Party Transactions - Revaluation

Requirement Name Third Party Transactions - Revaluation


Description Companies require a report to track gains/losses of foreign currency trades relating to payable/Receivable transactions.





Foreign Currency Exchange Report

This feature allows to tie together local and foreign currency accounts in currency exchange operations (buy / sell). The report shows financial results of such connections (gains / losses) and total financial results for chosen period, according to Ukrainian business accounting principals.

Add-on Localization



Add-on Localization

Year-End closing for the income and expense accounts ("реформація балансу")

Requirement Name Year-End closing for the income and expense accounts ("реформація балансу")








Add-on Localization


c. Transaction Tax VAT Accounting and Reporting

Requirement Name VAT Accounting and Reporting


Description Ukrainian legislature has several specific demands, regarding to VAT accounting and reporting. Accounting and reporting are regulated by: Ukrainian law "About VAT tax" №168/97 ВР from 03.04.1997, Ukrainian Tax Authority order №165 "About Tax invoice form" from 30.05.1997, Ukrainian Tax Authority order №244 "About the tax invoice register" from 30.06.2005.




Issue Tax Invoice Number

According to the Ukrainian Value Added Tax Legal Act (#168/97- ВР), number of Tax Invoice, which is issued and included to "Register of Received/Issued Tax Invoices", must be Gapless. This solution intended to assign numbers to Tax invoices and to Tax correction invoices.

Add-on Localization

Print Tax Invoice/Tax Correction Invoice and Self-Issued Invoices

1. According to the Ukrainian Value Added Tax Legal Act (#168/97-ВР), special document named "Tax Invoice" is issued by vendor upon receiving of prepayment or delivering of goods/services to customer. This document contains information about sold goods/services, their price and VAT amount. 2. According to the Ukrainian Value Added Tax Legal Act (#168/97-ВР) any adjustments to early issued Tax Invoice, which affects items, items quantity/price, including return of goods/assets/cash (and prepayment), should be confirmed by issuance of Appendix #2 to Tax Invoice, which called "Tax Correction Invoice". This document contains information about corrected goods/services, their price and VAT amount.

Add-on Localization

Register of received/issued tax invoices

"Issued and received Tax invoices register" is a very important component of VAT reporting. It should be kept by each commercial organization, which is registered as VAT taxpayer. Legal base is Ukrainian Value Added Tax Legal Act #168/97-ВР, UA Tax Administration Order #165 and UA Tax Administration Order #244.

Add-on Localization



a. Regulated Transactions Supply Chain Management & Accounting Reports

Requirement Name Supply Chain Management & Accounting Reports


Description Supply chain management accounting and reporting forms are regulated by Ukrainian Ministry of Statistics orders №193 "About inventory and materials accounting forms" from 21.06.1996, №263 "About primary accounting forms" from 27.07.1998, №488/346 "About vehicle movement accounting forms" from 29.12.1995.




Bill of lading report (form 1-TN)

This report is used to print the delivery details once the goods are shipped. The report is similar to the standard 'Bill of Lading' report from OM and is available in format which meets Ukrainian legal requirements.

Add-on Localization

Internal Transfer Order Report (form M-11)

This report is used to audit tangible assets movement inside the organization between its subinventories or responsible persons. Also this document can be used to audit movements to third parties.

Add-on Localization

Inventory Accounting Card(form M-12)

This report contains information about an inventory item, its on-hand quantities and its movements during a reporting period.

Add-on Localization

Inventory Count List Report

This is standard form, that is used during the physical inventory procedure. As is Russian and Ukrainian forms of this report are quite similar, the Ukrainian users are proposed to use the Russian form.

Add-on Localization

VAT on Prepayment VAT on prepayment feature provides the functionality to create prepayment invoice with Tax lines based on the prepayment receipts and proforma invoice. Prepayment invoice will be treated as regular invoice for preparation of tax returns and calculation of tax liability without impacting the customer balances. This feature provides the following functionality: - Ability to create the prepayment invoice based on the repayment receipt and proforma invoice. - Ability to reverse the prepayment invoice by generating credit memo, once it is matched with the final invoice. - Option to match Prepayment invoice with final invoice at Header and line level (Functionality available only for Czech and Slovak users only) - Option to unapply the prepayment invoice matched to a final invoice. - Automated application/unapplication of receipt to final invoice, when prepayment invoice is matched/unapplied with final invoice.

Add-on Localization


Inventory Issue Order Report (form M-20)

This form must be used as reason to decrease accounted amounts of items, which were sold to the customer. Also this document can be used as a permission to take the items out of supplier territory.

Add-on Localization

Inventory Receipt Order (form M-4)

This report contains details on the inventory receipts. Add-on Localization

Inventory Trial Balance

This report includes items balances (opening and ending), incoming and outgoing columns. All columns are valued as natural and as monetary figures for every item. Report selects data according to "Date From" and "Date To" parameters and provides summaries by account/code combinations, Inventory Organizations,Subinventories. The report processes data for Inventory Organizations with following Costing Methods: Standard, Average, FIFO.

Add-on Localization

Inventory Turnover Report - Discrete Manufacturing

Inventory Turnover Report allows auditing of inventory quantities and costs at the inventory and GL. The Inventory Turnover Report is a common practice in Russia and Ukraine to consolidate inventory registers and GL Data. The report shows both quantities and costs in one report.

Add-on Localization

Material Acceptance Report (form M-7)

This report is used to document the acceptance of tangible assets in cases when the actual quantities (or quality) do not match information in the delivery documents.

Add-on Localization


47. UNITED ARAB EMIRATES


Human Resources √

Payroll √

United Arab Emirates Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for United Arab Emirates. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.


Human Resources



Payroll

Payroll processing






Arabic





Description Organizations in UAE are required to record HR data in line with legislative requirements and general business practices. All businesses in UAE must be able to record employee details in accordance with local formats, and be able to submit the required statutory reports to the authorities. In UAE several details regarding workforce members need to be captured including disabilities, benefits eligibility, passport and visa details. Several person details are captured including Arabic names, national identifiers social insurance information (GOSI) in accordance with UAE's legislative requirements.




Feature Name Feature Description Delivery

Type

Deployment Information

With UAE's localized features for capturing Employee Data you can use the E-Business Suite modules more effectively, for example for payments, mailing and, statutory reporting purposes. Localized HR features form a legislative basis for your country specific Payroll management. Integration of HR and Payroll processes is possible only by using localized data and functionality, specific to your country and legislation. The following UAE specific details are captured: • Localized screens for workforce deployment. New data fields to capture Arabic names, alternate language names, national identifier, and other localized personal data fields in addition to social insurance information (GOSI). • Full history of all deployment information, such as organization, grade and job changes available in a single repository. • Ability to make future-dated changes for up-to-date information. • Operational Reports assist decision making and compliance including Discoverer End User Layer.



The following UAE specific details are captured: • Global information on all current and potential workforce members, including applicants, employees and contingent workers. • Documents management is supported such that users can define passport and visa details and monitor their expiry. • Users are allowed to capture localized work incident details, disabilities and previous employment details. • Users can capture specific data fields in Hirja calendar • Information on everyone covered by, eligible for, or receiving, benefits.










Legislative Reporting and Seeded Elements

Users can also generate various payroll local payroll reports to review and validate monthly payroll run results. You can use the element templates wizard to setup your payroll elements. Oracle payroll (UAE) has twelve seeded templates that serve wide Varity of customers' requirements.



Support has been provided for the integration of Oracle Cash Management (CE) with Oracle Payroll for EFT reconciliation in UAE. This feature enables users to reconcile the transactions from the payroll system with the data in the bank statement. The CE system fetches the list of reconciliation transactions from Oracle Payroll, based on the payment file processes that have been run.


Third Party Payments

In Addition to the existing payment methods of cash and cheque payment, Oracle payroll (UAE) introduces payment by bank transfer method that covers the various formats used by Banks in UAE. The new payment by bank transfer method can be customized and support layouts with combinations of header, details, and trailer sections. You can also process loan payments and recovery, and gratuity accrual and payments.



48. VENEZUELA

1. Country Overview


Transaction Tax √

Venezuela Requirement Maps

The following tables list the key requirements supported in Oracle E-Business Suite for Venezuela. The requirements are categorized into functional areas as shown below.

Financials

Transaction Tax

Sales Tax

• ARCV Report

• Sales Reporting

VAT

• Purchase Reporting


• Income Withholding Certificate


Complexity Medium



3.Language Information Languages Supported by Oracle

Spanish

English

4.Financials

a.Transaction Tax ARCV Report

Requirement Name ARCV Report


Description Venezuelan companies are legally required to submit an annual Income withholding tax reporting to the tax authorities, this report is called ARCV Report and could be submitted electronically or in a paper format. In both cases the information provided is the same, only changing the layout.





Venezuelan ARC-V Report for SENIAT – Electronic / Printed

The Venezuelan ARC-V Report solution provides the following information: Vendor Name, RIF Vendor, RIF Natural Person, Year, Amount Paid and Withheld Amount.

Add-on Localization

Sales Reporting

Requirement Name Sales Reporting


Description Venezuelan companies are legally required to report their sales transactions to the tax authorities in a monthly base. The report can also be submitted to the tax authority for review upon the tax authority's request




Venezuelan Sales Ledger Report

The Venezuelan Sales Ledger report (Libro de Ventas) displays all the transactions associated with sales operations in a particular period, including invoices, debit memos, and credit memos. For each invoice, the Venezuelan Sales Ledger report shows Operation Number, Transaction Date, Customer/Company Taxpayer ID, Company/Customer Name, Transaction number, Transaction Control Number, Debit Transaction Number, Credit Transaction Number, Affected Transaction Number, Transaction Amount Total, Internal Sales Not Subjected to VAT, Taxable base amount, VAT Tax Rate, VAT Tax Amount, Withheld VAT, Third Party Withheld VAT.

Add-on Localization

Purchase Reporting

Requirement Name Purchase Reporting


Description Venezuelan companies are legally required to report their purchase transactions to the tax authorities in a monthly base. The report can also be submitted to the tax authority for review upon the tax authority's request.





Venezuelan Purchase Ledger Report

The Venezuelan Purchase Ledger report (Libro de Compras) displays all the transactions associated with purchase operations in a particular period, including invoices, debit memos, and credit memos. For each invoice, the Venezuelan Purchase Ledger report shows the Invoice Number, Invoice Date, Supplier Tax Payer ID, Supplier Name, Supplier Type, Certificate Number, Import Worksheet, File Import number, Invoice number, Invoice control number, Debit Invoice Number, Credit Invoice Number, Transaction Type, Affected Invoice, Total Invoice Amount, Non taxable base, Taxable base amount, VAT Tax rate, VAT Tax Amount, Withheld VAT, Third Party Withheld VAT and Withheld VAT Prepayment.

Add-on Localization

Income Withholding Certificate

Requirement Name Income Withholding Certificate


Description In Venezuela, customers classified as a Tax Withholding Agent are responsible for withholding tax from supplier invoice and remitting the withheld amount to the proper tax authority. Buyers who are responsible for withholding taxes have to generate detailed withholding certificates and reports of all withholding activity.




Venezuelan Income Withholding Certificate

The Venezuelan Income Withholding Certificate can be submitted for each payment. This certificate includes information regarding the Income transactions: period name, invoice number, amount paid, tax code name, tax rate, taxable base amount, non taxable amount and the withheld amount. Oracle customers can use the Venezuelan Income Withholding Certificate to print withholding certificates for suppliers.

Add-on Localization


VAT Withholding Certificate

Requirement Name VAT Withholding Certificate


Description In Venezuela, customers classified as a Tax Withholding Agent are responsible for withholding tax from supplier invoice and remitting the withheld amount to the proper tax authority. Buyers who are responsible for withholding taxes have to generate detailed withholding certificates and reports of all with holding activity. The Venezuelan VAT Withholding Certificate in paper or electronic format should be submitted for each payment or consolidated every 15 days.




Venezuelan Electronic IVA Withholding Certificate

The Venezuelan Electronic IVA Withholding Certificate helps users to generate a flat file, designed to meet the SENIAT requirements, and load them into the appropriate application for additional formatting.

Add-on Localization

Venezuelan IVA Withholding Certificate

The Venezuelan VAT Withholding Certificate helps companies to print withholding certificates for suppliers. This certificate includes information regarding the VAT transactions: Invoice Number, Invoice Date, Invoice control number, Debit Invoice Number, Credit Invoice Number, Transaction Type, Affected Invoice, Invoice Amount Total, Non taxable base, Base amount, VAT Tax Rate, VAT Tax Amount and Withheld VAT.

Add-on Localization